Está en la página 1de 292

Upgrade Your Thinking

Gage Vogt

Contents

Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………Page 2
The Law of Attraction and Self-Help Basic Principles………………………………….Page 4
Desire and Achievement……………………………………………………………………Page 23
Time to Attract………………………………………………………………………………..Page 38
Feelings and Emotions……………………………………………………………………..Page 47
Concentrated Purpose……………………………………………………………………...Page 53
Sharpen Your Axe……………………………………………………………………………Page 65
Giving and Creating…………………………………………………………………………Page 70
Clear Your Blockages……………………………………………………………………….Page 82
Communication……………………………………………………………………………..Page 113
Learning……………………………………………………………………………………...Page 140
Meditations and Rituals…………………………………………………………………...Page 168
Media………………………………………………………………………………………….Page 197
Plant-Based Lifestyle………………………………………………………………………Page 212
Health…………………………………………………………………………………………Page 222
SELF Actualization…………………………………………………………………………Page 234
The Final Chapter…………………………………………………………………………..Page 252

1
Introduction

Would you like to improve your life experience dramatically in almost every way, your
happiness, your stress levels, your income, your health, your relationships, your spiritual life?
(If you have one, or would like to develop one?) Would you like to create your reality instead
of having others (who may not have your interest in mind) create it? Would you like to know
how to find purpose in life and how to get on track?

Understanding, memorizing, and applying the information in this book will allow you to do this.
I give you easy tools to help you do this. The information in this book has really worked in my
life and in others.

It is a holistic self-help book on how to be successful that explains concepts that aren’t found
in others, such as the Law of Attraction, which can amplify your strengths and annihilate your
weaknesses. It helps you learn how to learn, not just what to learn. It teaches memory, so you
can recall this information when you need it, and you will be apply to actually apply it in real
time. It gives you mental exercises that help you develop the aspects you want in improve in
your life without lengthy explanations. It explains how to escape the programming of negative
people, the media, and the social engineers who do not have your best interest in mind. It
explains how simple and sustainable ways of being healthy do not require a significant
investment in time or money. Finally, it explains how to be a true master at life beyond the
physical realm without sounding mystical and wordy. All of this information explains normally
complex, mystical, and wordy topics and packages it into an easy-to-digest meal.

In integrates basic and advanced methods to almost magically create the reality you want. It
comes from an understanding of mystery schools and secret societies. We will be getting into
some topics that you may have never heard about in the media, in school, in your personal
life, or at your workplace. Much of this information in this book is hidden and empowering
information that has been hidden from humanity to profit and control.

When going through this book, I may request that you return to a certain portion of the book.
You can press Ctrl+f keys at the same time to return to any part of the book. Press the arrows
on the program you use to find the section. If you are on phones, you can tap on the three
tops at the top or bottom of the screen and click on find in page to find the section.

Let me clarify some words I will be using before going into the rest of the book.

God also means the universe, infinite intelligence, unified field.

2
Negative is what doesn’t serve you or what you are truly here on Earth for. It can also mean
anything that makes you feel bad.
Positive is what serves you or what you are truly here on Earth for. It can also mean anything
that makes you feel good.

Now let’s begin!

3
The Law of Attraction and Self-Help Basic Principles

Success Introduction

"Success is the knowledge with which to get whatever you want from life without violating the
rights of others and by helping others to acquire it." —Napoleon Hill, self-help author

This means not using dishonesty, deceit, fraud, or violence to acquire money. It means giving
in a spirit of love to others as well.

Most of what you have received in your life is because of what you thought, not what you did.
Popular self-help author Napoleon Hill wrote a book called Think and Grow Rich; it is not
called “Do and Grow Rich.” Most people work all their lives, but they do not spend any time to
think about what they are thinking. Mental activity is not always thinking! Most people think
thoughts of fear, doubt, and worry. This is not intelligent thinking. Thinking is more important
than doing if you know nothing. When you get your thinking right, you do not have to do much
to get results. A common saying is “work smarter, not harder.” Many people die with less than
a thousand dollars in the bank, yet their lives were dedicated to making others rich and
fulfilling their dreams. They die unfulfilled, with regrets on their deathbed. Do you want to be
like this? This is because they focused on struggling to get by and survive, rather than striving
to thrive. Learning the why instead of the how gets your thinking right without wasting your
time.

The why is:

Thoughts, desires, dreams, goals, attitude, mental process, vibrations, intention, energy,
emotions, and motivations.

Most people’s focus is on the how of life. How will I pay my debts? How can I be happy? How
will I lose weight? If you focus on the why, the how almost always take cares of itself. The how
of what you want is provided to you in the present moment if you focus on the why. People fail
because they worry about how they will do things. Don’t focus on how you will get what you
desire; instead, focus 99 percent on why to get what you want.

When you have positive self-esteem and the right attitude, the how is basically irrelevant.
Action is still part of it. The great news is, if your thinking is right, you will be motivated and the
actions will be pleasurable. If you are doing things you hate, you won’t get good results. Get
your thinking right first! You will begin to learn the why in this book.

The other side is how:

4
Action, movements, techniques, strategies, tactics, plans, activities.

The how in this book is right if it feels right at the core of your being. You will unconsciously
apply the how if you deeply ingrain the information in your mind by rereading and integrating
the information in your memory then focusing on your desired outcome. This is why you never
need to think of what to do or the how.

Successful people are always willing to do:


 What others are still talking about
 What others perceive as inconvenient or tedious
 What other people say they are too good to do

Remember this while reading.

Law of Attraction

The Law of Attraction is the law of getting what you want. You must believe it to be true, to
see if it is true. When you see it work, you will understand it as a law, similar to the law of
gravity. You can test the Law of Attraction by applying it and seeing the results. The Law of
Attraction is a science, not a religion. You don’t have to believe it for it to affect you.

You must have faith in the Law of Attraction in order for it to work in your favor, rather than
against you. It is always in effect, because you always create your reality based on your
thoughts, emotions, and actions or lack of thoughts, emotions, or actions.

“If you believe you can, you’re right. If you believe you can’t, you are also right.”
—Henry Ford, automobile industrialist

“You become what you think about most of the time.”


—Earl Nightingale, self-help author

“If you want to change your life, you have to change things in your life.”
—Kevin Trudeau, Law of Attraction teacher, health insider, guru
(Kevin Trudeau may be controversial, but his information is the most life-transformational
information I have found, so try to keep an open mind.)

“If you always do what you’ve always done, you’ll always get what you’ve always got.”
―Henry Ford

5
“You can be, do, or have anything and everything you want.”
—Kevin Trudeau

The brain is a transmitter and receiver of vibrations and frequencies, similar to tuning into a
certain channel on television or station on the radio. These frequencies go through all
physical matter such as walls, mountains, and trees. Our minds can tune to different
frequencies, such as (but not limited to): happiness, fear, love, kindness, wealth, health,
sadness, anger, etc.

Our minds can pick up on other people’s frequencies as well. Frequencies are stronger, the
closer you are to the transmitter. We emit and receive frequencies. Those you hang around
affect you more than those you hang around less. Physical contact with a person is stronger
than long distance. Be careful whom you associate with; their negative thoughts may rub off
on you. Thankfully, positivity is stronger than negativity, even if there is more negativity in the
world. You can block ideas that don’t serve your true purpose.

You attract what you vibrate. In other words, you attract people, events, and thoughts similar
to how you feel. If you experience a bad event like a car crash, you and the other person
involved had the same vibration. When you got into the crash, how did you feel? Do you see
the similarities? You likely felt bad before the crash, and the universe created an event for you
to feel a similar feeling. Sometimes these bad feelings could have happened a few seconds
before the crash or been bad feelings you felt some other recent time. You attract events,
situations, and people that think and feel similar to you.

What is special about our minds that is different from a radio broadcast is that we have no
limit to our range. Our thoughts travel across the universe, and we can receive thoughts from
all across the universe. Thoughts are things (particles) with magnetic pull. These particles go
across the entire universe. This can include the thoughts of other people, animals,
otherworldly being (such as spirits), and possibly extraterrestrials.

6
The frequency you emit is the frequency you will receive. What you receive, you will transmit.
It is a cycle. A frequency is a thought or an emotion.

The Law of Attraction has been called:

Karma
You reap what you sow
Consequentialism
Natural Law

You will only get what you want in life if you want it enough. The stronger the frequencies you
emit, the more attractive power you will have. To pull in what you desire, focus on your desire,
and believe you can get it.

How often you transmit a frequency is important, not just the strength. Focus on what you
really want in life every waking moment to greatly increase your frequency and magnetic pull
of your desires. What your mind dwells on it brings into existence.

According to Ester Hicks, who has claimed to have channeled knowledge from a powerful
spirit called Abraham, fourteen seconds is the minimum time to focus on a certain intention or
feeling, but sixty-eight seconds is the best. All the time is best if you really want it.

You are transmitting frequencies whether you know it or not. You transmit frequencies twenty-
four hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year, constantly from the moment you were
born. Be consciously aware of what you think about and how you are feeling. Thoughts and
feelings attract events that will bring you similar thoughts and feelings! Everything you have in
life is based on your transmitted frequencies.

What you experience means you are on the frequency of it. Change the frequency (feeling) to
change what you experience. What you experience in life what you want at a deep level. It’s
based off the feelings you have which you have complete control over.

The Law of Attraction operates beyond our five senses. This is why you don’t focus on the
how. You attract what you want from outside the five-sense reality into this reality. There are
variables and frequencies that we can’t see that affect our five-sense reality. You can’t see
radio frequencies, but if you turn on a radio, you will start to hear music. The reason people
don’t know how they will get something is that they focus on only the five-sense reality.

Almost all (99.9 percent or more) that happens in your life and is attracted in your life is
coming in from outside the five-sense reality. Most of the universe is dark matter or energy;
you can’t detect it with your five senses. This can only be done with advanced scientific
gauges, machines, and instruments. We can sense a small fraction of reality. An example of

7
this is a dog whistle. Dogs can hear sounds we can’t because they can hear frequencies
beyond our range. The sound still exists, it hits your ear, but you just aren’t hearing it. Stop
paying attention only to what you can detect using your five senses.

Everything is simply energy. All energy has different intensities and speeds. Energy is always
moving; nothing is completely still. Everything in the universe is connected to everything else
in the universe. All things are energy or spirit. We are all the same; we are all one.

“All of the processes of nature are successful. Nature knows no failures. She never plans
anything but success. She aims at results in every form and manner. To succeed in the best
and fullest sense of the term we must, with nature as our model, copy her methods. In her
principles and laws we shall discover all the secrets of success.”
—Raymond Hallowell, self-help author
God is perfect; he wants us to succeed. We must obey the laws of the universe to become
successful.
“Don’t be a universal lawbreaker.”
—Bob Proctor, self-help lecturer
Thoughts control our reality, not just through action. Ultimately, an action is a thought because
your brain tells your body to move. Everything that exists in the universe originally comes
from thoughts.

“I dream my painting and (then) I paint my dream.”


―Vincent van Gogh, artist

Entrepreneurs have even created devices that allow people to do various tasks with the mind,
such as turning on lights.
Self-help and the Law of Attraction work together, but few self-help teachers teach the Law of
Attraction directly. Self-esteem is the basis of applying the Law of Attraction. You must think
you can apply it.

Self-Esteem
According to the author of Psychocybernetics, Maxwell Maltz, self-esteem is fundamental to
success. When you improve your self-esteem, your life improves in every conceivable way.
Self-esteem is knowing you can be, do, or have anything you want.

If you increase your self-esteem, you can do anything. You act according to your self-image,
even if it is false. Often people are programmed to fail by many factors, and after all, a
computer is only as good as its programming. Many squander their great natural capabilities

8
because they don’t believe in themselves. You can change the world by changing yourself
first.

“Be the change you wish to see in the world.” -Gandhi, Indian Peace Activist

We can remove our self-imposed limitations by enlarging our self-image. Don’t downgrade the
product (meaning your) if you haven’t used it correctly. Self-sabotage is you believing you
don’t deserve success.

Build others up to improve your self-esteem. When you try to get people to believe in
themselves, you will receive the same in return.

One of the major causes of lack of self-esteem is comparison with others. All plants in nature
grow at different rates, and no plant is “better” than any other. Sometimes the plants that grow
the most don’t grow much till the end. Before you go off thinking you have found greener
pastures, check your own pasture. More than likely, others are looking at your own pasture
and thinking the same. Every person is completely unique and shouldn’t compare him or
herself to others.
Here are some statements you can tell yourself often to help build self-esteem:

 I believe I can

 I believe in myself.

 I am successful

 I am important

 I am better than I think.


The way you move your body affects the way you feel. A person with high self-esteem almost
always stands up tall, keeps his or her head up high, smiles, and speaks louder than usual.
Catch yourself if you develop a loser’s limp. That’s when someone will under-perform in order
to explain away their lack of belief in themselves and their ability to win. They disabled
themselves so they can explain away their failures. However, many do not even realize they
are doing this! This is called self-sabotage; their mind prevents them from winning at the last
second, because winning is the opposite of what they were thinking about, which is losing.
Building up your self-esteem and developing self-awareness heals this limp.
Being yourself is psychologically deceptive because who you are now might not be who you
want to be. Instead ask yourself: How do I become what I want to be? Then see yourself at
your best. Imagine not how you are but how you could be. Realize you can be anything you
want to be. The image of yourself is how the world will start to see you. When you start to see
yourself better, people will treat you better. They will start to see a spark in you they wish they

9
had, and they will want to know you. This is because they want some of the confidence to rub
off on them. Make sure you assist them in building their self-esteem.
Know yourself, not be yourself. When you know yourself, you will truly be yourself, not what
you think yourself is right now, which is based on false programs. Being your true self is what
leads to self-esteem and happiness.
When you feel your deserve success, you will get it. What you feel you deserve is what you
get. Feel deserve what you want and more. Make a list of what you deserve.

There is power in studying successful people. You begin to think “If they can succeed, I can
too!” You begin to realize, what is possible for one is possible for all. You may get envious,
which you can use to drive your ambitions. You may begin to say “I deserve that car!”

True self esteem is not a braggart or a show-off.

Don’t let past experiences you have influence what you think about yourself or let negative
past experiences create a false illusion of your abilities. Our memories are distorted by the
way we currently view ourselves. Many of our memories are false when we are chronically
negative. You can change your memories by using memory manipulation in the Meditations
and Rituals chapters.

Here is an interesting phenomena to notice: You get compliments similar to compliments you
give yourself (or compliments that give you feelings similar to ones related to feeling).

What many call an egotistical person is simply a person with excellent self-esteem. Realize
when you develop self-esteem that some might call you this; this is only because they lack
self-esteem. If you have people calling you this, you may actually be egotistical. Be aware;
people are sending you messages based on how you think, feel, and act.
Don’t worry about being egotistical or being a megalomaniac. There is a simple solution to
being egotistical: serve others and be self-aware. You know when you have confidence when
you have no fears and others slowly stop calling you egoistical (or something similar). We will
get into these later in the give to get section and the self-aware section.
Supreme self-confidence is based on faith in God. Faith removes all limitations of the mind.
You realize you are FAR more than just your body, you are ALL-POWERFUL. This removes
all of the ego from self-esteem and allows you to be absolutely confident. This is explained
later in SELF Actualization, I’m just planting a seed.
The next lesson is on self-awareness, which pairs well with self-esteem. This will allow you to
analyze yourself, find your thought patterns, and then from there, you can correct them.

10
Self-Awareness

“Heed these words, you who wish to probe the depths of nature: If you do not find within
yourself that which you seek, neither will you find it outside. In you is hidden the treasure of
treasures. Know Thyself and you will know the Universe and the Gods.”
—The Oracle at Delphi, Greek philosopher

Most of your personality comes from your ego, not your soul. The ego causes suffering for
you and is not you true being, it is based off programs. Self-awareness gets rid of this so you
can truly be the person you want to be at a deep level. Don’t be yourself, know yourself.
Being self-aware means you are constantly monitoring your thoughts, emotions, and actions.
You don’t just do self-awareness at scheduled checkups; be self-aware all the time.
Ask and answer questions aloud. When you control your mind, you control mind you control
your world. Success requires recognizing the power of the mind and possessing it, instead of
letting the mind dominate you with fear, ego, doubt, worry, etc.
I recommend asking these questions at least once daily and as often as possible:

 How do I feel?

 What am I thinking?

 What do I desire and why?

 How can I do more and do it better?

 What am I doing with my life?

 Are my habits serving me?

 Who am I?

When you give yourself a question, you must receive an answer in some form. It may answer
in reading something, hearing something, a conversation, an event, a symbol, or dreaming
something. There is an infinite number of methods for receiving messages from your self. It
could be answered in your mind or in the core of your being.
What do you really want in life? If you don’t know what you want, you’ll might feel frustrated.
The ideal place to be is one where you know what you want. When you do, you will feel good.
When you feel you are off course in chasing your desire, ask yourself, “Does this move me
toward my goal?” If you are motivated to do something that doesn’t get you closer to your
dreams, tell yourself aloud, “Cancel, cancel,” and proceed to chase your dreams.
11
If you want to change your life, change the quality of questions you ask yourself each day.
Instead of asking yourself why you feel bad, ask yourself why you feel good. When you ask
this question you will get answers. When you get the answer back, it will make you feel a
certain way depending on how you ask the question.
There is power in reframing questions in the positive as well. Here is an example: “Why I am
overweight?” Your conscience responds, “Because I’m a pig,” which makes you feel guilty.
Instead ask, “What can I do to be healthy?” and your conscience responds, “Eat less,” which
is practical advice that doesn’t make you feel guilty. Do you see the improvement?

Use the mirror technique. Don’t do if you have a fragile self-esteem. Walk into room with
mirror and give yourself eye contact. Ask yourself “Is the person I am looking at the person I
want to be?” Honesty and self-awareness is necessary.

Free writing can help with self-awareness. Do this for a moderate amount of time. Eventually
you won’t be consciously writing, and much of your deeper thoughts will be revealed. From
there you can analyze them.

Next is attitude, which is closely related to self-esteem.

Attitude

All people have an attitude, but many times that attitude doesn’t serve them. Develop a
positive attitude, one that says you can be, do, or have anything you want. The second part is
an attitude of service to others and respecting of rights.

“The last of the human freedoms: to choose one's attitude in any given set of circumstances,
to choose one's own way.”
—Victor Frankl, psychologist and concentration camp survivor. Man’s Search for Ultimate
Meaning

His attitude literally keep him alive.

With the right attitude, your mind will create opportunities (even in failure) as well as attracting
positive events and people.

Attitude is how we look at situations. Attitude is effected by your perception of things, events,
and people. This is why you should see the good in everything to develop a good attitude.
See the perception section for more information.

What 90 percent of people say is opinions they just heard from someone else. When the
attitude is right, the facts don’t count, because you can change the facts. The highest natural
law is the Law of Attraction; it overpowers “the facts.” Fully 99 percent of reality is off the radar
12
screen; you will attract what you want outside five-sense reality into the five-sense reality
when you have a good attitude.
Attitude is spread to others and affect their attitude. Attitudes are contagious and spread to
others by being in close proximity to them. Think of the last time you saw someone who was
very enthusiastic about something. I bet you saw others join in rapidly. By thinking, feeling,
and acting enthusiastically, you get others enthusiastic. Any thought and/or feeling you have
is spread to others.

Thoughts, Emotions, and Actions


This is the holy trinity of success.
Thoughts, emotions, and actions (TFA) starts with thinking, is felt though emotions, and is
expressed in actions. A truly successful person is a mixture of all three and their TFA work
simultaneously. This is a truly unified being.

Thoughts control emotions and actions, and emotions can only then influence your thoughts if
you let them. You can use your thoughts to overpower your emotions if you feel emotions you
do not desire. (Alternatively, you can use your thoughts to amplify your emotions.) That is why
some can think a certain thought about an event, such as losing a key, and scream, while
others simply feel calm. We can feel however we want about any situation by changing the
way we think about it. Intense thoughts almost always become action.
“There is nothing either good or bad, but thinking makes it so.”
—William Shakespeare, playwright

Emotions are entirely dependent on thoughts and actions, but as I mentioned before,
emotions can influence thoughts if you let them. Emotions can be used to guide your thinking
and actions correctly (if your emotions are not enslaved by negative programs).
Actions are controlled by thoughts and influenced by emotions. Here’s an example: you think
optimistic thoughts, you feel motivated, and you take action. Additionally, actions influence
emotions; that is why people are able to do things against their emotions, such as forcing
themselves to smile when they are sad, in an attempt to feel happy. If you want to feel a
certain way, act in a way that will make you feel that feeling. Even a minor action, it taken with
conscious awareness of it while acting, will lead to tremendous results, in other words, think
before you act.
“I don’t sing because I’m happy. I’m happy because I sing.”
—William James, father of American psychology
Act, think, dress, and talk like the person you want to be, and you will become that person.
When your thoughts are focused on a dream or goal, the right things present themselves.

13
Faith

“To believe in the things you can see and touch is no belief at all. To believe in the unseen is a
triumph and a blessing.”
—Abraham Lincoln, sixteenth president of the United States
“Orderliness of all natural laws is indisputable evidence that there is a form of intelligence
superior to humans which we most can barely understand.”
—Andrew Carnegie, steel industrialist
Faith is the ability believe in what you can’t detect with your five senses. In reality, this isn’t a
belief, despite it logically being impossible. Here’s why.
You may start out with “blind faith,” where you naively believe in something and it becomes
true, and then the results prove your beliefs. Eventually this becomes knowledge, because
you know faith works. When you know faith works, your power to create your life increases.
Those who say I’ll believe it when I see it never see it. Believe it first, then you will see it.
What you believe will happen if you believe in it strongly and think about it often.
You currently believe what you believe because you saw evidence of your beliefs being
proven. The evidence came because you first believed it. The evidence then validated your
beliefs, causing you to have more faith in your beliefs. Do you see the cycle?
Faith is actually knowledge; you may feel this in either your gut, heart, and soul (near the very
top of your head) or all of them. I usually feel it somewhat behind the heart. It may be a light
bulb or an absolute certain knowingness. This feeling is not an emotion like happiness, but
what some call a “knowingness.” To feel this, you may clear out negative programs first (see
the clear blockages chapter if you want more information). Some have few negative programs
and can feel for a situation, often described in the concept of “mother’s intuition,” where a
mother can sense the well-being of child and guide the child to safety (such as the mother not
sending here child to a party and then something bad happens at the party).
You can be blocked from attracting your desires if you don’t believe you can get them. If your
belief is weak, the frequency and intensity of the transmission will be weak. Doubt counters
the frequency of faith and belief; it means you are focusing on the how. You need to choose
what you believe you can get. If you say “I will get a thousand dollars by tomorrow,” but you
don’t believe you can get it, then lower the amount. Instead say, “I will get one more dollar by
tomorrow.” You can build this up each day and say, “Tomorrow I will get more two dollars.”
Maybe the third day you say “You know what, I will get more 10 dollars!” The more you
believe, the stronger your desire. The stronger your desire, the more frequently you will want
to transmit your thoughts and emotions. After that, events will occur that get you closer to your
desires.

14
Alternatively, you can also increase your belief by telling yourself, “I can be, do, or have
anything I desire.” You can also record yourself saying this and play it 24/7. You will believe in
it soon. A lie will be perceived as the truth if it is repeated enough. If you feel bad saying this
or hearing it, release using the Sedona Method, described in the Programs section.
When you believe in yourself, you are believing that you are in contact with the Creator, and it
will give you desires by manipulating reality (through you), including the reality that exists
beyond our senses. This is called self-esteem, and it amplifies faith. Having faith in yourself
and God is completely compatible; it is not arrogance. Belief in God is ultimately not required
to create the reality you want, but it tends to amplify it for most. It is not belief, but actually
knowledge of a higher power. Knowledge (or at least a belief) in a higher intelligence in man
is a requirement to join almost all occult orders as well as to join Freemasonry.
Understanding the astounding power of the mind to develop faith. Faith allows the voluntary
usage of the subconscious mind, rather than just accepting whatever it is being programmed
by external negative forces. Through faith, the will and reasoning part of the mind can be
subdued and turned over to the guiding force of God.

Faith, along with action, is the solution to fear, doubt, and worry. Get rid of fear, and build
confidence by acting. Develop faith first to make this task easier, so you can initiate proper
action. As they say, faith without works is dead. Concentrate on your goals you wish to
achieve and not on worry, fear, or doubt.
Next we will talk about the partner of faith, persistence.

Persistence
Successful people always do the right things long enough consistency until the results
appear.

I will start with two stories that explain the importance of faith and persistence.

A water pump requires faith and persistence to pump. When you pump it up, you must
continuously pump until the water comes spewing out, even though you don’t see it. This is
faith. If you pump the pump a little and then you stop for a bit, the water starts to go down to
the bottom. This is why persistence is necessary. You won’t always see the results of your
effort until the end, but the results will come. When they do, they will be greater than you can
probably imagine. Once the pump is flowing, only a few occasional taps will be necessary to
keep it flowing. This allows you to spend more time on other activities.

A Chinese bamboo tree grows for seven years. It must be watered and fertilized for seven
years. In the last sixty days, it grows ninety feet. In reality, it grew ninety feet in seven years,
not sixty days. If it was not watered and fertilized throughout the years, it would have died.

15
The most critical point is to get started. It’s easy if you just get started. Start with small
actions, not matter how small, because it gets the ball rolling. Continue with persistent effort,
even if you don’t see results. You need to have faith that you will get results. Always do the
right thing constantly, and you must get results, according to law. Sometimes you don’t see
results until later. Once you get results, you only need a little effort to maintain those results.

Let’s dispel the myth of what most think is patience. It is not lying around and waiting. It is
working toward your dreams and goals and waiting for the results to come in (which will come
at the most optimal time).
Don’t ask what-if questions; it doesn’t matter. What if questions destroys faith. You will cross
that bridge when you get there. If you do this, it means you are not focusing on having of your
dream, but the lack of having it. This creates negative emotions and puts you further behind.
Success is the progressive realization of a worthwhile goal. It isn’t about achievement so
much. It’s about what you become that matters most. You only have to succeed each day to
guarantee future success. Tomorrow is dependent on what happens today. This gets rid of all
fear, doubt, and worry about the future. You create the future by your present attitude.
In fact, the journey is the reward! If you are having fun and feeling good, you are successful!
Do you feel good about what you are doing and not just when you are thinking about results?
Once you accomplish a goal, get a new one. If you do not, you might try to protect what you
have from losing it out of fear. You are always going forward or backward in life. Go forward in
life; don’t question how you will achieve your desires because the how will present itself in the
best way possible. If something is not growing, it is decaying. Always grow your knowledge,
your compassion, and your willpower in life.
When you halt instead of going forward, you may go into a security mindset rather than an
abundant mindset. You could become afraid of what you will lose rather than what you could
gain. This may cause you to lose progress by acting, making mistakes, and correcting course
like an airplane on autopilot.
Persistence keeps the ball rolling and increases momentum. The faster you go, the harder it
is to stop. Persistence will overpower old programs and habits that pull you back. The pull
becomes weaker as you build your momentum. Imagine riding in a car slowly, going one mile
per hour. A strong person with a good balance could probably stop it. If you go a hundred
miles an hour, that person standing there won’t be able to stop the car, and it won’t slow down
the car a bit. It would take some serious resistance.
Success is an upward spiral of momentum. It’s cyclical. In this cycle, you start with success or
confidence. Success can be built up by seeing yourself being successful now, which gives
you the feeling of success and attracts success in your life. You can start with confidence as
well. You do this by building up your self-esteem.

16
Success leads to confidence, which leads to habits, which leads to results, which lead back to
success. This can be a never-ending cycle that generates an endless and ever-increasing
cycle of good feelings and success.

You can use persistence to become a master, which you do by focusing on the goal as well as
persistently and correctly practicing.

Four Stages of Competence


These are the four stages of competence. This is also true for thought patterns as well, not
just actions. You go from being ignorant to being a master at something when you follow this.
Unconscious incompetence
-You don’t know what you don’t know. This when you know nothing about something and
therefore can’t be good at it.

Conscious incompetence
-You know, but you don’t know how to apply the information you know.
-Study new information, to reach conscious incompetence.

Conscious competence
-You know what you know.
-You have to think about doing well in something, a skill you know enough to do but are not a
master in.
-This starts when you begin to practice perfectly. Make sure you do things the right way
before you practice. Perfect practice makes perfect.
-Go find a mentor to help you get to the next stage if you need to. Informational material can
act as mentor, but a real life mentor is extremely valuable. They can correct you in real time.

Unconscious competence
-Mastery is unconscious competence. You don’t have to think about the steps, you think of
what you want and you get it automatically. An example is tying your shoes or driving your
car.
-This is the goal.
-You create what you want in life at record speed.
-You are a master a something if it’s as natural as when you are walking, you see your
destination, you get there, and you don’t think about the steps.
-This is gained with perfect and persistent practice.

Masters are unconsciously competent. They think very little and achieve great results due to
practice, especially of the basics others aren’t willing to master. Practicing the basics makes
you perfect. A good phrase to remember is this: If you want to be a master, master the basics.
17
The advanced stuff is mastering the basics, which is done by perfect practice. You can only
build up high as your foundation is strong. Fundamentals are more important than the tricks of
the trade.
The masters practiced because they loved what they did. They were happy and became good
at what they did by thinking about the pleasure of the activity and the result. The reason
people want to master something is the feeling of mastery, which is the result. Feelings and
results are the same thing. Masters work effortlessly; it appears easy to do for others until
they try to mimic the masters. Then they struggle because they aren’t at unconscious
competence. It’s difficult for most masters to explain how they got to where they are. Masters
essentially don’t consciously know how they achieved great results unless they have a journal
of their progress (I do this). The masters who know how to do this are good coaches, trainers,
teachers, and mentors.
Find what you want to master; it should be something you love to do. Practice what you want
to become a master of, and develop the attitude of already being a master before practicing
while practicing mindfully focus on the steps.
When you become unconsciously competent, you’re thinking about what you want all the time
with no conscious effort. You automatically do what you need to do to fulfill your dreams,
goals, and aspirations. If you try hard, you are not at this level; you are at conscious
competence. When you remember what you learn at a deep level, you become unconsciously
competent. That is why learning chapter is in this book.
Perfect practice makes perfect. Practice correctly, and do it right the first time. If you practice
the wrong things, you will never be perfect. You do this by getting your thinking right, by:

 Using your imagination to see yourself being a master and feel the feeling of being
one.
 Getting passionate. Do this by finding something you are passionate about and
increasing desire.
 Finding something you want to master to learn from. It’s best if they can train you
personally in real life.

Additionally, you can use your imagination to train yourself for an activity that you can’t
physically do. This is also good if practice makes you stressed, since you can’t fail, and
nobody is judging you. Your brain operates the same way when you do it in your imagination
similar to doing it in the real world, if you have developed a vivid imagination.
The next section is on joyful working, which is necessary if you want to become a master.
Masters always enjoy what they do. If they hated it, they would be blocking their growth and
would have quit long ago.

18
Joyful Working

Most people say, “I have to work hard.” You can replace that thinking with “I work diligently
with swift and ease!” You do not work hard to become successful. Think of everything you do
as easy, and it will become easy. Everything you think is easy now was hard for you at some
point.

When you focus on what you want, you get your thinking correct. Thoughts are in the “sweet
spot” if you feel good and it motivates you to do lots of activity. Activity done when your
thinking is correct is fun and joyful; you act spontaneously, and it creates amazing results. Do
what you love, and love what you do. Anything else won’t get you results anyway.
When you’re drudging through an activity, you will see no positive results, or the results will be
negative (and even disastrous in some cases). If an activity isn’t pleasurable, you need to
either find a new activity or get your thinking right. When an activity you’re doing is draining
and it feels like a sacrifice, you won’t get results. Attempt to get your thinking right first before
finding a new activity. Think of having what you want (abundance) rather than not having it
(lack). Do so with an attitude of loving service rather than obligation gave me all the willpower
to work on my book. Imagine already having it.

Minimal activity can create amazing results. This is why thinking is more important than
actions. Work with joy and enthusiasm. Working all the time isn’t required, do so if it feels
good and enjoy every minute of it. Often rest, meditation, hanging out with positive people,
and learning is better until you get your thinking right then work.
Trying hard can cause utter failure. Think about a fly hitting a glass window. The harder it
tries, the worse it suffers. This is why we need accurate thinking and worthwhile goals. Read
the Learning chapter and the Goals section later for more clarification.
Persistence is necessary. If you stop the enjoyable activity, you hinder the growth, and it might
die. Remember the bamboo tree story.
The next section is on The Miracle of Self-Responsibility, which is a necessary topic for
increasing belief in yourself.

The Miracle of Self-Responsibility

You are responsible for everything in your life. You are in 100 percent control of your life and
what happens to you. Stop saying things are outside of your control. You are always creating
your reality; do so with purpose and intention. Life happens for you, not to you, depending on
how you think. Events, people, and situations that happen in your life aren’t random; they
align with how you think and feel and act.

19
The manipulators of the world want you to think you are powerless and are not responsible,
that you are a slave to fate and chance. What they mean by fate is their devious plans. We
will dispel these myths. You create your fate and your luck.
Never make excuses or blame outside influences. Don’t see yourself as a defeated person or
a victim. Doing so fosters self-loathing, resentment in others, destroys faith and self-esteem.
Even if you are a victim of another by an injustice, don’t begin to envision yourself as a
victimized person. Know that you are a perfect, powerful being that can be, do, or have
anything. You are more powerful than you can even currently imagine.
There isn’t anyone coming to save you; you have to save yourself. That is not a bad thing,
however. Saving yourself is more empowering than having to rely on someone else and
feeling hopeless and at their mercy. You are capable of saving yourself because you have
infinite potential power, which can be developed by learning and memorizing these success
principles.
You can create anything in your life. You can have, be, or do anything and everything you
want in life by desiring it and believing that you already have it.
Here’s are trick: Do little things that put you in control of your life, read a book, shut cell phone
off, clean your room. Express your individuality. This will make you feel more responsible for
your life and empower you to do your life purpose.
Next we will dispel the myth of predestined fate. You create your own fate.
Priests, prophets, and psychics may claim to know the future, but you create the future. The
reason they are often right is when people believe they are destined to do something, it
becomes truth. They can give good advice, but don’t follow their orders. You always listen to
yourself in the end. They claim to know the future, but I think they are simply predicting it. You
can accept or reject those predictions. If they say you will experience something in the future
that you don’t want, reject it and create the future you do want. You predict the future by
creating it.

If fate exists, that means you have no free will. If you have no free will, that means you are a
slave. You aren’t responsible for your own life. It means you might as well never do anything
in life, because everything has been determined. People believe they have no power and are
ruled by fate. A predetermined fate is only believed by people who don’t know their true
power. But they are right in some sense, because those who don’t know their power have no
power.

If certain individuals tell you that this is your fate and you believe it, they can manipulate you
into doing anything or not doing something. Many religions tell people that their fate will be
endless suffering if they don’t choose to be believers. You surrender your power to them by
doing so. Reject any thought about the existence of a miserable afterlife as well.

20
The real hell is living on earth in fear of hell. This creates hateful people who live miserable
lives. Instead, imagine an amazing afterlife beyond your dreams and of course image that
“afterlife” being now. The real heaven or hell is always in the now.

In other words, you control your fate and destiny. The next section will explore luck and
chance, which is many people have misconceptions that are almost always is disempowering.

Luck and Chance

When you thinking is right, you become luckier. Unique opportunities, people, situations will
happen,

Luck is conscious awareness of chance. Luck happens when preparedness meets


opportunity, and opportunity is around all the time. Chance is leaves blowing down the street
and there’s a twenty-dollar bill in the leaves. These are called chance encounters.

Be presently aware of all the opportunities that are being presented, you do this by getting out
of your head and paying attention to your surroundings. When it does the key is to act on
them. It’s not too good to be true, what being presented to you is genuine if it feels right.

Connect your past events to the present moment. What are the odds of you being where you
are today instead of somewhere else? Realize that even with the slightest difference over
time, you would be a completely different person. Imagine traveling one mile off in an airplane
route that is five thousand miles long. Over time, you would be far off if you were a couple of
feet off and you didn't correct your course. This why a person’s childhood is so important as a
foundation for their life.

Record coincidences that happen to you every day, and you will see how lucky (or unlucky)
you are. If you want feel lucky ask yourself why you are so lucky. This cannot happen just by
mere chance or randomness.

Everything operates according to nature’s law such as Law of attraction. You create your own
luck.

“Chance favors the prepared mind.”


—Louis Pasteur, biologist and chemist
“Chance is a world that we’ve invented to express the known effects on the unknown.”
—Voltaire, French philosopher and historian

21
Perception

Perception is how you see things with your senses and your mind.

Look for the good by finding the gold. Look for the good things in someone you don’t like. In
life, you get what you focus on. If you focus on good, you won’t recall the “bad things.” What
you perceive to be negative isn’t at all.

What you feel from experiences is based on how you perceive it. Thoughts create your life, a
storm can be going all around you and not affect you.

People create emergencies out of every little thing and it wears them out. It exhausts yourself.
When something happens in your life what is your attitude toward it?

Perception creates your reality, exception is universal laws like LOA (because you didn’t
create them). They were created by forces outside of the universe to govern the physical
universe. Here are the universal laws that I have discovered:
 Law of free will
 Law of Attraction
 Natural law
 Law of change (things are always changing)

Consciously program yourself to see all events as good, and whenever you do, they will.
Initially they may not seem so, and you may feel you are fooling yourself, but you will not as
you begin to notice new events going well, no matter what in your life (if you perceive them as
good). You will see two timelines, one where things go well and one where they don’t, as you
realize that how you feel about events changes the path you are on.

If you respond positively to situations, you get less intense negative situations, and it can
prevent them from ever coming. Negative events may even have major positive outcomes.

22
Desire and Achievement

Introduction
This chapter is on defining what you want and then getting it.

What Do You Want?


“You don’t want to get to the end of life and get to the top of ladder and find out the ladder
was learning against the wrong building.”
—Stephen Covey, self-help author

Desires are revealed by eight things.


1. What you think about when wondering. What does your mind rest on? What do you
contemplate?
2. What you watch.
3. What you talk about (could be positive or negative).
4. Who you listen to.
5. What you spend time with when you choose to.
6. What angers you. If it does, God wants you to take care of something.
7. What scares you. Turns fear into positive. If you feel financial fear, makes sure your goals
are to get financially free.
8. What is a need in society that affects/bothers you. This means you ought to do something
about it.

Most have too many open-ended choices for what they want. This causes overwhelm and
paralysis. It is like going to the store and seeing fifty kinds of bread and you don’t know which
you want. Narrow it down, focus on only one desire. Ask yourself, what do you really want?
The desire you want the most is the one you should focus on until you achieve it.

When you know what you want and why it can also get rid of frivolous wants. Asking why can
help you focus on what you want instead of the lack.
“I want to be debt free (no lack of money)”
Why? I don’t want financial pressure.
Why? I want to be financially free.
Why? I want to feel wealthy.

23
Keep asking why; it clears your negative beliefs and clarifies what you want. You always want
to focus on expansion (earning money), rather than contraction (reducing debt). You may get
new cognition while doing this, if you do, write them down.
When you know why you want it, you won’t be offended when you get something different. It’s
ultimately about the feeling, the reason you want something is more important than what you
want.
Are you a shelver? This is when you have great ideas, but you put them way. It’s okay, the
idea isn’t gone, and you can pick it up later. However, more than likely, your shelves are
getting full, you are overburdened. The dust is starting to collect. You have too many
unfinished goals and dreams. Start with your smallest idea.
Before we discuss goals and dreams, there is something that needs to be discussed.

“Enter by the narrow gate; for wide is the gate and broad is the way that leads to destruction,
and there are many who go in by it. But small is the gate and narrow the road that leads to
life, and only a few find it.” (Matthew 7:13–14)

This means we should follow the path God has aligned for us, our true life purpose. It is
different for all; there is no one set path, but paths of different people often intertwine. Most
follow the path of the masses, which leads to suffering. The masses have no answers for our
life purpose because each person is a unique being with a unique life purpose. Anything that
is against our life purpose causes resistance and suffering.

Everything is according to our will or God’s will. It is our job to align our will with God’s; if we
don’t, we will suffer. God’s will is for you to live a truly meaningful life of serving others, which
will bring the maximum amount of joy and love to you. Each of us has certain talents and
brain wiring, and it is our job to find out what we want to do and do it. Ask God, and allow him
to give you the answers, knowing your life purpose will help you set worthwhile goals. Walk
with faith on the path God gives you. We have a path, and it’s our job to get on it. Do this by
finding it.

Definite Chief Aims/Goals

The secret to manifesting what you is to have a DCA and have burning desire for its
achievement.

Here is my magic formula. It has worked flawlessly in my life.


1. Know what you really want. Command that you get it. Be grateful that God is working on
your desires.
2. Feel as if you already have it while imagining it (use color, five-senses, color, and see it
from the first person perspective). Do this as often as possible.
24
3. You patiently wait, then you get it.

Here is Kevin Trudeau’s magical formula for your goals:

 Write down what you want; be clear and precise.


 Have a BD.
 Read what you wrote when you wake up and when you fall asleep.
 When you read it, see yourself in possession of your desires and feel as if you were in
possession of your desires.
 Know that you have it now in the energy field, and have no doubts that your desire will
manifest and you will experience in the physical.
 Feel good all the time (you get into a state of allowing rather than doing this allows
your desires to manifest in physical reality).

A definite chief aim (DCA) is another term for a specific goal you spend most your time on.
DCA inspires you to act and gets your thinking on what you want. I will give you a brief
rundown of how to set a good goal and what a good goal is. Later, I will give you further
explanation.

 You feel good while setting it.


 They are personal, they are not what others tell you your goals should be
 It’s specific.
 It’s something tangible, like writing a book, or it’s an emotion you can imagine having.
 You know why you want it.
 You haven’t achieved it before.
 You don’t know exactly how you will achieve it (or even better you have no clue how)
 It’s small enough to absolutely believe you can get it but big enough to excite you.
 It’s something you want, not need.
 It’s something you think you can achieve between one week and twenty years.
 You can set a deadline, but not necessary
 You focus on it more than anything else in your life, and it takes up most of your day.
 It gets you closer to your dreams.
 You’re serious about it.

Here is Andrew Carnegie’s practical way to get your desires.


 Choice of DCA, purpose, or objective.
 Create of a plan for carrying out DCA.
 Continuous action in carrying out the plan with belief you can succeed
 Form an alliance with those willing to cooperate in mutual benefit for carrying out the
plan.

25
 Moving at all times on one’s own initiative. Back your initiative with belief in yourself
and in your ability to successfully fulfill your plan.

Goals and dreams should be significant. They should matter and not be selfish. God made us
to help others. Selfish goals are fun, but you will starve inside if all you have are selfish goals.
So, selfish goals aren’t bad; just be aware of how you feel when you achieve and/or strive
toward a selfish goal instead of a selfless goal. What do you want to be known for?*

You must write your goal down at least once. Do this preferably on a white piece of paper with
blue ink. After you state a Dream or Goal, at the end put “I want this or better.” This statement
is good because you think you know what you want, but subconsciously you may want
something even more that what you think now. You may want something entirely different.
What you want you may not even want all at once you get it. It essentially guarantees you get
what you want at a deep level, not what you think you want.*

If you say what you want something that is specific, say “or what’s best for me and my life
purpose” You may not know what you really want at deep level, this keeps you desires open
for better things and also prevents disappoints. You may want a blue car, but you really want
a white car deep down and you aren’t aware of it.*

Don’t worry about time; you will achieve your goals at the optimal time. Deadlines are not
necessary. For most people, fear, doubt, and worry crept in when they set a deadline. When
they approach the deadline, these feelings can become overwhelming. By not setting a
deadline, you relieve yourself of this pressure. You don’t know the best time. God will give you
want you want at the right time and place. Deadlines are irrelevant if you work persistently
every day toward your goal as if today were your last day. Do not have negative goals, also
known as worries.

Deadlines, however, can be helpful if you do not feel disappointment. Have a deadline that
motivates you and make you feel good. If you get to it and haven’t accomplished your goal,
don’t be disappointed; just make a new deadline, and you’ll be fine. For most, this deadline for
a goal should be six months to two years. Go as far as you can see; when you get there, you
will be able to see further.

Success is the progressive realization of a worthwhile goal. You manifest faster if you don’t
set a time limit. If you enjoy the process, who cares how long? Goals are not so much
designated to get as they are designed for you to reach and grow. It causes you to draw
something out of you that you didn’t even know you had.*
If you feel bad while setting the goal, it is not in your “sweet spot.” The sweet spot for a dream
is what you desire and what you believe you can get. If you feel good while doing this, you are
in the sweet spot, so congratulations! Building self-esteem can improve your belief in getting
all you desire.*

26
Setting low goals and winning is better than setting high goals and feeling failure when you
don’t accomplish them, because success builds confidence. If you don’t feel like a failure and
a disappointment, make bigger goals. Always make sure you believe in those goals 100
percent.*

If you know how to reach your goal, you need a better goal. That goal won’t get you to stretch
or expand your creativity and imagination.
Keep growing mentally, and never get complacent. After completing a goal, immediately set
another goal or expand a current goal you’ve accomplished. If you don’t, you may fear losing
what you have, and then you will lose it. Here is an example of an expanded goal: “I want ten
thousand a month” turns into “I want a hundred thousand a month.” Then maybe you want to
switch gears; now you make a goal to improve your health. Then you switch gears back, this
time you want a million a month. Either way, expand your goals or make new ones and only
have one goal.
Choose something you want for a goal, not something you need. By something you need, I
mean basic food, water, or shelter. The feeling of want is important. The feeling of “I need”
causes desperation. There is no inspiration in needs. *
Make sure you make it specific by knowing in quantifiable terms. State the goals in the
positive. Keep track of your progress by getting feedback from others and from measuring
devices. Have others hold you accountable. When you measure your progress, don’t use
percentages; use things you can see and touch, such as units, pages, pounds, etc. Measure
your progress as you are working toward your goal, so you know how much you have
improved or not. Have a reason for achieving your goal. With no reason, you won’t achieve
them. You do this by stating the benefits. Set the goal to become the person who would
achieve, the goal then imagine already achieving the goal.

Let’s say you weigh 170 pounds. If your DCA is to lose 20 percent of your weight, rephrase it.
Say, “I want to be a healthy person who is a healthy weight of 136 pounds.” State the benefits
of being a healthy weight in the positive. Here are some potential ones: “I will feel better about
my body. My joints will be strong. It’ll be easier for me to move around and exercise.”

Keep track of your progress, such as on a written chart of your daily weight. Simple scores
motivate you to get going. Get feedback, and check yourself on the scale. Don’t say, “Well,
you know, I don’t think I’ll hit 150, I’ll just shoot for 165.” If you do, that’s okay. Just make sure
you knock it down once you are 165 pounds. If you are on vacation, don’t start to pig out just
because; that’s an excuse, and you will feel worse when you check the scale again. Don’t
make excuses. If you know you will regret it later, don’t cave in to your triggers.

Here are some way to keep score. It reminds you of your progress.
 By making a scoreboard or multiple scoreboards.

27
 Ask yourself what score you want to keep.
 Make them big; you can see them from afar.
 Write in with erasable market and laminated paper.
 Update your scores weekly, but daily is better.
 It could be a paper on the wall or chalkboard.

Graphs help with daily progress. Businessmen often say, “This really works. I am doing this.”
However, they have no proof; it’s just a belief because they don’t measure their progress.
Don’t assume things are going well, but always have that attitude that things are. In other
words, have a positive attitude mixed with awareness. Here are some ways you can keep
track of progress.

 Imagine lines going up on graph after you sketch them.


 Graphs can be on computer.
 Use an online system for progress.

There are some special rules if you desire money. Do the following.

1. Be specific how much money you want, with no time limit attached.
2. Why do you want the money? What you will do with the money?
3. Specify how you will get the money (but do not focus on how, just merely state in in the
goal). How will you allow the money to come into your life (direct deposit, gifts, cash)?

The reason they must be specific is because many people ask for money in life, but even one
dollar more in your bank account is more money. This is why being specific about money
goals is necessary. You need to be able to measure your progress and know when you have
hit your target. Having a massive amount of money is a better dream, not a goal.

State nonmonetary material goals in inflation-proof terms. Don’t use dollars; they can change
based on inflation and the economy. For example, instead of saying “I want more money at
my job,” say “I want five more hours of work, and I want the work to be easier and more
enjoyable.”

There must be an objective to achieve your chief aim. The objective is the next logical step in
achieving your chief aim. Thankfully, when you focus on definite chief aim, the next logical
step will present itself. Then you just have to act on it. If you were writing a book, the next
logical step could be to write a page. Once you write that page, write another.

Focus on one goal that is important to you until it is achieved. Not finishing a goal and going
to another can cause confusion and the development of excuses. A notable exception is if you
no longer feel good working toward a goal and have attempted persistently to change your

28
thinking. Don’t focus on multiple feel-good goals; only focus on a goal one at a time until
completion. Channeling your energy toward multiple goals dissipates the power of focus.

DCA can modified it as you need to, but only if your desires change. You goals might change
based on what goal you think is best for getting your dream. Be prepared to make some slight
adjustments to your course when setting your goals.
Goals must contain a statement of benefits. Ask “What is in it for me by achieving my goals?”
The why takes care of the how. Ask yourself, why do you desire what you want? If you don’t
know why, then you won’t create a good enough desire to get what you want. Because the
passion (the why) won’t be there, you won’t get results.*

You can always feel better in any situation by taking in active step toward your objective, even
if small. See the persistence section for more on this.*

Generally, as humans, we do not always know what we want. We think we know, but often we
get surprises in life that surpass our expectations. Remember gifts that we received at
Christmas that we didn’t wish for but that surpassed our specific desires for a certain gift? We
are the same; just focus on what you want. Sometimes your wants and goals will change, and
that’s ok; adjust your goals as needed.

If someone you know has already achieved your goal, try to get their assistance. These are
often called mentors, gurus, guides, coaches, etc.

Think of your exciting goal as many times as possible throughout the day, especially near the
beginning of the day or at the end of the day. You are moving toward it and bringing it toward
you by doing this.*

The magic question to always be asking yourself is: What do I want? When you give your
mind that question, your mind should be focused on DCA, your dream, or a new potential goal
or dream. This helps you constantly reevaluate your goals. Are they really on your true life
path? Is what you are doing now truly what you want?*

Focus on one desire at a time; you must be obsessed with what you want. A great myth is a
well-balanced life. If you want a well-balanced life to be your goal, this is okay, but otherwise
living a well-balanced life is not ideal for going toward other goals. Be fully engaged with your
goal by working every day toward what you want until you accomplish it.*

If you know exactly how to get a goal, you need to set a new goal. Make your goal something
that you have never done before. There is no inspiration in a goal you have accomplished in
the past.

29
Turn a fantasy into a goal by saying, “I’m willing and able to do it.” Then start to get
emotionally involved. Use your imagination of already having the goal you desire. Before you
act on goals, see yourself as already succeeding in the goal. *
If it excites you and scares you, this is a good goal. It doesn’t absolutely have to scare you;
however, it must excite or give you some good feeling when you think about it. You must
believe you can achieve it; otherwise you will feel bad. You get what you are afraid of; this
scary feeling will propel you forward. What you are afraid of, you subconsciously want. You
are always think of what you want subconsciously, but it can conflict with your conscious
mind.*
If you perceive your idea in your mind and strive to achieve it, while imagining you have it, you
will have the resources you need come to you. Resources for your new goal will only come as
you need them. You don’t have to worry about money because it will present itself at the right
time. The fun is the anticipation of the mystery of how the universe will provide you with the
resources for achieving your goals.*
Be unconsciously competent at goal-achieving activities. If your desire is to write a book, your
goal-achieving activity is writing. You become unconsciously competent by practice, which is
developed by persistence. Always focus constantly on your goal. Eventually you will only be
thinking about where you want to go, and your mind will automatically get there.*
List your goal on paper, and then list the weaknesses that prevent you from getting it. Realize
the only true obstacles are your weaknesses. If you push forward, the situations you call
obstacles typically disappear. If they don’t get help from those who can (such as a getting
therapy; see the Therapies section in the Clear Blockages chapter for more information).
Don’t obsess over obstacles; that’s like riding a bike by trying to focus on not hitting trees.
Doing so makes you more likely to hit trees. You focus on where you want to go, not where
you don’t want go.*
When you tell yourself positive affirmations for the goal you want to achieve, it rapidly
increases your desire for the goal. Be optimistic about achieving your goals; say, “I will”
instead of “I’ll give it a good shot.” Don’t consider “if this happens” ideas; you always work on
your goals regardless of obstacles, conditions, circumstances, etc. *
“Do or do not, there is no try.”
—Yoda, Jedi master
You should not share your chief aim with those who will steal your goals. Only share it with
those who will help and encourage you. Those you love the most are the best people to get
help from, and you can get them to help you toward your goals by explaining the mutual
interest. Family members are usually better than friends or strangers; your genes are similar.
This is one of the reasons royal families had so much power in the past. Their family
members (generally) supported each other.*
Your DCA should be something you can picture in your mind and others could understand, its
tangible object or an emotion. For an emotion, use a symbol or an event that would make you
30
feel that way. For most, goals for a specific emotion are better because we often do not know
what we really want in life. If you have no goals, you can make your goal to feel good.
Everybody wants to feel good. Remember times in your life when you felt good; you can feel
good now because you have felt good before.
Goals are personal, not what other people tell you they are.*
When you focus on dreams and goals, many opportunities will pop up. People begin to like
you more when you chase goals. Your friends will help you, and you will also make new ones.
Your enemies will get out of your way (and may even become your friends). Some will come
and say, “This is your last opportunity.” The truth is, there will always be more opportunities;
it’s just a matter of which you want to notice and take advantage of. Don’t rush and feel
opportunities are the last ones you have. Choose based on feeling; then focus on capitalizing
on the opportunity. Know when your plates are full. Most people have a lottery mentality,
where they will explore one opportunity then another until they get the big payday, but they
won’t really commit to it if things don’t work out. (In actuality, you make things work out.) The
world really does make a place for someone who knows what he wants and is determined to
get it.*
Whether the goal should be general, specific, or a feeling depends on what you desire most.
If it is specific, such as a certain house, to avoid disappointment, always say “or better” or
“whatever God knows best for me.” If you don’t get specifically what you want, it means you
can get something even better!
Goals are lower forms of dreams. They are not better or worse. A goal keeps you grounded; a
dream keeps you ambitious. A goal is a stepping-stone on the path toward achieving a dream.
You dream might be to be rich (feel abundant). Your goal then might include to start a lawn-
care business. It might be to invest in real estate. Don’t get too attached to goals; the dream
is what ultimately matters. Goals are short term and are just a means to achieve your dreams.
Goals are the vehicle to your dream, which is your destination. There is no issue if you need
to a new definite chief aim to get to your dream. It is merely changing the way you will get to
the destination. Your DCA needs be a logical stepping-stone to dreams, and should not be off
target.
You can expand your goals to your dreams; if you see a connection, it’s a good goal. You do
this by practicing depth of vision (see depth of vision in the Imagination section). Make sure
goals don’t surpass; if you do, expand your dreams (as big as you can believe 100 percent
in). Remember that goals are something you think you can achieve between one week and
twenty years.
The next section is your dream; it’s what your goals are going toward.

Plans
There is no perfect right time to take action on a plan; the best time is right now. A good plan
haphazardly and swiftly executed now is better than a perfect plan later. But don’t wait for the

31
right circumstances. There are no perfect plans. Perfect plans are obsolete by the time you
are ready to execute them. Go as far as you can see and once you get there, you’ll know
exactly what to do.

Here are some tips.


 It’s good to have alternative plans.
 Plans will change as circumstances change, but decisions don’t.
 Go with a plan till it is completed or stops feeling right, then make new plans or modify
the current plan.
 You can change plans if your goal changes; however, just because plans change
doesn’t mean decisions do.
 It is ideal to picture the worst-case scenario, but not necessary. Consider what could
go wrong, but don’t dwell on it.

 Flexible short-term plans are usually best. Don't be obsessed with plans; instead, be
obsessed with purpose. Long-term plans are decent, but don't spend too much time on
making them; your time is best spent fixating on your purpose. Plans change as
situations change, but your purpose does not.

Your Dream

A dream is a more ambitious than a longer-term goal. It is the reason you exist! It doesn’t
change, but what you think is your dream might. This can be done by improving your
imagination and by being an experimenter (explained later in Open-Minded Experimentation
section of the Learning chapter). I will give you a brief rundown of characteristics of your
dream, which can help determine your dream. It is quite possible that your dream is so big
that it goes beyond your current imagination. The Imagination section will help you make your
dream bigger. Here are the characteristics of your dream (or life purpose):

 You feel good thinking about it.


 It’s specific idea or emotion. It could be an idea such as “I want a peaceful world,” or it
could be an emotion, but if it is, make it big such as “I want to feel infinite love.”
 You want it, you may initially not know why.
 You haven’t achieved it before.
 You don’t know how you will achieve it.
 It’s massive and exciting.
 It’s something you think you can achieve between twenty years to multiple lifetimes.
 You don’t set a deadline.
 You feel sincerity when thinking about it.
 You believe you can achieve it

32
 Dream can also be your legacy after you die, such as “I want to be remembers as…”
or “I want my children to be free and happy.”
 It is set for you because it is your life purpose. You discover it.

Some of what is true for goals is also true for dreams. Review the Goals section after reading
this section, and then look for an asterisk ( * ) at the end of the paragraph. That paragraph
also applies for dreams. If there is an asterisk, reread the paragraph.

We are happiest when we are fully engaged toward our dreams. The best dreams are the
ones serving others, this brings happiness and fulfillment.

When you focus on your dream, you think it’s going to happen a certain way, but it almost
never does. God works in mysterious ways our brains cannot understand. This understanding
goes beyond our brains. We can know how God operates (as discussed in the Self-
Actualization chapter). Remember that results can take time and they come at the best time.
You may not see results for a long time, and they can appear suddenly. Unseen forces in the
universe bring you closer to your dream when you desire it. These unseen forces can’t be
detected with your five senses.

The magic question to always be asking yourself is: What do I want? When you give your
mind that question, your mind should think of your dream.

Desire what you dream. Dreams don’t necessary need a why, but knowing why you want your
dreams can increase your desire. A psychic or past-life hypnotherapist can assist with this
task. Exploring your childhood can help as well.
Another way of finding your dream is to reflect on your childhood. Go through photos of your
childhood—videos, toys, photos, books, VCR tapes, CDs, papers. Go to places you went as a
child, and recall memories. Even do some of what you did as a child there (if appropriate).
Ask your parents what you wanted to be when you grow up. You’ll learn a lot about yourself.
When you were a child, you didn’t have as many programs from culture put into you. Most of
these programs do not serve you. You got confused and lost in your social engineering. You
are born knowing your dream, and this can help you rediscover that lost truth.
One day, I was going across my old papers I wrote during elementary school, and I found my
dream literally written in a statement. I also am aware that I said you aren’t supposed to share
dreams, but if you are reading this, I know you are a kind person. Since then, I have
expanded it by developing my imagination and depth of vision (discussed later).
“I have a dream that one day everybody would get along well in the whole world. That there
would be no wars. I think that this would definitely be the most important change in the world.
It could probably have a huge impact. I think this change can be started by everyone treating
everyone by being nice, not fighting verbally and physically, and also treating everyone
equally.”

33
Once you clearly know your dream, focus on what your dream is. By thinking as many times
throughout the day about our dream, we are moving toward it and bringing it toward us.
You have found your dream when you feel really good thinking about it, it excites you, and
you believe you can get it. You will feel ecstatic and happier than you ever have in your life.
Once you get it, you believe in yourself more, which allows you to expand the scope of your
dream. You can always expand it before you achieve it; just make sure you believe it and it
feels good! The bigger you can dream, the more power you have. The bigger you expand
your dream, the stronger you pull in that dream, and it will become reality. It activates your
infinite inner power.
“Success is about the size of our dream and time.”
—Anonymous (This quote is POWERFUL!)
People often shrink their dreams to fit their income. This is a mistake! Focus on thinking and
going toward your dream, and the material objects you need will come.
“Therefore do not worry, saying, ‘What shall we eat?’ or ‘What shall we drink?’ or ‘What shall
we wear?’ For the Gentiles strive after all these things, and your heavenly Father knows that
you need them. But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things
will be added unto you.”
—Matthew 31–33, Berean Study Bible
Find your dream and grow it by expanding your imagination. When you discover your dream,
you can always expand it. A dream can never be too big or too “out there.” Your dream is only
as big as you imagine it, and all dreams have no real limits except the ones you give it. If your
dream is to be an inventor, you can expand your dream to be the inventor of a technology that
makes traveling to other planets easy. Expanding it more, maybe you can invent a technology
to travel to other solar systems. Other galaxies? Other universes? Past space and time?
Bigger than that? Dream BIG.
The bigger your dream, the less likely you are to quit, because it excites you so much that you
will push through, no matter the obstacles. If you like quitting or feel unmotivated, expand
your dream. Some say you shouldn’t have a massive dream because you aren’t being
realistic. If you shoot for the moon and you miss, at least you will wind up among the stars.
Develop an attitude of winning, and you will hit the moon. Big dreams and listening to uplifting
material give you the fuel toward your dream.
Those who dream big will achieve more and feel greater positive emotions of achieving the
results of the dream. You will also feel these feelings while working toward the dream. After
all, the journey is the reward.
The secret is to see that what you want is small and easy to get. Your dream is big, but you
know that because of the infinite power of God, it is effortless to get.
Eventually, all dreams go sky-high because you know LOA works from experience, Success
builds confidence.

34
When you find your dream, you can put it into a statement. Write this often. Record it and play
it as much as possible. You can say, “I am so happy and grateful now that I am an endless
and infinitely powerful force for [your dream] or better.” When you record it, use your
emotions; a monotone voice is not as effective.
Sometimes there is an advantage in making the picture very big, crystal-clear, and putting
yourself in the picture. Adding colors, smells, sounds, and textures helps as well. Even more
powerful is to add how you feel. Put yourself in the picture, sensing the feeling of having what
you want.

1. How big is your dream? Make it bigger.


2. How many things can you put into that dream?
3. Dreams are a movie, not a still picture.
4. Get emotionally involved with the dream by thinking positive thoughts.
You already have your dream in the nonphysical realm; you simply have to allow yourself to
receive. This is why you imagine already having the dream and develop the feeling of already
having it. You already have what you want if you feel like you have it, because the reason you
want anything is because of feelings.

You should not share your dreams with those who will steal your dreams. Only share them
with those who will help and encourage you.
“Visionaries are men and women who project into the future and don’t belabor things that had
already passed. They think of what could be, not what already is, and then they move
themselves to bring these ideas into fruition.”
—Unknown
Don’t focus on how you will get your dreams; just know you will and the how (methods) will
present itself in real time.
It is quite possible that all of our dreams are the same: universal, eternal, infinite love for all
beings. The ultimate dream is love, but each person is a gear toward building a loving
universe. Each has a different way of getting to the collective ultimate dream. This can be
achieved by the Great Work, which is explained in the last chapter.
“For the entire law is fulfilled in keeping this one command: ‘Love your neighbor as yourself.’”
—Galatians 5:14

Follow Your Dreams and Goals

Follow your dreams and goals (DG). You may think the field you are in is your dream.
Constantly explore new ideas, hobbies, careers, opportunities, groups, and events. You can
ask yourself or go through childhood memories of what you loved to do the most.

35
Don’t let others in on your dreams; they will try to (at least subconsciously) energetically
undermine you. Tell only those you know for sure will support you or encourage you.

Following your DG means never doing violence to another person. If you like doing violence
to others or deceiving them, you aren’t following your DG, and you need to change your
thinking. Your mind is malfunctioning and in nonoptimal health for your well-being. You have
been negatively programmed or perhaps brought something in from your past life. Get off of
any drugs you are doing, and get therapy, such as B.E.S.T. treatment, hypnotherapy, Reiki,
Crano-sacrial, the mystery school healing modalities, thought field therapy, the Sedona
Method, etc. I will explain morality later; for now, get these done as soon as possible.

God did not create us to be violent to any beings that feel emotions. God abhors violence and
won’t create beings to create more violence. Violence exists only because God gave people
the free will to go away from following their divine life purpose. Try to make others feel good;
making other feel bad makes you feel bad because you get what you give out. You know that
when you do bad to others, you feel guilty. If you feel guilty, then you will attract more events
into your life that will make you feel so.

Keep your mind on your higher DG, rather than lower concerns (paying the rent, surviving).
When you focus on a higher ideal, your lower concerns will take care of themselves as
needed for you to take yourself to your dream.

You don’t need to work that job you hate; you can quit at any time. You are not a slave;
remember that. Think about this: some do the minimum requirement in their drudging job, but
in their hobbies, they achieve amazing results. They tap into new energy, creativity,
endurance, and capacity for work. If they turned what they loved into their DG, who knows
where they would go? You are the same.
Desire and Belief

Increase desire and belief to get your goals accomplished and dreams fulfilled faster. This
greatly amplifies the Law of Attraction. Here are some practical ways of doing this.

Increase desire:

 Become obsessed, only think about your desires


 Affirmations and self-talk
 Autosuggestion—Post-It notes, dream boards, affirmations, playing audio in the
background
 Focus on your ultimate dream more than your chief aim
 Energy healing
 Stimulate the mind; you can so with music, a supportive lover or friend, a spirit like
Jesus or an imaginary friend, and aromatherapy
36
 Window shop, experience having what you want; try on that watch; test-drive the car
you want; touch and view material objects you desire
 Practicing sexual retention may help (don’t orgasm)
 Practice fasting
 Create a burning desire. If you are in a job you hate, quit the job and do what you love.
Don't say “I can always get another job.” No, this is your new job. Having another job
dissipates your energy by lack of focus, and you can’t have complete obsession if you
are spending a third of your day working.
 Feel good right now
 Increase your belief

Increase belief:

 Affirmations and self-talk


 Focus on feeling of accomplishing dream
 Energy healing
 Achieve small success, make the rules in life so that you succeed, make all victories,
no matter how small, successes. Something as simple as brushing your teeth.
Thoughts and feelings of success attract more thoughts and feelings of success.
 Listen to stories of people who overcame insurmountable obstacles and odds.
Autobiographies are good at this. Even better is to think of people in your personal life
who have overcome great odds.
 Window shop, experience having what you want; try on that watch; test-drive the car
you want; touch and view material objects you desire
 Nod your head while smiling and while saying yes I can when thinking about your
dream or goal. Do this while writing or holding thumbs up. It’s even more powerful if
you are jumping with joy and enthusiasm. This is particularly useful if you doubt
yourself.

If the Law of Attraction doesn’t appear to be working, you need to be patient. Enjoy the
anticipation of your desires. God/Universe knows the best timing. Increase your belief,
increase your desire.

37
Time to Attract
Introduction
This chapter is on using time to attract what you want into your life.

Present-Moment Awareness
The present is the ultimate feeling of freedom and liberation. If you are truly focused on the
present, you can only be blissful.
Any negative feeling can only come from thinking about the past or future. This is because
past and future only exist in the mind, which can think negatively. Present-moment awareness
eliminates all wants, needs, stress, fear, and desires.
Live well today to make tomorrow better. You don’t need to be concerned about the future if
you do what you need to do today. See things as they aren’t, not worse than they are. Plans
are not necessary; you don’t need to know how your future will be, because the future will
present itself to you. There is only the now. If you make plans, that is fine. Just make sure
they are flexible; they change depending on your desires and circumstances. (The goal of the
plan doesn’t change!)
When doing present-moment awareness, pay attention to hearing. Distinguish each sound
you hear and where it comes from. Touch everything you can reach, and don’t forget to smell.
Look at everything you can see from where you are. Call it out and describe its color, shape,
size, etc.

Arrogance can cause you to miss opportunities, especially in seeing opportunities in ordinary
or mundane things. It can get you away from the now and keep you stuck in your head.
Do not look back on the past in anger or regret. Do not look at the future in fear or anxiety.
Focus on the now; this brings awareness. Your past doesn’t have to define you, because it
has no bearing on potential prospects or your ability. Your future is determined by what you do
now, so taking advantage of the present moment will help you create your future. By
consciously creating your future, you will destroy any potential fear of the future.

Angel Communication

What happens in one day is more magical than what happens in any fairy tale. You can see,
but you have to look at what is happening with the same concentration as when you watch a
movie. If you’re watching a movie and you get distracted, you miss what happens. Life is

38
showing you everyday miracles. If you are walking around not alert, you miss the messages
and synchronicity that are speaking to you and trying to guide your life toward success.

Everything you sense, every event and circumstance, is based on your frequency.

Only you know the meaning of the things that come into your life, but you must be alert to
what is happening around you. You can ask questions (to yourself or the angels), and you will
receive the meaning. You will get an answer sometime. It can come across as a verbal
message from a person, in your consciousness, a text or email, a symbol, or a dream. The
possibilities are endless, if you are in the present and are always asking what is the meaning
of this, you will know for certain.

Angels beyond the five-sense realm are speaking to you in messages via symbols, words,
numbers, people, events, sounds, etc. You are being given messages and feedback
constantly, and you have been receiving messages your entire life. Life also responds
depending on how you respond. If you overhear a random stranger talking, it means
something. Everyone you meet is “God,” simply disguised and playing a role to see how you
react, for you benefit. This is also true for all events and situations.

Create a symbol for life purpose, and then create a symbol for when you are falling from the
path of purpose. You will notice the symbols when you are on the purpose or not.

Accept opportunities with open arms; do not deny them. The angels work hard and may be
upset if you don’t. This is also called “lucky opportunities.”

Anyone could lead you to the path to enlightenment, bliss, and love. It could be a homeless
person, a rich man, a priest, etc. This is also true for any event, thought, or emotion.

Pay attention to everything in external world. It is a reflection of your internal world. When the
internal is wonderful, so is the external; it will change in time.

Pay attention to the angels; they are always speaking to you. They are trying to get on your
life path, which is your objective in life. Striving toward your objective will give you bliss and
fulfillment beyond your current imagination. You will have awareness of everything; therefore
you will have no fear or doubt.

Command and Expect


Fervent belief in God can boost the ability of commanding and expecting to enormous
heights. Knowingness that you are God helps even more (explained in later chapters; I am
planting a seed right now).

39
If you have positive expectation and feel blessed, you are more in a state of allowing, which
brings in your desires. Expect what you really want by having faith, and it will come into your
life at the right time to bring you the greatest satisfaction. You need to desire what you want
strongly enough and believe it will come to you. Some say “Let go and let God.” This is called
expectation. Don’t worry or doubt; this is expecting what you don’t want to happen. If you
worry about something, it will happen. If you doubt, you don’t really expect to get what you
want, and therefore you will not get what you want.
See what you desire as easy to get. Expect and command it to come. Here is an example: If
you think a million dollars is a lot, it is. This is only true if you think it is. If you think so, it will
be hard to earn. Make a million dollars pocket change in your mind. We live in a universe of
infinite abundance, and since that is so, any amount of money can be pocket change.
1. Build the image in your mind of what you want.
2. Let it over to God. Allow God to give you what you want. Be grateful that God is giving you
what you want. Be patient and grateful. Specific dates put limitations on things, so don’t get
too tied up in time.
3. Expect to receive what you want. Be grateful again. Ask God if he wants you to do
something. The more you serve God, the more he serves you.
You don’t ask, you command the universe to manifest your desires. Don’t beg.

You can counteract a command if you no longer want it, as easily as you sent it out. It’s as
simple as making the intention of no longer wanting something and canceling it in your mind.
Remember to be grateful to God that he/she/it can cancel it as well.

Allowing it and recognizing God’s power to make the command is better, but I choose
command because it is more religiously compatible. The concept of allowing is explained later
in the book. Commanding and allowing are just words, but commanding often makes people
think they are the ones who are creating their desires, rather than God. (This causes the ego
to inflate, which pushes your desires away).

The power of God is unlimited on sending commands. God knows no difference between
wanting a loaf of bread or a million dollars. You don’t need to put more effort into your
commands.

Expect results from these steps. It’s like ordering from a menu at a restaurant. You select
which foods you want (choosing your desires). You ask the waiter what you want
(allowing/commanding God). You thank the waiter (gratefulness). You wait for your order and
are patient, because you know it’s coming eventually, and it will come at the best time, which
is when the meal is ready for you to eat (patience). You thank the waiter (gratitude) again; you
eat you meal (receive); and you give them a tip (give to get, serve God).

40
When you look for and expect good things to happen, good things will happen. Always have
something to look forward to. If you have nothing in mind, you can always look forward to the
mysterious ways that God will bring you closer to all your desires. Always expect the
unexpected good. God knows what you want better than you do; have the feeling you just
can’t wait for the amazing things God has in store for you. This creates an exciting feeling
similar to Christmas Eve. Everything always turns out perfectly if you believe it; you don’t
have to know how.

There is a difference between wishing for something and being ready to receive it. If you are
wishing, you don’t really think you will get it. Nobody’s ready for a thing until they believe they
can acquire it or allow themselves to receive it.
If something happens that you didn’t expect, know that something good will come out
of it. The moment you change your vibration (emotion), the result (event) is instantly different.
Gratitude

Be grateful but never content. Do not confuse gratitude with complacency and being content.
Dissatisfaction is simply the desire to grow. Dissatisfaction with life is the motivational force of
our creative minds. You can be very happy and still very dissatisfied. All inventions were
created because someone was dissatisfied with life. Always focus on expanding to be the
greatest potential of yourself. Realize this: you have infinite potential. You should therefore
never stop expanding. The person who is happiest is someone who is endlessly focusing on
expansion.

Always be grateful. Look at stories and pictures of people who suffer, and you will be grateful
that someone always has it worse than you.

Always be grateful after a prayer or giving God a command (or allowing it), in order to greatly
amplify the power of it. Always be grateful for what you asked because it is already here.

The grass is always greener on the other side. Be happy with where you are now before
moving in a new, better direction. Take advantage of what you have now; you are probably
sitting on a hidden acre of diamonds, and you don’t even know it!

If you are around something for long enough, you will slowly begin to take it for granted,
unless you keep a spirit of gratitude. Be grateful for everything as often as possible. Think
about what you are grateful for, and you will feel gratitude and receive abundance. Think of
being ungrateful, and you will feel ungrateful; don’t be surprised when you see things
disappearing from your life.

41
Feel appreciative for everything, good and bad. These things help clarify what you want and
prefer. Being grateful for a bad event can turn it into a good event. Be thankful for everything
in your external world, without exception.

When you are thankful right now for all you have, you are living in the present time. This is
powerful not only for manifesting but having inner peace, joy, and bliss. This is a powerful way
to have overwhelming contentment all the time, no matter the external conditions. Lasting
happiness comes only from within.

Do a passive gratitude meditation. Go to a quiet corner for five to ten minutes and go through
all the good things in your life that helped you make all of these possible. Include people and
events as well. Thank people who provide service for you, such as the mailman, dentist, etc.
Don’t think, “Oh, those people are paid to do those things; it’s not as if they would get up in
the morning and do this for me if they couldn’t get anything from it.” This thinking is missing
the point. The fact is, they are taking precious and invaluable time out of their day to help you.

Do an active gratitude meditation. Be in the present and walk around, looking at and touching
objects, and be grateful for them. Think of all the things these objects have done for you. Be
grateful for the little things, such as a pen or a cup. If you can’t, you should probably get rid of
it. Be grateful for all that you have, every day. I recommend doing this once a day.

When eating, think of the thousands of people who used their precious time to give you that
food (the cultivating, harvest, processing, transportation, and selling). You can do this for any
product. See Depth of Vision (in this section) and Abundance sections (in Meditations) if you
want clarification.

Don’t be ungrateful when you don’t get what you want. What you think you want is often
different from what you want. Sometimes God gets you what you really want, not what you
think you want. That is why some of your current desires will never come true. Develop a
close relationship with God, and listen. Find what you really want, and you won’t have to
worry about chasing false desires.

Future Thinking
Ask yourself how far you can think into the future. You can create the future and bring it into
the now. There is no such idea as the future or the past except in our minds, because when
you think, you are always thinking now. I simply call it future thinking since most see time as
strictly linear, when in fact it only appears this way. Using imagination is a good way of doing
this.
The reason this is more powerful for some than expectation is that you are making your
desire come true rather than potentially externalizing your power. Many people have made
themselves slaves to God by hopelessly praying and worshiping God out of fear instead of
42
loving and humbly serving God. A belief in a God that mercilessly demands constant
obedience is a God that will hurt your success.
You aren’t asking anyone; you are creating it yourself. You use the aspect of God within; this
has also been called the higher self. The God within and without are not separate. Some
Christians call this the Holy Spirit or the soul.
“Neither shall they say, Lo here! or, lo there! For, behold, the kingdom of God is within you.”
—Luke 17:21
Here’s how you future think:
1. Build the image in your mind of what you want.
2. Imagine it being here right now; feel the feelings.
Remember the restaurant. Now imagine you are a master chef. You are now in control; you
have the power to make the meal exactly the way you want. Of course, you need to know
what meal you want to make while having the ability to imagine what the meal is in detail.
Assembling random tasty ingredients in a kitchen doesn’t always turn out well. You know what
the progress of the meal is; patience is required, but you do not have to wonder for a second
when you will get it. By imagining the meal, you get emotionally involved toward the action of
creating it. You imagine what the meal will look like while making it, and because you are a
master, all you do is imagine what the meal is, not the steps. The steps are as automatic as
breathing. The thought creates the meal!
Imagine as you want to be, do, or have, instead of what you currently are, are currently doing,
or currently have. By doing so, your desire will become true. The future becomes the present
when you imagine your reality being what you want it to be now. This is a guaranteed way you
can always progress in life. The future you imagine pulls your imagined reality into reality. Do
this constantly.
Experience the emotion of already being, doing, or having what you want to get. You attract
events, situations, people, and thoughts that will get you more of how you feel. Do this
constantly.
Think about a good end result; this increases your positive thinking by inspiring you with
hope. Think about the results and rewards of action, rather than the action steps to get there.
It gets you into the right emotional state to attract the right events to create the future you
want.
Earl Nightingale’s secret he discovered from studying many religious and ancient texts is this:
you become what you think about most of the time. This doesn’t include just the thoughts you
think in your conscious mind; it also includes thoughts you are unconsciously thinking. This is
why autosuggestion and self-talk are helpful. You can always be future thinking when you
master it.

43
An interesting phenomenon: if you ask people how much money they make, those who say
how much they make a year are usually richer than those who say how much they make an
hour. The person who thinks hour by hour is a reverse thinker. The rich person is a future
thinker.
It is helpful to have depth of vision. This is seeing the potential future of things and ideas.
When you think of an acorn, what do you think of? If you said squirrel food, that means you
have a lot to work on. Most would say a tree. I would say a log cabin resort. How far can you
see something going out into the future? This could be an idea or the transformation of one
material into another (which is also just an idea). Imagine how far an idea can go, imagine the
idea having a massively positive impact. “I Pencil” is a great short video to explain the
intricate process of making a pencil: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IYO3tOqDISE
Depth of vision helps dream/goals with motivation to practice delayed gratification. You can
see how the little things add up to the big things.
Here’s a way to expand your depth of vision. Watch sci-fi movies, play sci-fi games, and read
sci-fi books. Books are the best because you must exercise your imagination more. Realize
all the technology that exists in sci-fi is possible with what we have now; if not, we can use our
minds to create it. Imagine how our current world could go to this sci-fi reality.

Imagination
Many people have a well-developed imagination; unfortunately, however, they use it for
destructive instead of constructive purposes. They do this by worrying about the worst
possible outcome. Your imagination is probably well developed because of this, and this is
good. It is only a matter of changing what you imagine.
You can trick your mind with your imagination. You feel emotions and bodily sensations while
in a dream. That is the power of imagination. Isn’t that fascinating?

Images are mental pictures that are made from thoughts. Our emotional and expansive
(subconscious) mind speaks in pictures, which is why you dream at night. When you think of
an apple, a picture of an apple appears in your mind; this is an image or visualization. This is
also called your imagination. Likewise, when you think of an idea that is not physical (an
abstract idea), such as peace, you might think of a dove. All thoughts create images. This is
why visualization is important.
To fully utilize your imagination, you need to be relaxed. This doesn’t mean tired; it simply
means you aren’t stressed, and your mind is calm and at ease. You aren’t thinking negative
thoughts. The Meditations chapter contains information on relaxation.
There is a way to expand your imagination called dream building. What would your life be like
if you could do anything and had infinite money (resources), couldn’t fail, and it was your last
day? Fantasize.

44
Get all of your five senses involved. Experience the emotions of the imagination. See
everything in color. Have yourself in the picture in first person. You want to really feel you are
there.
You can use your five senses in real life to amplify the effect, with the exception of sight,
because you are using your mind for that one. This is good if you don’t have a very vivid
imagination. If you want to have money, while doing your money visualization, hold and fondle
the money. Smell it. Hear the money going across your hands. I wouldn’t recommend tasting
the money, but you can imagine your favorite food being near the money and eat the food
while doing visualizations. Maybe associate a food with money? For example, if you imagine
that you are surrounded by money, see oranges be delivered to you at the same time.
Doing arts and crafts can expand your imagination too. Just create whatever you want.
Don’t let your current environment determine your life. Imagine what you want, not what
currently is. Imagining what you want will change your environment and circumstances to fit
your imagination. When you hold an image in your mind of what you want, see yourself in the
image with what you already want.
Keep your mind on the higher image, and let go of lower concerns. Focus on thriving, not
surviving. When you focus on thriving, you will survive and then some. Thinking of survival
typically causes stress and fear, destroying imagination. Thinking of thriving gets you relaxed
and expands imagination. Focus on greatness rather than making ends meet.
When you use the imagination, you know that you have what you want even though you do
not have physical evidence of it. Because you know this to be true, you get the emotion of it
being real. The mind can’t tell the difference between imagination and reality. If you image
something, it is real (just not in the five-sense reality YET). At some point, if your imagination
is well developed, when you imagine something, you create it a record speeds (and some
have theorized you can do so immediately if you are a “master creator”).
By holding that image, you will get closer to your desires, and your desires will get closer to
you. It is like a putting two magnets of opposite poles near each other; they will pull
themselves together.
I will give you an imagination I created. I imagined that I wanted to be a writer. I see my books
on the shelves at bookstores and libraries; wow, I feel so proud. I pick up the book; it has a
comfortable texture. I see the cover; I am satisfied with the covers I chose. The cover is white.
I open the book; the book smells like fresh paper. I’m happy that it was published and I can
open it. I hear the sound of flipping through the pages. I’m glad I wrote what I said in the book.
Reading a fiction book can help ignite the development of your imagination if you are
untrained. You use imagination to visualize being the characters in the book. Get emotionally
involved in the stories that the characters are involved in. Autobiographies and biographies
are good as well. Listen to the stories of people who have what you want and have been
where you are increases confidence. If they can, you can too! The best stories are ones

45
where people have overcome great obstacles and insurmountable odds (especially those with
similar struggles).
Another way of expanding on your imagination is to reflect on what you dreamed of. Dreams
are imaginings when asleep and often beyond your conscious imagination’s capabilities.
Dreams often feel as vivid and emotional as we are consciously. When you start to recall your
dreams, you get an idea of what you can imagine. Interpreting your own dreams can bring
you clarity in your life because you are understanding what your imaginative mind is telling
you. I suggest keeping a dream journal for particularly interesting dreams. Describe the
dreams in as vivid detail as possible. Before you sleep, you can say, “I will remember my
dreams,” and when you wake up, say it again. Go to the Meditations and Rituals Dreaming
section for more information.

46
Feelings and Emotions

Introduction
This chapter is on understanding the difference between emotions and feelings, as well as
how to use them to feel good and achieve whatever you desire.
Feel Good Now

Feeling good amplifies the Law of Attraction further. To feel good, here are some things you
can try, created by Kevin Trudeau. These are subjective; some will make you feel good, and
others won’t. Test them out.

 Eat delicious and nutritious food. This is food close to nature, food that is raw and
organic. Eat fruits and vegetables.
 Avoid artificial sweeteners, high-fructose corn syrup, monosodium glutamate, and
aspartame, processed foods, and fast-food restaurants.
 Avoid prescription and nonprescription drugs, except in emergency medical situations
or if you are physically dependent on them. Going off these drugs can be dangerous,
but there are alternatives to these drugs that are healthier.
 Take whole-food supplements to solve nutritional deficiencies.
 Use electromagnetic chaos eliminators.
 Go on walks in nature, look up, and look at faraway objects (gets you out of your head
and into the present moment).
 Get a rebounder (a mini-trampoline); they are fun and are a great low-impact exercise.
 Sunbathing.
 Earthing.
 Deep breathe fresh air. (Even better, be grounded, deep breathe, and sunbathe).
 Listen to positive messages.
 Hang out with others who are positive. This is powerful!
 Listen to your favorite songs. However, be careful who you listen to; your “favorite
songs” may make you happy now, but not later. Much of mainstream music is filled with
negativity. Listen to uplifting music.
 Give hugs.
 Love others.
 Give compliments.
 Laugh. You can do this by yourself. It changes DNA vibration and obliterates negative
thoughts. You can laugh at funny jokes, movies, etc. as well.
 Smile.
 Dance.

47
 Martial arts.
 Stretching.
 Meditations.
 Exercise.
 Yoga.
 Fasting.
 Watching movies.
 Daydreaming.
 Read books you like and quality fiction books.
 Create happy experiences in your mind, such as being at the beach.

 Keep your mind full of hope, happiness, and goodness, to prevent worry from creeping
in. Consume uplifting content. Must be done regularly like lubricating machinery.

 Be grateful for everything.

 Get up early.

 Adding value to others is the best way of feeling the highest amount of bliss. Make
others feel good to feel good.

 Say good things about yourself or what others have complimented you on. Go over
your past victories.

 Board and card games.

Feeling is a word we invented to describe the conscious awareness of the vibration we’re in.
The better you feel, the higher your vibration, and the faster you achieve you desires, even if
you don’t have a clue what you want in life.

You either choose your thoughts or accept them from an outside source. Choosing your
thoughts is generally better because outside thoughts are usually negative. You have to tune
in to the good thoughts. By not tuning in to that station (good thoughts), life will automatically
give you a bad channel (negative thoughts). Those thoughts develop into images (ideas) in
your subconscious mind, which causes feelings.

When you transmit an opposing vibration, it blocks good vibrations from entering your life, and
you feel horrible. The solution is to focus on what you want and believe you can get.
Alternatively, you can program yourself into believing you can get what you want right now—
things you currently can’t believe you can get—by self-talk, writing affirmations, and recording
yourself saying “I feel good.” Listen to this often.

48
Always focus on feeling good now. If you are not feeling good, you aren’t thinking right. Ask
yourself, What can I feel good about? If you feel good, try to feel even better. Then ask
yourself, How could I feel even better?

If you feel depressed:

 You are focusing on what you don’t want.


 You are worrying—which is negative goal-setting (attracting what you don’t want).
 Be grateful for all you have (good food, family, friends, computer, electricity, phone,
clean water).

Let God figure out how you will get your dreams. What you think is the best how (method) to
get what you want isn’t. You can only sense with your five senses in the 3d world, but God
knows all.

When your vibration rises, it does for the whole planet. In fact, when you do A “random”
person across the world may get a sudden realization and say in their mind, “You know I
could be something.”

When you constantly feel good, only good things will be attracted to you. When you are
happy, you don’t move, but it comes to you. You don’t need to force yourself uphill to get to a
goal or dream. You allow it in. Being happy even though you don’t have what you want. It
pulls in what you want.

Focusing on the lack of something creates lack. Most people think they are thinking about
what they want, but really what they are thinking about is the lack of what they want. Think of
abundance and having all you want.

Stick with something as long as it makes you feel good. Stop if it no longer feels good.
Remember to ask yourself, Does this feel good? What do I want? What served you before
may not serve you now.

There are some things we do when we feel bad to feel good by escaping pain. This can
include alcohol, porn, video games, drugs, etc. You need to focus on feeling good, not
escaping pain. Focus on delayed gratification or long-term pleasure for maximum happiness.
Know that joy is accompanied by using your creative and goal-striving, not partying around
and being a consumer.

Your feeling tells the truth. Always try to feel good now. It’s not so much trying to feel blissful
as much as it is trying to feel better than you feel now. If you feel good, try to feel even better.
There is no limit to the amount of good feeling you can feel; you can feel amazing all the time.

49
As long as you’re feeling good, don’t be concerned about what happens to you, even if it
seems bad, because you haven’t seen the entire game yet. If you feel good and continue to
try and feel good, your upward spiral can go on forever. Being successful is feeling good all
the time.
The only thing that is relevant is how you feel. If you feel bad, you are going down the wrong
path, and you will never get good results. Whether you get results or not, it doesn’t matter. As
long as you feel good, you will get to your destination. Feelings are your emotional guidance
system to get you to your destination, like a GPS.
Most trouble and misery in the world is caused by unhappy people. Spread happiness to
others, it really does heal the world.
Desire for pleasure is the reason we do everything in life. The two reasons you do or don’t do
something: to gain pleasure or avoid pain. Those who try to avoid pain are living in fear and
lack, which causes misery. Those who try to gain pleasure are living in hope and abundance,
which causes joy. A real breakthrough for anyone comes when the focus is on gaining
pleasure more than avoiding pain.

Transform your ball of negativity to positivity. Think about what you are grateful for. Focus on
good memories in your life. Smile. You will feel better if you force yourself to feel better. If you
just feel better and better, the negative ball will get smaller, and the positive ball will get
bigger. This ball will keep rolling, whether you consciously think about it rolling or not. It will
also continue to snowball, unconsciously, if you make it big enough.
Think about pushing a snowball down a cliff. Once you get it going, gravity will make it fall,
and it will grow larger and larger, going faster (it will accelerate). However, if you make no
initial effort, the ball will not start rolling. You have to start! Start from where you are. Feel
good now, even if it’s a little better than you do now!
People focus on the struggling of getting something instead of having the feeling of having it
now. Want keeps you in the future instead of the now. Here is a secret to manifesting- don’t
wait for externally conditions to change before you start to feel good, to see the perfection in
everything. To feel appreciated and loved. Feel good even if conditions are not ideal
according to world consensus.
As long as you feel good about when you read your desires, they must manifest, it is law.

Understand feeling by measuring it and monitoring results. Only you know the kind of
vibrations you send out. Just being aware of how you feel can clear out negative emotions
and allow higher vibration emotions to come in (contentment vs bliss).

The feeling you have now is the indicator that tells you if you are broadcasting the prosperity
abundance and success vibration or if one set of vibrations attract money and the others set
repels it which creates lack and ‘need.”

50
The vibration you send out while doing action is dependent on your feeling while doing it. No
matter what action you are doing if you feel good you are creating good vibrations.
A simple way to create a magical life is to feel good without an attachment to a thing or time.

Gut Feelings
Instinct comes from the reptile brain, not the gut. The reptile brain governs the primal desires
such as food, water, sex, sleep, and fight/flight/freeze responses. Gut feelings are not
instincts.
You ultimately listen to your gut over your mind. Your gut doesn’t deceive you. Your gut feeling
is felt near your lower abdomen area, while thoughts are felt in the head. It is more of an
intuition rather than an emotion (such as love). Most unfortunately think of fear, doubt, and
worry, which cloaks their gut feelings, making them think their gut is deceiving them. Gut
feelings are also called intuition. You know it’s the gut when you feel compelled to do
something but you don’t feel emotionally motivated. A truly successful person has unified gut
and heart. If you follow the heart, you may get burned; the heart can be wrong. Your gut picks
up information from outside of personal experience (called universal knowledge), while the
heart only picks up from what you have experienced and are currently experiencing.
If you feel hesitation in doing something, do a gut check. Check to see if the feeling is coming
from your mind or your gut. If it is felt in the mind, it is coming from your fear and not the gut
protecting you. Be aware of this, as it could be preventing you from doing something good. It
certainly is if it goes against your gut feelings.

Key into this memory to clear up a program (usually a memory or a distortion of a memory
that holds you back by crashing through you fear by focusing on what you want).

Take this example, and imagine as if this happened to you.

You are attracted to another person, but because of poor dating experiences, you won’t
approach the person or even talk to them when they talk to you. This person could be a great
significant other for you.

If you get a poor feeling around them, do a gut check. Is this coming from fear created by the
mind or a gut feeling of hesitation? Do the Callahan Technique, Sedona Method, or crash
through your fears.

Kevin Trudeau says you are aware of some things that can destroy your emotional guidance
system. Here is a list.

 Street drugs and narcotics

51
 Irresponsible usage of psychedelics and ethnogens
 SSRIs
 Alcohol
 Prescription and non-prescription drugs

Mark Passio calls SSRIs “the demon drug” and says that they numb a person into living a
shallow and soulless existence. They make a person completely complacent and apathetic,
which is not ideal for anyone.

These substances can numb or change your emotions in a way that causes you to make poor
decisions. Prescription drugs should only be used in a crisis. Outside of that, there are many
natural alternatives with few or even no side effects. Certain drugs such as artificial street
drugs like heroin, meth, or cocaine should be avoided at all costs. There is no benefit in doing
these drugs in any situation (that I am aware of). Many lives have been destroyed by these
drugs. They were destroyed because their gut system was broken, and they made poor
decisions that felt right while they were deciding.

Your senses will always deceive you. What you sense goes through internal filters, which are
based on all the conclusions you’ve come up with, which are all based on past false programs
(for most). You don’t get the full picture when you see. Your senses give you information,
which you then think about in your mind, which usually gives you a negative emotion. Your
emotions can’t be distorted by programs.
Your eyes and ears will deceive you in thoughts, but not in feelings. Follow gut feelings
regardless by not letting your eyes and ears override gut feelings. People think they feel a
certain way about things, but it’s actually a thought if they were self-aware of it coming from
the mind. Gut feelings never have any doubt; you feel a certain way or you don’t. Ask yourself
how you feel about things as much as possible before you make a major decision and while
doing activities you are not sure about.

When you follow your gut feeling, the outcome is irrelevant, because what you think the
outcome should be is not what it really should be for your maximum benefit, because your
senses almost always deceive you. Trust in your feelings.
Go with the intuition, otherwise you will be walking blindly through a minefield. You can only
see the field with five senses, but only intuition can detect the mines. The rational mind is a
faithful servant that exists to help us understand our five-sense physical reality.

52
Concentrated Purpose

Introduction
This chapter is about keeping you on track to your life purpose, which brings bliss beyond
your current imagination.

Focus
Focus on one major project at a time, at least in the early days of success. Concentrating on
something (especially a cash cow or specialized knowledge) for an extended period is a key
to success.

When focusing on what you want, you always have to feel good. When you feel good, you
can focus on what you want. Any intense emotion can help you focus, good or bad.

Kevin Trudau says that Tactile contact is being eliminate on purpose. It affects the brain and
ability to concentrate and focus. It is ideal to touch malleable and real things, while avoiding
excessive computer and phone usage. Do gardening, pottery, yoga, tai chi, anything to get
yourself to touch something.

Certain video games and movies may destroy focus as well with their flashing lights and
hyperstimulation.

Asking What do I want? gets you to focus on the right things instead of the wrong things.

Having a closed-door policy is good; it takes you out of focus. Minor interruptions can throw
you out of whack. I have no graphs or boards in front of me. Set your environment to help
focus on one thing at a time. Put the rest of the items out of the room if they are not related to
the current project or if you don’t use them daily. Take charge of your life!

Focus is focusing on one thing at a time. There is no such thing as multitasking; successful
people don’t do this. They live in the present moment and get things done one at a time.
When you multitask, you aren’t channeling intense energy into what you are doing. It’s an
illusion; you are really focusing on one task and instantaneously switching to another, which
dissipates the energy.
If you need others to help you with tasks, ask God and your mental mastermind. Ask those
who support you. You can hire people to help deal with other tasks they are more suited for.

53
Remember, though: you can always believe you can be good at everything, and you will.
Even so, you still need to focus on one activity or result at a time.
When focusing on a project that needs intense focus, don’t take many short breaks. Having
many short breaks can interrupt your flow state.
Alternative nose breathing is a great exercise to do if you need to focus on something for an
extended period. Breathe in one nostril for six seconds, then out the other for six. Switch
between the nostrils. Breathing in for four seconds, holding for eight, breathing out for eight,
then holding for four is also good.
All the electromagnetic frequencies going into our brains distract us. An electromagnetic
chaos eliminator has been the number-one way I improved my focus. I’ll explain this later.
Focus on what you want; it is only useful if you focus on what you want. Eliminate who we
aren’t so we can become who we really are. Effective people can say no. We should pursue
the vital, or will we be pulled down by the trivial. If your mind is consumed with small desires,
they distract you and pull you down.
People often do what is “urgent” in their mind but not really important. This is like responding
to all emails. It could be answering the telephone when you are in the middle of doing
something important.
Do not do things because someone told you to. In other words, don’t be an order follower. If
someone tells you do something, you don’t have to, because you always have a choice. The
choice you should make depends on whether it feels good.

Analyze the activities you do on a daily basis, while you are doing them. Take inventory of
your actions and habits. Determine which are productive and which are not. Turn the
unproductive time into productive time. Productive time is working on your goals and dreams.
This frees up a tremendous amount of time. Ask yourself these questions:

 Do they serve you?


 Are you doing things just because an expert, guru, doctor, the government, the
media, or self-help author told you to?
 Do you go to parties and events with others, even if you don’t want to, because you
feel guilty?
 Are you doing things just to be “disciplined”? Discipline is only good if you are
disciplined in worthwhile habits and activities.

Change your patterns of activity to get out of a rut; you may have to make drastic differences
in your thinking and actions. Don’t be slave to habits or a to-do list. Doing something different
every day makes a rut impossible. It could be as simple as putting your right sock on before
your left. Change many of these small and simple activities for drastic results.

54
The next section is a precursor to habits. Delayed gratification will get you focused on what
really matters, working toward your life purpose.

55
Decisions
The decisions you make are not as important as what you do after making a decision. To
make good decisions, make your decisions work by having a positive attitude, no matter the
outcome. It’s more about your dominating thoughts; these are what make the things you do
work.
There is no such thing as a wrong decision. All decisions give you information by giving you
an experience that helps you clarify more of what you want. If you are aware, you observe
and learn from the outcome, and you enjoy it, whether you think it’s positive or negative. By
doing so, you release fear of the “horrible” potential outcome because you realize there are
no horrible outcomes; rather they are just different experiences. There are no bad emotions.
In fact, some people pay good money to experience “bad” emotions, such as roller coasters,
extreme sports, and horror movies.

Don’t have a lottery mentality. This is when you explore one opportunity to another until you
get the big payday, but you don’t really commit to if things don’t work out. The secret is you
make your decisions work out.
Feel good before making a major decisions; get in a good state if you are not. Always try to be
in a good state, because everything we do or think is a decision. It is doing one thing instead
of the infinite amount of other things we could be choosing. Decision literally means to cut off.

Success is a decision away. By knowing what you don’t want, you can decide what you do
want. Every decision you make simply gives you a result, which is the clarification of what you
want and what you don’t want.

If you are definite about making a decision, do not mentally run away from it. When faced with
a choice or decision, you always have the option to wait. You can wait until you get the right
feeling. If you get a desire to make a choice over another at a point in time, go for it.

Be careful not be come to dragged down by details. Being dragged down paralyzes your
progress. See the bigger picture is a mover and shaker. If you are 80 percent sure of your
decision, do it; there is no need to convince yourself more. Don’t delay your decisions. If you
are certain, begin to execute the decision.

Good decisions come from experience, and experience comes from bad decisions.

Make a decision based on how it makes you feel, thinking about executing it. Be prompt in
making decisions; be definite and quick.

56
What you think are right decisions don’t always give you the outcome you think. Regardless
of the outcome, be happy because you made the right choice.
There is no such thing as a wrong decision. If you make the exact wrong decision, it gives you
contrast, and you know more about what you want. If it causes you to get into a negative
emotional state, you can channel that energy into what you want.
Trying something to see if it works is not part of the goal-achiever’s attitude. You make things
work. You do not become successful by doing certain things; you do so by doing them in a
certain way. The way is having the right attitude of absolute faith and persistence. Focusing
on the way (the why) takes care of the certain things (the how). Use your willpower instead of
just trying. “I will do it” is more powerful than “I will try.” Just trying suggests you can fail.
You don’t need to worry about missing opportunities; there are plenty of opportunities down
the road. You can pass on proposed opportunities. Opportunities that people propose often
are not as good as they seem, because people don’t know what you want virtually all the
time. However, if it feels right in your gut go for it. The best opportunities are usually the ones
you create, not ones that are presented to you. Opportunities can be created by thinking of
how to give to others.
A helpful concept to understand is trade-offs. This is the idea that every choice or opportunity
has its costs and benefits. Let’s say you have to two choices: writing to complete a book or
playing video games with friends. Let’s look at some potential trade-offs of writing a book over
playing video games.

Benefits: Being productive, building discipline, fulfillment, working toward an income

Costs: Upfront costs, lack of developing social skills

Let’s now look at what the potential trade-off is of playing a video game over writing a book.

Benefits: Develops social skills, sense of companionship, motor skills

Costs: Not as productive, lacks discipline, not working toward an income, not as fulfilling

There is a benefit and cost between deciding different options. The basic concept is, if you are
doing something, you are not doing something else. By doing that one thing, you are not
reaping the benefits of other activities but also not suffering their costs. The benefit and
tradeoffs of any activity are different for each person.

We need to be conscious of what activities we are choosing. Decide what the trade-off is of
an activity is over other possible activities that you are thinking about. This helps us make
better decisions in our lives, as long as we accurately identify the benefits and the costs of
doing certain activities over others. That requires accurate analysis skills and judgment.

57
In the end, remember that even if you make a decision that results in a negative outcome you
can. There is nothing to worry about making bad decisions. Exception: inaction of the
injustices in the world can be a violation of natural law.
Next I will discuss the razor’s edge. This can help you to make a life-impacting decision.
Sometimes success in life is only one decision away. The razor’s edge is small decision that
gets you much further than most. Looking into a video, book, or podcast can change your life
forever. You will go from an “offline” state to an “online” state, and you will become who you
are truly meant to be. I have flooded this book with good ideas to ensure you can get the
razor’s edge. Perhaps this book will bring you online and usher great success into your life.
Small ideas such as getting out of bed immediately as soon as you get up, instead of
browsing on Facebook, could be the idea that changes your life profoundly.
Expose yourself to new ideas. When you expose yourself to new ideas, these ideas tend to
express in the physical world by actions. You act on ideas you learn and know at a deep level,
so learn good ideas. Be careful who you listen to, and listen to those who have what you want
in life. The Learning chapter helps you decode information you can use to make razor’s-edge
decisions.
One razor’s-edge decision is taking what you are really good at and becoming better. If you
don’t think you are good at something, then just do what you love, you will be good at that!
You can monetize any activity, focus on what you want and the way the money will come in
will present itself. We all have this razor’s edge in our lives, and even if you are slightly better
than the second best, you will go much further.
Think of a race. Those who win the race are remembered infinitely more than the ones who
took second place. They receive more cash and recognition. At the 1976 Olympic Games, in
the 100-meter dash for horses, the first-place winner got $761,500. The second-place
contestant got $75,000. The different? Only a nose of a horse difference. Only about a foot in
length, yet the first-place jockey got more than ten times the money. Every small action in
your life matters.
To get a razor’s edge, go the extra mile
Focus is the next section for self-help. Have you been focusing?

Delayed Gratification
“If you are willing to do only what’s easy, life will be hard. But if you are willing to do what’s
hard, life will be easy.”
―T. Harv Eker, author and businessman

58
Delayed gratification is a pleasing sacrifice; it isn't something you drudge through. It is a
bargain, but you still have to give up time and energy on your lower desires to focus to your
higher desires. Always feel good while working toward goals. If you don’t feel good while
working toward a goal, you need a new one. That or you need to change your thinking or
clear out some blockages. Ask yourself which one it is. Always follow your gut feelings; your
emotions may be enslaved by your programs. If they are aligned, you manifest your life
purpose at record speed.
When you are working toward a goal and not seeing a result, you are experiencing delayed
gratification. Without delayed gratification, you will quit before you see results. Faith is
required, as you don’t know when you will get your gratification. Just because you don’t know
for certain doesn’t mean it won’t come. Impatience and lack of faith are the main reason many
don’t practice delayed gratification. When you focus on the goal, the accomplishment isn’t
really that important; it’s more about the feeling of striving toward it.
Microwaves and fast food encourage people to get something of a lower quality now, rather
than get something of a higher quality later. Most of what we use in America are cheap
products from China and India that don’t last, whereas before it was durable American-made
goods. People date on dating apps instead of meeting others in the real world and developing
deep relationships.
Focusing on short-term pleasure leads to a less pleasurable life than focusing on long-term
pleasure.
If you feel bad and you do something that makes you feel good only in the moment, you are
only masking the pain. This is escapism. Analyze your hobbies, diet, and daily activities. Are
you focusing on short-term or long-term pleasure? When you feel bad, ask yourself if a
certain activity you have done or are doing is making you feel bad. Activities that feel good
now can make you feel worse later.
Most people spend ways looking for distractions; they want to use most or all of their time to
escape. They are doing this not because they want to enjoy it but because they don’t really
believe they can overcome obstacles, and they don’t know their infinite value and potential. If
you spend the majority of your time in escaping reality or killing time, you will be more
stressed (time-consuming activities), and you will feel unfulfilled.
Many people feel depressed and anxious because they only pursue short-term pleasure
(STP). On your deathbed, you don’t want to think and look back at your life, saying, “All I did
was pursue STP.” Pursuing only STP makes life feel short and miserable. STP is a drug
addiction for most. You need more of it, and the more you pursue it, the more it consumes
you, which causes you to feel miserable. Do you want to look back in your elderly years at all
the things you could have done if you hadn’t spent all your time pursuing STP? According to
many, this will fill you with the most painful regret you have ever known. If you talk to people
in hospice, you might get an understanding of this feeling. The lasting great pleasure you’ll
get from doing what you are truly designed and put on this earth to do will be far more
pleasing than the cheap and fleeting thrills you get from hobbies on a day-to-day basis.
59
“The graveyard is the richest place on earth, because it is here that you will find all the hopes
and dreams that were never fulfilled, the books that were never written, the songs that were
never sung, the inventions that were never shared, the cures that were never discovered, all
because someone was too afraid to take that first step, keep with the problem, or determined
to carry out their dream.”
—Les Brown

“It is not that we have a short time to live but that we waste a lot of it. Life is long enough, and
a sufficiently generous amount has been given to us for the highest achievements if it were all
well invested. But when it is wasted in heedless luxury and spent on no good activity, we are
forced at last by death’s final constraint to realize that it has passed away before we knew it
was passing. So it is: we are not given a short life but we make it short, and we are not ill-
supplied but wasteful of it … Life is long if you know how to use it.”
—Seneca

Your happiness will be far more enduring and far greater than if you’re just pursuing STP
activities. You will be productively serving others and therefore receive monetary benefits. You
will also have better relationships because you will be connected with people who love to do
what you love to do as well. You’ll receive peace of mind because you will doing what you are
designed to do.

“If you bring forth what is within you, what you bring forth will save you. If you do not bring
forth what is within you, what you do not bring forth will destroy you.”
—Jesus

Use what you God gave you, or it will go to waste. Be grateful for your gifts. This is even more
important!
Bad habits get us to focus on things that don’t matter and consume much of our time and
energy. Bad habits are mostly developed because people practiced instant gratification over
delayed gratification. Most habits people have are bad, which causes them to get into a rut. I
will go over what habits are and what are some common bad habits you might have.

Habits
“When you sow an action, you reap a habit; when you sow a habit, you reap a character; and
when you sow a character, you reap a destiny.”
—Anonymous
Almost everything you do is a habit. If you want to do something, make it a habit. Habits are
developed when you focus on something frequently with persistence. Habits are everything
for success in any field, whether it’s health, finances, or relationships.

60
“We are what we repeatedly do. Excellence, then, is not an act, but a habit.”
―Aristotle, Greek Philosopher and Polymath

Practice good habits every day to make a habit unbreakable. Do not practice a bad habit even
once; it gets stronger and stronger each time!
You can break a habit by forming new ones. Breaking a habit creates a vacuum that must be
filled, so fill it with a good habit! As those good habits become more dominant, weak habits
wane in strength. Additionally, good habits create more good habits.

Change your routine. Strict and continuous routines cause ruts and hamper growth. Listen to
different music, wear different clothes, eat different foods, try new hobbies, travel, etc. There
are thousands of different things you can do each day to break up ruts (which are poor or
“stuck” lifestyle habits).

Ultimately, people get stuck for at least one of three reasons:


1. They don’t believe in themselves.
2. They are a ship without a rudder, having no goal or dream.
3. They blame external events for their lack of success; this creates a victim mentality.

Here is a good way to break habits if you don’t believe you can instantly break them: make
changes in your habits that you are comfortable with but stretch you a little. This is useful for
breaking a habit and creating a new habit.

Example: You play games for four hours every day. Play for three hours and fifty-nine minutes
the next day. You can still play for three hours and fifty-nine minutes, and then maybe the next
day, three hours and fifty-eight minutes. Eventually you won’t be playing games at all. As you
reduce the time, it becomes easier to make larger leaps. In just a week, you might feel
comfortable with a two-minute reduction. Each time you take time away from gaming, you
start a new habit, perhaps reading from a book. Don’t stress yourself; be relaxed but have
some tension.

Some can try the cold turkey method, but for most, our minds will go into freak-out mode
because things are changing too fast. The cold turkey method is best for those who are
experts at delayed gratification.

The cold turkey method can also be done also by practicing a ritual of getting mad. “I’m sick
and tired of having this bad habit!”

If you wish to do an STP activity, make it at the end of the day, after you finish all that needs
to be done. Fill up your schedule completely with activities that you don’t believe you can get
done in a day; then put your pleasing activity at the end of the day. Often your desire for sleep

61
will overpower the desire to please yourself. Sometimes you will feel a desire to continue
working and not indulge, because after all, the anticipation is often more pleasing than
indulging.
Addiction is usually caused by having negative programs, more so than the substance. These
programs can make the person compulsive. They often do this because of a lack of real
emotional support in their battle. They self-sabotage due to their poor attitude about beating
their addiction. I used to play video games, and I got addicted, but after I got therapy and
learned success principles, I no longer am addicted. Instead, what was originally addictive
turned into an occasional leisure activity. If you see yourself as an addict, instead see yourself
as a happy person with free will. Some people drink a beer and then drink in moderation,
while another will become an addict. See yourself as free from the habit. For the faithful,
request help from God with overcoming bad habits. The sections on self-esteem, attitude, and
faith can help with addiction.

Pursuing STPs can lead to addictions, such as drug abuse, porn addiction, alcohol abuse,
and video game addiction. An addiction is a thoroughly ingrained and obsessively compulsive
bad habit. Addictions cause you to continue to do the same activity, but each time you do it, it
becomes a little bit less rewarding. This can lead to a feeling of numbness or depression
because you require more if it, and eventually you need so much of the substance or activity
that it saps all your time and energy—and often money—away.

Here is an example of what some people do: A person is invited to a party, and they have a
drink; they love the feeling of the buzz. The next day, they wake up feeling horrible, but they
don’t know why (or they don’t care). The buzz (STP) from alcohol makes you become
obsessed with alcohol. You begin to drink a can a day of beer, then a bottle, then two; next
thing you know, you are an alcoholic and chronically hung over. This is why you must be
responsible, be self-aware, and practice delayed gratification. Care more about long-term
pleasure than short-term pleasure. Temperance is a virtue. If you can’t practice moderation,
avoiding the activity is best.

Be self-aware of bad habits that you are doing. Bad habits can include playing video games,
watching porn, binge-watching movies, browsing on social media, and more. Analyze yourself
and ask if they are bad habits.

Be aware of triggers, things or events that could trigger you to do bad habits or actions. Be
careful when analyzing what causes you to do certain addictive things. Sometimes triggers
are not directly related to the addiction. You might see a TV commercial for a video game, and
a few moments later, you’re playing video games. Triggers can be obscure as well. Even a
color could trigger a habit. For example, if you have social media addiction and you see the
color blue, then you check your Facebook. This can all happen without conscious awareness.

62
The stronger the habit, the more powerful and obscure triggers can be. But you can eliminate
your triggers and replace them.
Let’s say, for example, you suffer from Facebook addiction. You are on your phone, and you
see the Facebook icon, and it makes you want to get on Facebook. Try this: when you see
the Facebook icon, read a book instead. Do this every time, and you will have a great habit of
reading!
Avoiding triggers can help as well. In the Facebook example, you could move Facebook to a
hidden folder on your phone.

Join a community and talk about addictions. Alcoholics Anonymous can be great for
alcoholism, but they also have groups for different addictions, such as video games, porn,
drugs, etc. If you can’t find one, you can make one. I guarantee your addiction is one that
others struggle with.

You can go online and find forums as well. For example, on Reddit there is a subreddit called
quitgaming, which is a forum to discuss quitting games. If you talk to other people, you can
help understand how others have tried to solve the issue of their addictions. I quit my gaming
addiction from Cam Adair’s content, which is posted and discussed on this Reddit. I used to
game up to eight hours a day. There is no way this book could have been written if I still had
this addiction. I would have no focus or time, and I wouldn’t be persistent enough.

https://www.reddit.com/r/StopGaming/

Another habit that should be regulated is the habit of eating. Eating should be for nourishment
and not for indulging. Eat when you are hungry, and release the expectation of a meal from
your mind. Stop eating when you are full. Remove foods from all areas of the house except
the kitchen and dining room to control this habit.

Addictions are very important to deal with, because addictions hold many people back from
achieving to their greatest potential. If their entire time is consumed by the addictions/bad
habits, they can’t live a truly fulfilling life.

Two great videos on this topic:

It’s NOT OK to be WEAK - Jordan Peterson Motivation by School of Life


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5G8Gwr5JJ6Y

Why Passivity Breeds Mediocrity and Mental Illness by Academy of life


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NUs6NDsMWVI

63
The happiness you get from an STP is always short term. Eventually, you will need do to
more and more to get the same pleasure. This is like fighting a never-ending battle; you are
not going to win unless you are a master at thinking positively. Practice and reread the
chapter on delayed gratification.
Short-term pleasure feels good in your head, like a drug. Long-term pleasure feels good in
your heart, like a passion.
A great way to build a habit is to have an accountability partner. Even better is if they
participate in the habit with you (such as going to the gym five times a week).
I will now explain leisure and rest. This is important if you are a master at success or if you
are not feeling well while physically working toward your goal.

Dominating Thoughts

Dominating thoughts create the picture in your mind of how to get what you want. It helps
greatly if they are emotionalized. Impression usually takes days or a few weeks. Repetitions
create thought habits which are embed into subconscious mind which then carry out the
thought automatically.

Edison created the monograph by impressing on his subconscious mind with idea of talking
machine; then the plan to make more came.

Concentration of desire is necessary. Fleeting thoughts don’t penetrate into the subconscious
mind enough to become dominating.

One useful way to make a purpose of the dominating thought in your mind is to use the
mastermind principle by a discussing and continuously repeating this every day.

Thoughts that are long enough create neural pathways that become a part of you. You
program yourself. It starts to feel natural. “I can’t help it, that’s just me. Maybe it is time for me
to change.” You don’t have to rest on this; you can be anything you want to be.

64
Sharpen Your Axe

Introduction
This chapter is on using leisure, partners, and rest to achieve your desires.

Rest

Everyone should rest when they feel the need to. Resting includes sleeping, napping, or
meditation. When you get your mind off your life, you can’t resist attracting your desires. This
is very important in the early days of your success journey.
When you sleep or nap, you aren’t consciously resisting your desires, so you can let in what
you want by setting an intention before sleeping. When the conscious mind is focused on
work or self-improvement, the subconscious mind is often closed off. You might be resisting
the ability of your subconscious to attract your desires into your life. Sleeping is very good if
you can only consciously think positively for short periods of time, due to deep negative
programs dragging you back to negative thinking. Sleep, rest, and nap as much as you like in
the early days of starting your success journey. Before you do sleep or rest, program your
mind with positivity by thinking good thoughts and talking to yourself aloud for twenty minutes
before bed with affirmations. Additionally, play affirmations at night of what you want
programmed into your mind.
Meditation is also good for this if you are not feeling sleepy. Go to a quiet room alone and turn
off all lights and electronics. Close your eyes, and let the thoughts you do not desire pass or
use the Sedona Method. Replace the thought with a thought you like.
Sleeping, meditation, and napping are not being lazy; you are programming yourself to be
successful in your conscious hours.
Here is a short story to help you understand the value of rest (as well as study and
nourishment):
Two woodcutters were in a competition. One was named Peter, and the other was John.
Peter chopped wood for an hour and took a fifteen-minute break; meanwhile, John was still
chopping at a steady rate. John laughed at Peter because he knew he was going to win. At
the end of the competition, Peter was victorious. John asked, “How did you win? I worked
harder and longer!” Peter said, “While you were still chopping down trees, I was sharpening
my axe.”

65
“Give me six hours to chop down a tree, and I will spend the first four sharpening the axe.”
—Abraham Lincoln, sixteenth president of the United States

Sharpening the axe has a multiple meanings. It means that you should work while including
rest, study, and play when it feels right to do so. We should eat enough, do invigorating
exercise, and rest well to ensure we have enough energy. We should study to improve our
trade or craft. If we do not sharpen our axe, it will become dull and useless. The reasons most
people’s axe is dull is they are lazy or they work too much, as paradoxical as it might sound. A
lazy person is someone who cares only about feeling relaxed; they don’t want to exercise, eat
healthy, or study, because this requires them to do work. The workaholic doesn’t have enough
time or energy to sharpen their axe, but if they only knew that sharpening the axe would give
them more time and energy for chopping trees.

Leisure
You don’t have to only physically work 24/7 toward your goal. Remember, it’s about getting
your thinking right and feeling good. You can get your thinking right and feel good by enjoying
leisure. Leisure is turning an STP activity (STPA) into a long-term-pleasure activity (LTPA). In
this happy and relaxed state, you can then pivot by getting back to work in a joyfully charged
state. You don’t become addicted because you are a master of delayed gratification. Feeling
good also attracts events into your life that make you feel good.

You can convert an STP into a LTP by being a master at life and by mastering success
principles. For example, I used to be a video game addict and I hated playing video games
because I became slave to it. I learned success principles, and now I play video games when
I feel like it. Therefore, I am playing far less.

Some of the most successful people take long and frequent breaks from their work. They do
less and achieve more. Andrew Carnegie, the third-wealthiest person in US history, took long
vacations of three months every year. The reason successful people rest and enjoy leisure is
to raise their vibrations (emotions) and reduce stress. Working in ecstatic states can achieve
wonders. Working in stress is unproductive and detrimental. Leisure activities such as sports
and recreational activities can help with this. When you feel these good feelings, they stick
with you after vacations, and you can use these good feelings to amplify your work.

It’s good to enjoy leisure if it feels good. Do this once you have hardwired your brain with
success. When you are a master, you are always working toward your goals and dream
unconsciously. Those unconscious attractive thoughts become amplified with good feelings.
You can actually start achieving your goals without moving a finger; this is magical. Don’t feel
like you are getting sidetracked, because you aren’t.

66
There is nothing wrong with leisure, nor is there a problem if you don’t feel you need it. Some
do not enjoy leisure time at all because they love their work so much. The balance between
work and leisure is based solely on feelings. The most successful men and women manage
to live a balance of work and recreation. Recreation is a form of rest, and the mind works best
when it is rested and relaxed.
According to Kevin Trudeau, the most conservative congressmen let loose at secret clubs like
the Bohemian Club. They dance, sing, applaud, laugh, and smile. You upgrade your vibration
and increase your energy and your manifestation abilities by participating in fun activities with
friends.
Divide time into sleep, work, and recreation. Use your recreation time for education,
influencing, winning friends, and creating plans of rendering additional service. Make
recreation time work toward your work.

Whenever you set a time for free time, you expand your free time unconsciously. Do not set
time to do these activities. You only go by moment to moment feeling.

Make free time organized and constructive instead of wasting association with idlers and
those who lack ambition. Idlers unwisely believe they are having a good time. That might be
true, but they could have an even better time by serving others. It is not selfish to detach from
friends (or certain friends) in order to provide service for others.

Another good idea is to do light exercises and sports in the open air in the sun, which is
excellent for health.

Sexual Transmutation

Sexual transmutation is using sex energy for purposes other than lustful pleasure. Indulgence
in sex is just as bad as indulgence in narcotics and alcohol. Sexual indulgence can destroy
reason, willpower, and creativity. It can even cause madness.

The emotion of sex without love is man’s most dangerous influence.


—Andrew Carnegie, steel industrialist and brotherhood member

There is an ancient idea of refraining from orgasm. One way to help improve your quality of
life in many respects is by refraining from orgasm unless it is to create children. A philosophy
in many cultures is that whenever you have an orgasm, you are basically dissipating your
energy that could be used for productive activities and instead using it for wasteful activities.
When you orgasm, you are exchanging long-term benefits of having sex energy for short-term
pleasure. You can still have sex without orgasm. Many people feel drained of energy after

67
masturbation as well, even if they did it for a short time. Le petite mort is a French term that
means “little death.” It is believe that your life force is weakened after orgasm.

What your sexual organs were really designed for is to create children. That is the biological
reason. Most religions believe that sex should only be done for children. I believe the reason
is to encourage people to only release their energy to create children, because that energy is
vital for everything else. Sex is the number-one drive of all beings. Remove the sexual organs
of a bull, and you will get a get a bull with similar hormones to a cow. It destroys self-esteem,
willpower, and well-being.

The energy from sex transmutation is in abstaining from orgasm. Having sex with the emotion
of love (without orgasm) and the feelings of romance boosts this energy. Don’t dissipate your
most powerful energy source.

You can instead transform that energy into a creative or constructive purpose. When driven by
this desire, people develop high levels of imagination, courage, willpower, persistence, and
creative ability previously unknown. This force can be used in any profession, skill, trade,
career, job, or passion, to achieve great heights of achievement.

There are three potentially constructive reasons to have sex:

1. To have children (and raise them correctly)


2. To maintain health (it has many therapeutic benefits which are unmatched, such as
reducing stress)
3. To transform an average life into a phenomenal one through transmutation

Sex transmutation is switching the mind from thoughts about sex to other thoughts. This will
free up some of your mind and attention to other thoughts. Most think of sex so much,
consciously or unconsciously, that it is difficult to think of anything else. If this time and
attention were focused elsewhere, great results would occur. This desire should not and
cannot be submerged or eliminated, so it must be given a creative outlet that would help
enrich the body, mind, and spirit. If it is not expressed constructively, it will be used for having
sex only for pleasure, which leads to addiction and/or obsessive unconscious thinking of sex.
Focusing on your dreams will get you away from these lustful thoughts.

Most people don’t succeed before the age of forty because they channel the sex energy into
poor outlets, according to Napoleon Hill’s study of twenty-five thousand people. The sex
energy is strongest before age forty, and this causes many people to focus only on sex. When
this sex energy is weakened after forty, people begin to focus on matters that are more
important than sex just for pleasure, and then they become successful.

68
The people who have reached the greatest heights of achievement were people who were
motivated by the influence of their partners. Most people who are successful had a partner
who was often quiet and not involved much in their partner’s work, yet their motivational
support is what brought their partner to great heights of achievement. When the emotion of
love and the desire of sex harmonize, the result is calmness, balance, and motivation.

When a person is driven to their desire to please their partner based upon the desire of sex,
they are usually capable of great achievement, but their actions are often disorganized,
distorted, and destructive. People have stolen, cheated, or even murdered to please their
partner. Organize your efforts toward a creative outlet.

According to Kevin Trudeau, throughout history, sexual rites and rituals are used because of
the intense emotional pleasure created during climax of sex. Intentions and decisions have
the best chance of being launched. The seeds of desire start to grow. Food is another for
some. You can launch an intention, a decision, whenever you launch during that moment of
peak pleasure or emotional intensity, it has the power to germinate and produce what you
want in life. After sex, you have a clear mind and can transmit your wants with intense focus
with no resistance and a calm mind.

Having sex with a partner is beneficial, but do not have sex with someone who is toxic. These
are essentially a real-life succubus or incubus, which are demons that drain your energy. They
lure you into having sex with them. They care more about lust than your well-being. It is
difficult for many to have a deep connection with multiple partners, and you risk STDs. If other
partners are monogamous and you are polyamorous, it may cause some conflict.

Abstaining from sex is better than sex if you have no partner you have a deep connection
with. Having sex for only pleasure is not ideal for success.

Love and sex are all emotions capable of driving people to heights of super achievement and
genius. There are geniuses who know nothing of love; their actions are destructive, often to
others in the form of injustice and infringing others’ rights.

Neither love nor sex alone will bring a happy and enduring relationship. When love and sex
are combined, they are stronger together than they are separately. You will enjoy more
pleasure and energy with a partner you truly love. It creates an extremely powerful
mastermind.

The right romantic partner can assist you in achieving your dream. You do not need to seek
one unless that is your goal. When you focus on your dream, the right partner will come into
your life to achieve your dream.

69
Giving and Creating

Introduction
This chapter is on giving to get and how to create what you want.

Attraction by Creation

You create your reality; the world is the world you create. You have everything you need to
create whatever reality you want in life.

Create from the joy of creation rather than believe that getting your desires will give you what
you truly seek. If you have moment-to-moment bliss, you can get any and all desires you
choose.

You are then engaged in the joy of creating and not seeking joy in attaining or possessing
what you are trying to create. You feel joy instead of thinking it will come later, when you
possess what you create.

You use the Law of Attraction when you create. You don’t attract success, you create it. We
are creative beings. You don’t attract things effectively by meditating on a hill all day. You use
your creative mind to attract your desires. Create something.

Scientists don’t really know what our minds are capable of. Some say we have infinite
intelligence because of our capacity to gather and process information through expressing
creativity.

If you want to create something in your life, the first thing you must know is exactly what you
want. You can find what you want by reading the sections on What Do You Want, Your Dream,
and Goals. Knowing what you want is planting the seed. Focusing with intense emotions and
thought toward what you want activates the seed. This is the creation process.

Get interested in a project for your fellow humans, not out of duty but because you want to.
This is getting your thinking right. Desire is stronger than obligation. When I started wanting to
write this book, I achieved better results than when I felt obligated to.

Do not strain yourself; relax, and let the creative abilities take over for maximum success. The
creative mechanism in your unconscious mind is extremely powerful, and it is fully utilized
when you reach the fourth level of competence, unconscious competence.

70
Thinking of how to do something prevents this creative mechanism from working; just
knowing that you are a creator is enough.

The ideal emotional state to be in to create is feeling good. You can raise this feeling by doing
feel-good activities. An exception is if you channel intense negative emotion for a short period
about what you want to create.

If you are stopped in the middle of creation, you won’t feel well either. Always work toward
creating something that will serve others daily. If you experience the stopping of a creative
feel-good activity, perform a Callahan Technique and then instantly continue onward. You
must take action within forty-eight hours, or you might completely spiral downward.

When you don’t finish something you’re trying to create, generally the feeling is negative.
Everything you let hang and don’t complete creates negative vibrations and patterns, setting
you up for future failures. When there is a stop in the creative processors, by yourself or an
outside influence, it gives you a negative feeling. So be persistent and finish projects you
enjoy. If you stop enjoying a project, continue working on it later when you start enjoying it
again. You may just need a break. You might need to get your thinking right, do some feel-
good activities, or read self-help material. In all other cases, say “I’m done with this project,”
and finish the project in your mind.

This isn’t just for creation. It could be a book you started, a CD, movie, or video. If you watch
a movie and you hate it in the middle, you don’t need to finish the movie; just finish it by
saying, “I don’t like the movie, and I no longer want to watch it.” Finish the movie in your mind
in a way you enjoy.
When we are not in the process of creating what we want, we have negative feelings. This is
called boredom, which is the lack of a creative idea. We are designed for accomplishment.
You must always have a dream. If you’re not feeling well, you’re not creating your own reality.
You are not doing what you have been designed to do.
The brain is the most complex object in the universe; most of us just aren’t harnessing even a
small percentage of its potential power. It’s possible to create anything. Imagine if a person
went to a remote tribe and pulled out a smartphone. The tribe would think this is some
mysterious object from the gods, when in fact it was created by human beings. This was not
possible thousands of years ago, but with the help of the creative minds of humankind, it was.
Because of humans’ limited creative abilities (due to the failure to recognize their infinite
creative abilities), this was not possible. The main reason creativity is limited in most cases is
the lack of the ability to imagine what you want to create.
The next section dispels this idea more. It is the idea that you can attract while being selfish
and not giving to others. This is not true!

71
Give to Get

“You can get everything in life you want, if you help enough other people get what they want.”
—Zig Ziglar, self-help author and lecturer

Being a go-getter is good. To be a go-getter, be a go-giver. If you wish to receive, give.


The money paid for your services is based on your ability to do it and the ability to market
those services. The first usually takes care of the second. Rewards for service to others
include our happiness, our peace of mind, and our inner satisfaction. To get rewards, give
service. We provide service by acting to make the world as much better as possible. Ask
yourself, “What is a good way I can make the world a better place?” and you have your
answer. Growing to be your highest potential and giving to others is the purpose of life.
When you give, it must be out of a good desire to give. Do not do it out of duty or solely to get
something in return (such as money or approval). This is counterproductive. When you give
something away with good feelings, you get back minimum ten times more. Give 10 percent
of your income away to someone/origination that won’t pay you back. It’s a spiritual principle
called tithing, you get back ten times more than you gave (though not so much in money all
the time, sometimes you get back in even better way, such as a genius business idea or
opportunity, it could create a life changing event, etc.). Whatever you give, you don’t have to
think of how it’s going to come back.

You can’t give something you don’t already have. The secret to living is giving when you have
almost nothing or are in debt. You have no fear of lack, which prevents you from lacking. God
rewards this astounding faith with generous rewards. Those who give the most are those who
realize the universe is infinitely abundant.

The secret to giving is to give without expectation of a return or being appreciated. This
removes the ego attachment from giving and the want for approval, which creates suffering. It
also removes selfish purposes for giving, which leads to suffering.

Another secret is to give indirectly. Do so without letting others know you are giving. This
removes the want for approval, which creates suffering. If you get caught, don’t worry; it’s the
intention that matters. If you get caught, it’s for a good reason; allow it. You do not need to be
embarrassed.

If you don’t give back what you got, you won’t get any more. You get more from giving than
just receiving. The receiving from giving allows you to receive more. It’s a cycle of giving and
getting. A farmer must take some of the seeds from fruit back to the earth to receive more.

Be open to receiving, this keeps the flow going. When you receive, it allows you to give more.
Be a receptive person; accept gifts, and be thankful and receive it instead of denying the gift.

72
You can’t exhale forever; at some point you have to inhale. If a farmer didn’t collect the seeds
of his crop, how could he give more to the community by selling more fruits and vegetables?
Being open to reception is the second most fundamental key to giving (first is giving).
The best way to help people is not by giving them fish but by giving them good “fishing
lessons.” Teaching others how to get something is generally better than giving them
something, because it empowers them by allowing them to get more. If someone can easily
get something and you give it to them, it disempowers them.
Giving can be services, goods, money, ideas, love, kindness, gratitude, etc. It’s more about
the feeling of giving than what you are giving.
People don’t make the connection between helping someone and receiving help, but it does
in fact exist. Awareness is key; this is done by going through your memories and seeing the
connections.

Go the Extra Mile


Render more and better service than you are paid for to promote yourself. Do so regardless
of immediate compensation.

Here is what you do.


1. Give more than you get in payment.
2. Your income is determined by how many people you serve and how well you serve them.

Some of the benefits of going the extra mile are:


 It creates self-reliance.
 It makes you indispensable at your job, guarantees job security.
 It allows you to create your own income.
 You can receive compensation beyond the market value of services rendered.

Doing more than what you are paid for attracts attention and opportunities. Even if your
employers don’t pay your more after you render more service, competitors will notice. You
promotes your to higher and higher positions, in fact it’s the only way of doing so. People only
do enough to get by which is why the only get by.

If you’re not willing to do more for others than you are paid for, you’ll never be paid for more
than you’re doing. Our rewards in life will always be in exact proportion to our contribution or
service. Find ways to increase contribution to match income goals. Focus on improving
service instead of competition.

Going the extra mile is especially true for independent workers who aren’t paid wages.

73
It’s impossible to actually do more than what you are paid for because you develop self-
discipline and you always receive money equal or greater than service rendered (it just takes
time).

Successful people don’t work on the clock. The work overtime, and after the work is done,
they use their free time to get better at their job or find some more work to do.
There are three kinds of exchanges. In an uneven exchange, one person is giving more than
they are getting. An even exchange happens when you get as much as you give. An
abundant exchange is when one is giving more than they are getting. Here are some
examples.

Even exchange: You pay for a cheeseburger, and you feel satisfied. Both parties feel good
about it.

Uneven exchange: You go into a restaurant and pay $25 for a cheeseburger, thinking it must
be a really good cheeseburger. The owner thinks, I’m making huge profits. You, on the other
hand, don’t feel good. An uneven exchange happens when one party feels good but the other
doesn’t or when both parties feel bad.

Abundant exchange: You go into restaurant and pay five dollars for a phenomenal burger. You
feel like you got more than five dollars’ worth. The owner feels good about it because she
make her customers feel like they got a really good deal. This is an uneven exchange where
both parties feel good. Note that the owner doesn’t feel ripped off, because she is the one
who sets the price.

In life, business, or relationships, deliver more than you promise; have an exchange in
abundance. If you want to stay in business have an equal exchange. Remember what we
said about stagnation: it is actually decay, which is death! It is deceptive, you will only stay in
business for a short time! Always give in abundance!

If you make a promise to deliver something and can’t deliver what you promise, the key is to
acknowledge it as soon as possible. Apologize and make it right. If the other person is not
willing to accept, then that is their problem.

Take Out Old to Bring In New


You can’t get something unless you are willing to give something away. You must create a
space for the good you desire. Any idea you get rid of, make sure you replace with a new
idea. Get rid of unwanted things to get more wanted things. The resources will come to get
what you want.

74
If you can’t see how to get rid of something, get rid of it by donating. There are centers
everywhere for getting rid of what no longer serves you (called “junk” by most). When you
give, you also receive; this is the law of compensation.
We hold on to junk and junk ideas because we lack the faith that we can gain new ideas and
new materials. Let go of old ideas and objects to get better ideas and objects that truly serve
you.
You can’t just eliminate negative thinking without replacing it with positive thinking, because
you become a vacuum who will suck in the next negative influence. Replace negative with
positive immediately after removing.
People let their environment control them rather than controlling their environment. This is a
mistake. You are what you are due to daily environment and how you react or respond to your
environment.
You must be willing to let go of who you have been to become what you are meant to be. This
may include the personality you have grown over the year (or what you think you are).
Your environment is reflective of you as a person. You should make your environment the way
it will serve you. You can research Feng Shui, which is an art of manipulating the environment
in a way that serves you. This depends on your personality and goals. If you are a person
who doesn’t care about living with a mess, I suggest you clean your environment and see if
you feel different. If it doesn’t, having a mess is fine. It’s about how you feel.
Feng Shui is also about getting rid of old things to bring in new things. Image a hoarder’s
house; they have so much junk, they can’t bring new, good-quality items into their home!
Interestingly, I have never seen a rich person who hoarded clutter and junk.
When you lose something, there is always something better out there. Perhaps you needed to
lose it so you could get something better. You never need to worry about losing things or get
upset.
Clean your work area, and focus only on one project at a time. Many people report an
increased ability to focus due to the lack of distractions. I would highly recommend while you
work to keep your phone and food away, unless you use your phone to work. For some, a
phone isn’t a distraction, but if you don’t have an EMF protector, you certainly should, at least
for your health.
Cleaning and organizing your house and car is a good idea too. It may be work, but this work
is enjoyable once you get started, and afterward, you feel amazing. Adjust the positions of
your home in a way that feels good.
Feng Shui also applies to computers and phones; don’t forget this. Is your phone loaded with
useless apps? How could you bring in more apps when your memory is full? If your desktop is
full of files, how do you know where everything is supposed to go?

75
The next lesson is on gratitude, which can amplify the Law of Attraction. It enhances the
principles of faith, giving and getting, and creation. This is great for prayers or anytime you
feel like things aren’t going well. Anytime is a good time to feel grateful; it feels good and
attracts more things in your life to feel grateful for.

Money Introduction
Making money is where the rubber meets the road on the Law of Attraction. This is because
money is highly quantifiable. Using Law of Attraction on money is a good start because you
don’t have to question whether it is working or not; you have tangible results.
Being a good painter is subjective. Having ten thousand dollars is objective. You don’t know
the totality of the Law of Attraction if you can’t apply it to making money. If you choose not to
apply it to make money, it’s fine, but if you try to apply the law to make money and you fail,
you don’t truly understand it. You have a stop program and false beliefs if you can’t apply it to
money. I will clear these programs and beliefs up.
Does it make the world go around? Is it the root of all evil? What is money? These are
questions people ask. Money is simply energy. It is what you get back for providing service to
others, if we are talking about honest money. Gaining money by using violence or deceit will
not bring you joy. Understand that money is not evil; this is an idea created by rich people to
stop poor people from believing they can getting rich. The ultra-rich people don’t want
competition from more people. Money does make the world go around. People will do
anything for money; you can hire a person to do any job or acquire almost any product or
piece of property with money. Money is an obedient and diligent servant; you can use money
to provide services far beyond what you could physically provide. One hundred people can do
more than one person in any job. Money expands your options and opportunities in life.
Money is a tool, like a hammer. A hammer can be used to build a homeless shelter or to kill a
person; money is no different. If you want money, become obsessed with providing services
for others and be grateful for all the things and money you have.

Feel Abundant
Be, do, have. First feel like a rich person (such as dressing in nice suits all the time and
window shopping, reading autobiographies of rich people). Do what it takes to get rich (get
this from information on how to get rich). Then you become rich.

Some are content with little money, but others desire a lot of money. The advantage of
wanting little money is that you have nothing to lose, because you have fewer attachments.
You can still feel rich with little money. It’s about the feeling more than the money. People
want money so they can feel abundant (or for survival, which is a lower consciousness’s
version of abundance). A mentally healthy rich person will focus on abundance, not survival.

76
“The road to wealth lies in augmenting our means or diminishing our wants, either will do.”
—Ben Franklin, author, polymath, American statesman

A person who hates poverty more than riches and consciously focuses on it will be poor.
However, a person who loves riches more than poverty and consciously focuses on it will be
rich.

If you are paying more attention to short-term rewards instead of long-term greater rewards,
you are settling for the satisfaction of predictability. It’s the “I will get paid tomorrow” attitude.
Getting paid weekly, biweekly, or monthly is not guaranteed if you work on your desire with
faith and persistence. Besides fear, this is main reason people work in jobs they hate.

Don’t think money is the only way you will receive your desires; it is just one of an infinite
number of ways.

Talk positively about your idea of money. Don’t say things such as “Money is the root of all
evil” or “Only greedy people have money.” These are affirmations that keep you away from
money, unless you are evil and greedy, in which case you need therapy or at least some
serious self-reflection.
We live in an abundant world. This is an attitude that is required for your prosperity. If you
think we live in world of lack, you will lack. You will always get what you need to feel happy
and fulfill your dreams if you believe it. If you don’t think we live in an abundant world, go to as
many stores as possible. Look at all the items there, and discover all the materials it took to
make the items. Imagine the time, energy, and manpower that went into it. Realize that there
are millions of these stores across the world. This is nothing short of a miracle. Look at “how
it’s made” videos; there are many videos about this subject. Learning how things are made
helps you understand the complex process, manpower, and machinery used to make objects,
which is more proof we live in an abundant world.
If you do not have the money you desire, you are sending improper vibrations or you are not
in a receptive state of allowing, which is necessary for attracting.

Core Basic Business Principles


People are poor because of lack of vision, not money. The money comes with the progression
toward a vision (or its accomplishment) of service to others.

Believe in the products and services you sell. Obsession is with making the best product in
the world, not making money.

Debt isn’t the same as credit. Credit is using loans to assets. Debt is using loans to create
liabilities. If it increases in value over time, it’s an asset.

77
If it decreases in value over time, it’s a liability. Think of loans as renting money; you have to
pay rent until you give it back. You can turn loaned money into an asset instead of a liability

“Put your eggs all in one basket then watch that basket.”
—Andrew Carnegie

All rich people have a cash cow. Focus obsessively on making a permanent income stream
(cash cow) before venturing out for new opportunities. This way, you don’t have to be actively
working to make money at some point. A cash cow is a form of passive income that is set up
so you can make money even while you are sleeping. An example could be a stock, you buy
a safe stock and you get paid dividends for the rest of your life. Getting financially free is not
so you never have to work (although you can, it generally makes people feel empty and
depressed when they aren’t striving toward a goal or dream). The purpose of doing this is so
you can choose to work instead of out of survival.

Keep your cash cow on the cutting edge. Never be concerned about competition, it will work
itself out if you try to provide quality service to as many people as possible. Make the
competition irrelevant by being extremely innovative instead of being fiercely competitive.
Think of Redbox vs. Blockbuster. Blockbuster had no competition, until Redbox was so
innovative they wiped them out.

A business principle can be transmuted into a life principle, in any area of life. This is why I
study the philosophy of business as well as spiritual material. You have the capital you need
to achieve your desires, use what you already have and start somewhere. Wealthy people
also learned how to think, how to feel, and what to do, over time. They learned what to do and
what not to do from personal experience and watching others.

Fact: If you think, feel, and like the super-rich, you will manifest money, or if your mastermind
thinks like the super-rich, you do so as well.

Spend more time figuring out how business works and less time doing the actual business. In
the end, it will save you a great deal of time and money. Just know the basics; you don’t need
to know all the details. (This can waste your time.) All results have causes. When you repeat
the same causes, you get the same results. If you don’t always produce the same results, you
haven’t found the causes. If you don’t know what causes a result and you keep trying
something that you know doesn’t always cause the result you want, then you are just being
lazy. Don’t be surprised when you don’t succeed.

Every time you deny funds to your employees, you deny more funds to yourself (pay cuts).
Growth, not contraction, is always the focus.

78
Playing the lottery is not a way to riches; there is no free lunch. Another form of lottery
includes blindly playing the stock market.

Money Management
Divide income into:
1. Living expenses
2. Business
3. Lifestyle expenses
4. Savings in investments
5. Charity

Self-discipline can make the habit of saving as thrilling as the habit of spending. Habit is more
important than the amount of money saved. It develops self-discipline, which can also be
used in other areas.

But be careful to not save too much; this is called hoarding money. If you hoard your money in
savings, spend your money on what you want, and don’t focus as much on savings. You will
begin to enjoy what money can get you. Money is useless if you hoard it; it is meant to be
spent, not just earned. Money doesn’t like stagnation. Money is like having a house cluttered
with junk. You need to get rid of the junk before you bring in quality furniture. If you don’t know
what to spend your money on, invest it. Investing in your health and education are the best
investments you can make. Other investments include properties, securities, stocks, precious
metals, etc. When buying stocks and securities, know what you’re investing in personally. Go
to their houses or have insider information. Develop close relationships. If you invest in
stocks, don’t invest in greedy or evil corporations. These include big tech, oil companies,
animal agriculture industries, biotech, governments, or military-industrial corporations. These
corporations and institutions do not have the best interest of life on Earth and should be
starved of investors. Investing in these companies will hurt you karmically. I explain this in
later chapters.
Precious metals are very safe and require little financial education and will earn you more
passive income than savings accounts. Invest in physical gold and silver. It can help you get
passive income. It is a safe investment and has held value all throughout history. In times of
crisis, war, and inflation, it retains its value and often becomes more valuable. It’s important to
make sure you buy from a reputable dealer that doesn’t charge a high premium. The price
should be near the spot price. I use APMEX.
Gold and silver have energetic properties that bring you more prosperity. Gold is more
powerful than silver, but of course, it is also much more expensive, primarily because the
gold-to-silver ratio favors gold more than it should, for various reasons. There is a reason why
kings and pharaohs wore golden crowns and jewelry. Those with the gold make the rules.
Some have theorized that the reason people are obsessed with gold is that the human race
was designed by aliens who set up a colony near South Africa to mine gold. Live below your
means to save. This means do not waste money on things you don’t need or truly want. Don’t
79
spend money on short-term pleasure, instead invest in something that will give you long-term
pleasure, such as a worthwhile project you enjoy. Money expands what you already are. Be
aware of opportunities to earn money. Those opportunities are found by thinking of ways to
serve others. Spend less than you earn and save/invest the difference. Reinvest your returns
for compounded growth. You can often make this automatic in your bank or with a robo-
adviser. Rich people care about little expenses; they don’t say it’s only a few dollars, it won’t
hurt. Typically, before they were rich, they were strategic and frugal with their money. (They
saved but weren’t stingy.) This habit led to their riches. They continue this habit; some rich
people will even count pennies. This is why they are rich; they developed the habit of saving,
even on the little things. Early on, you may really have to count pennies and at least develop
the habit, which is more important than the pennies.
Save at least 10 percent of your money. You need to save money if you want to be rich. You
can get rich just by saving, but if you don’t save, you will always be poor, no matter your
income. If you don’t develop the habit of saving, your mind will find mindless reasons to spend
your money. This is why people who gain millions in the lottery lose all their money in a short
time. The money you have is a portion of your life; it isn’t really money. You give a part of your
life to that (time and energy). Don’t think it terms of money; think in terms of energy and time.
Eating at home is much cheaper and healthier on average. Many people say it tastes better.
You also save time. You do not even have to cook, and you can always eat raw fruits and
vegetables. It’s also healthier than anything you can get at a restaurant, at least that I know
of. It astounds me to see how much people spend on restaurants and how they spend hours
a week waiting for food, while this can be done in an hour usually at most at grocery stores if
you know what you want.
Buy generic brands; it’s cheaper and the same quality as name brand in most cases. Generic
brands are just name brands that are sold under the label of the grocery store. It is better to
buy the best you can afford rather than buying many junk items, especially for clothes and
food (as well as water filtration systems, clean water, plants, and air purifiers). You are what
you eat, and the clothes really do make the man.
All things you think you have to have were probably created by professional advertisers. You
don’t need any specific product. Clear it with the Sedona Method. It’s okay to have mild
preferences.

Feel love for the others when you buy from them. Likewise, see bills and checks to you
instead.

Don’t be concerned with not being able to live with a certain lifestyle unless it supports your
Dream and Goals. Don’t borrow money to live your lifestyle. Don’t buy something just
because it’s in style or “keeping up with the Joneses.” This comes from the desire for
approval. Use the Sedona Method.

80
People buy feelings, not products or services. If you don’t enjoy purchasing the products or
services you buy regularly, don't buy them. If the thought of buying a product or service
makes you feel bad, don’t buy it. It makes you feel bad, causes clutter and waste, and drains
your finances.

81
Clear Your Blockages

Introduction

This chapter is on how to clear blockages, which can stop you from feeling good and
achieving your life purpose (dream) and goals.

You don’t have to clear blockages if you obsessively focused on your dream, but it can help. If
you feel you have to do something, it creates resistance and suffering, therefore pushing you
away from your goals and dream. We you obsessively focus on your dream most blockages
will clear out. One of the reasons you can’t obsessively focus on your dream is blockages,
however. Clearing blockages is helpful and can speed up your progress. It can also help you
find what you want and increase your focus. This section will be helpful regardless. If this is
your first reading, read the all sections. Note: See the Therapies section in health for the best
ways of clearing blockages.

Therapies

Dr. Morter’s B.E.S.T. treatment, Cranial-Sacral Therapy, Reiki, and hypnotherapy are
excellent therapies for clearing out weaknesses. There are healing systems that are ancient
that can clear out your programs, they usually found at healing places. They include, but are
not limited to: DNA / Life Activation (22 and 24) Unified Chakra Awakening ISIS Healing
Modality, King Solomon's healing modality. I have gotten all but the last one. You can also do
become initiated into a Mystery School, these are usually public in America. They may be
called a Healing Arts center. For many, weakness can be cleared out by a professional faster
than you can yourself.

Strengths and Weaknesses

Find your strengths and weaknesses. This requires honesty, self-awareness, and humility.
Before you do the following instructions, you can tell yourself, “I know my strengths and my
weaknesses” aloud, while looking at a mirror for five minutes or until you have recognized
them all. In doing this, some of your weaknesses may clear out before writing them. Shining
on the darkness has a tendency to clear the darkness.
Follow these instructions:

 Get a blank (preferably white) piece of paper and a writing utensil; a blue pen is best.

 Create two columns. At the top of the left column, write weaknesses. On the right
column, write strengths.

82
 For the next ten minutes, write your strengths in one column, and in the other column,
write your weakness.

 Read the next paragraph.

In helping yourself, focus on getting rid of weaknesses. In your trade or industry, focus on
improving your strengths. Your first priority is getting rid of your weaknesses if you have not.
The weakness hold you back more than the strengths propel you forward in most people
because they are burdened with more weaknesses, which prevent their strengths from being
expressed.

If your weaknesses atrophy, your strengths grow. Once weaknesses are removed, you need
to fill yourself with positive thinking because removing weaknesses creates a vacuum, which
may be replaced with more negativity. Sometimes you have to get rid of old blockages to
bring new things in, in the same way buildings need to be destroyed so other buildings can
take their place. Thankfully, thinking positive thoughts tends to reduce the power of negative
thoughts.

Ask yourself these two questions: What do you fear? What do you desire?

If you fear more, focus on clearing weakness. You are focused on avoiding pain
If you desire more, focus on strengths. You are focus on gaining pleasure

You get so far on your strengths, but you go the rest of the way if you get rid of weakness.

There Is No Negativity

Negative emotion can be transformed into positive emotion. An emotion such as sadness can
serve you and make you feel better later. You can use it to focus on what you want. If we were
meant to feel good all the time, then we would not feel negative emotions. Realize that all
emotions simply are; there are no bad emotions. Negative emotion can be made to serve you
rather than destroy you.

The mind is never blank. Change the channel to a positive one rather than turning it off if you
are experiencing a negative thought. Pivot.

“What soap is for the body, tears are for the soul.”
—Jewish proverb

Things aren’t “bad”; only your thoughts make them so. Bad is something that happens that
you don’t expect—unless, of course, you expected bad things to happen. Knowing about the
bad things in life doesn’t attract more of it, unless you feel bad toward them. There is no such

83
thing as a bad event or circumstance, because everything simply is. Events in life simply are
what they are; they are only good or bad if you perceive them to be. It’s about how you
respond to the events. There are only good experiences; you can make negative experiences
good by responding to them with a good attitude.

In life, you can choose how you feel about any event. Someone could yell at you, and you
could get into a fight, or you could dismiss them or laugh at them. Here is a fun challenge:
give them some love! External events that happen to you affect your emotions if you let them.
Know that you control your feelings; the environment doesn’t. You can feel any way about any
situation.
You can reframe any situation to serve you by changing your perspective. Find the good, and
use it. There are no disasters or crises, just situations. Reframe it in a way you can believe. “I
lost my job; life is over,” vs. “I lost my job. To be honest, I’m a bit annoyed, but I can find a
better job from this experience.” Understand the difference in perspective.
Use the negative emotion you experience to get to a state of feeling good. If it lingers too
long, clear it out with the Callahan Technique. Chronic negativity is detrimental to health, and
it attracts more events and thoughts into your life that will make you feel bad. Use negative
emotions to get to a positive emotional state.

See events that you initially perceive as bad these ways:

1. It could be worse; be grateful it isn’t.


2. Be grateful for what you have.
3. Know it’s a blessing in disguise.
4. It’s an opportunity.

If you feel negative or get a negative thought, ask:


1. Can I respect the emotion but not surrender to it?
2. Am I vibrating correctly? Indicators? (Lets you know you need to refocus.)
3. What is the next logical step?

Negative emotions are emotional messages that you need to change your thinking or actions.
Learn from negative emotions and utilize them. Get the message, but don’t indulge in it. Don’t
try to endure negative emotions, use them or let them go. Every negative emotion means you
need to either change your perception or you actions.

Depression is you need to reset your priorities and you need not do one thing and complete it.
Focus serving others, this frees your from your mind, which is causing the depression. If you
can’t see a way out of a depression change how you feel and stop looking for ways to cure
depression, just feel a little better.

84
If you feel lonely, go and talk to someone who is positive. It could be as simple as calling
parents or grandparents and checking up on them. Compliment them and ask what is going
well in their lives and wish them well; send them prayers. Sometimes it comes from a lack of
self-knowledge or need for approval.

Anger is having a standard for life or something important that is not being met by you or
another person.

Guilt is violating your own values, conscience, and standards. Guilt is to make you clean up
your act, not so you can feel guilty all the time because of a past event.

Don’t compete with others to find out who is doing worse. “You’ve think you’ve got a problem?
Let me tell you my problems.” Don’t share your problems or pain with others unless it’s a
therapist or a therapeutic person who honestly wants to help. Do it out of seeking help, not for
relief or drama. Get to the root of the problem by discussing the causes rather than discussing
the effects.

People let their emotions control them instead of using them as a guide. They get emotional
because they let the outside world negatively affect their world. If you master your emotions,
you master the physical world.

If you don’t get what you think you want, you can know you are about to get something much
better. If you feel good, the event can’t be bad.

Most people try to avoid negative emotions, but all that really does is cause more pain. It’s
really just masking.
Life is a rollercoaster. If you are going down, get excited, enjoy the thrill of ride, and know that
you will be going up soon. Chaos can be fun and exciting.
Negative emotions exist for three reasons.
1. Learn the lesson from it and correct your thoughts and/or actions.
2. Channel it for good.
3. Cancel it (Sedona or TFT).

“The mind in itself and in its own place can make a hell out of heaven or a heaven out of hell.”
—John Milton, English poet

You can change a negative emotion into a positive one by your choice. You can do this by
going up the emotional scale. You can also channel it.

85
Emotional Scale
This is the emotional scale, according to Abraham Hicks as well as some other Law of
Attraction authors. Each teacher has a different scale. This can vary for each person; it’s
simply a guideline.
1. Joy/Knowledge/Empowerment/Freedom/Love/Appreciation
2. Passion
3. Enthusiasm/Eagerness/Happiness
4. Positive Expectation/Belief
5. Optimism
6. Hopefulness
7. Contentment
8. Boredom
9. Pessimism
10. Frustration/Irritation/Impatience
11. Feeling of being overwhelmed
12. Disappointment
13. Doubt
14. Worry
15. Blame
16. Discouragement
17. Anger
18. Revenge
19. Hatred/Rage
20. Jealousy
21. Insecurity/Guilt/Unworthiness
22. Fear/Grief/Depression/Despair/Powerlessness

You may not believe you can go from fear to joy, but many can easily go from fear to
insecurity.
Here is a journey from 22 to 1 on the scale that you can take by talking to yourself and
thinking thoughts of a higher level, taking one step at a time. This allows you to feel better in a
believable way. You can skip levels in your journey with a particular thought you want to raise
on the scale. It’s all about what feels good and what you believe you can jump to. Let’s say
you are fearful you will lose your job and your house due to an economic depression.
“I am afraid I will lose everything from this depression.”
“I’m not sure if I can pull out of this depression.”
“I wish that I had it good like my neighbors; they are doing fine.”
“I’m angry that my neighbors are doing so well.”
“I swear I could just take one of those Wall Street bankers and hang them.”
86
“I’m mad about this depression.”
“I’m not sure what to do.”
“It’s all the government’s fault.”
“I am worried the economy is getting worse.”
“I don’t think the economy will recover.”
“I’m disappointed in the government’s response to this depression.”
“Honestly, I do not know what to do. I feel burdened.”
“Come on, can the economy just get better already!”
“I don’t think the economy is going to get better. Economists say that it won’t be for months!”
“What will I do without my job, just sit around at home all day?”
“You know, I guess the economy is okay. It has been worse.”
“You know, the economy is getting better. I remember that after every depression is a boom.”
“The economy is getting better, nice!”
“The economy will get better!”
“I can’t wait until the economy is better and I get my job back!”
“I can’t wait to go back to work in my awesome job,”
“The economy is good.”
You can always just feel a bit better or feel good. Reflect on your past when you felt good.
Reflecting on your life when you felt good increases belief that you can feel good again.
When you feel bad, you are thinking about what you don’t want. If you feel bad, do something
to feel good or think good thoughts.
If you feel bad, what you think you want may not be the best for you. Either that or you are
starting to doubt, which means you are focusing on the how or in other words, the lack of
having it.
To become less negative, clear out the negative thoughts by getting rid of weakness and
doing therapy. Then, bring in positive thoughts to cancel the negative thoughts and create an
overwhelming surplus of good thoughts. This allows less room for negative thoughts.
For the next section, we will talk about negativity and how to channel it.

Channeling Negativity
Finding the good in the bad means you can utilize the bad situation for your good.

87
Much of our society and our parents suppressed our negative emotions. They say we should
never experience sadness or anger or other negative emotions. All emotions serve a good
purpose. Sadness can help you clear up old wounds, while an emotion like anger can be
used to radically transform your life.
Experiencing contrast (what you don’t want) is good because it clarifies and lets you define
what you really want in life. Add or subtract certain thoughts and activities. Bad event allows
us to focus on what we want because we know what we don’t want. “Bad” events are often
just stepping stones if you are thinking about what you want and feeling good and something
“bad” happens, know that something beyond wildest dreams good will come out of it.

Life is like going to a buffet, you look at certain food that looks delicious, and you end up not
liking the food. By not liking the food, you have, by process of elimination, narrowed the
choices of what foods you might like. You know that you aren’t focusing on the food you want,
so you can bounce back and focus on what you want.

Ignoring your weakness and the darker aspects of yourself causes them to creep in and
express themselves in drastic ways. A person who has pent-up rage may become so angry
that they hurt themselves and cause themselves to become permanently injured. This could
be avoided if they expressed anger in productive ways, such as working on their dreams.
You should always be happy with intense emotion, even if the intense emotion is negative.
Intense emotion is something you can use to create your dreams, as long as you know how to
harness it. Negative intense emotion is only beneficial when you use it to clarify and focus on
what you want. Negative intense emotion is bad when you stay stuck, focusing on what you
don’t want, which is the cause of the negativity, thus creating more of it. Never fear or run
away from negative emotions; embrace them and use them to make you focus on what you
want. Consistently focusing on what you want, it clears the negative emotion, and you start to
feel good again. Feeling good then helps you create the reality you want.

You don’t need to deliberately think thoughts or take actions that make you feel negative
emotions, you don’t necessarily need to deliberately feel negative emotions to get what you
want. Any intense positive emotions will also work fine.
Different emotions have different speeds of attraction. Anger is better for attraction than
depression. Anger can be better at attracting than happiness if channeled properly in the short
term. Think of a raging river; it’s powerful and can get you out, but if you stay it in for too long,
it will destroy you.
Which has more attractive power to create change, a man who is angry and wants to change
his life and say “I’M NOT TAKING IT ANYMORE.” or a man who sits at home all day
depressed, thinking about what there life could be.

88
Mark Passio, an investigative researcher, has an excellent presentation called Sacred Gift of
Anger on the proper use of anger to achieve great results: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=TiOSTKwtnhA&t=6710s
Watch the “get mad” network scene to understand this as well: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=AS4aiA17YsM
Spite is a powerful emotion. All successful people have been told it won’t work, but then they
did it. They couldn’t have done it if they had listened to other people. Don’t let people crush
your dreams. Dream crushers never get anywhere. Don’t listen to them, or if you do listen to
them, develop an “I’ll prove you wrong” attitude. The more you despise work, the more
reasons you have to get out of it into something you like better. Be aware of comfortable
slavery, can keep you in a dead end job.
Negative emotion needs to be intense for it to work. A little bit of a negative emotion is not
useful. You can be comfortable with a little amount of pain. Think of a lazy dog sitting on a
nail; he won’t get up because it doesn’t hurt that much. You can intensify it in your mind and
do the following process to get yourself to positive emotion. WARNING: Only intensify
negative emotions if you know where you want to go; otherwise use Callahan Technique or
Sedona Method to clear it out.
Here are some things you say if you are experiencing comfort in pain and misery, such as
being in a “comfortable” neglectful relationship. If you aren’t sick and tired of being sick and
tired, you’ll go nowhere. Make sure you know where you want to go, which is ideally toward
what you want. This can be revolutionary and could even completely change your life. Get as
mad as possible. When you have reached your peak, stop and read the next paragraph. Say
these and feel the feeling of being fed up. Use creative language if you like, or make up your
own statements that get you as mad as possible. Then, once you have, read the next
paragraph.

 I can’t stand this!

 I’m done!

 This is bull!

 I’M SICK AND TIRED OF BEING SICK AND TIRED.


Say these until you reach peak positive emotions. Then, while imaging your ideal future self
and reality:
“I’m going up from here.”
“My life is getting better. This is the first day of my new awesome life.”
“I’m getting better and better.”

89
Programs

The first thing that stops people from applying what currently know and what they learn in real
life is internal programs. If you have no external programs, you have unlimited freedom to
create the life you want. If you are wondering what your programs are program are, take a
look at your life. Your life is a product of your programs. We have thousands or more
programs, and these programs become the thoughts we are always thinking

Our programs come from:


1. Events or experiences.
2. People in authority telling us things. We consider someone to be in position of authority
when we think someone is better than us and above us.
3. The media. This includes TV, newspapers, video games, movies, etc. I have a chapter on
this later.
4. The etheric field. We are plugged into it, and negative people put programs into the field,
unconsciously or consciously.

Programs come from past decisions you have made and what you thought about them.
Example: You were a child, and a dog barked like crazy, and you ran off. Then you know later
in life you have a phobia of dogs.

The energy field around the planet is called the etheric field or the ether. The ether contains
all thoughts and feelings of all species on the planet. All of our thoughts are put into the ether.
We draw from these universal thoughts 24/7 unless we choose to unplug.

Since we are connected with the ether, programs in the ether can hold us back if we let them.
If we are aware of the system, we can unplug by using discernment and determining if
thoughts from the ether serve us or not.

There are two types of programs in the field.


1. The collective decisions, agreements, and conclusions of people of earth.
2. Programs put into the field by the elite. Those who consciously put negative programs into
the field deliberately are called dark occultists. We will get into this interesting topic later.

The programs in the field can’t control us, but they can affect our thinking. We can accept or
reject the programs. Our thoughts often lead to our emotions, but the good news is that we
can control our emotions with our thoughts. Never fear the thoughts that come from the field;
you are in ultimate control.

Being plugged in isn’t all bad. Doing so gives us access to helpful programs and access to all
the knowledge in the universe.

90
Negative thoughts from the ether are like having the devil on your shoulder. It’s the inner
voice in you that wants to destroy you. The programs can’t force you to do anything, because
you can choose to ignore them. Once you are aware of this, you are in control, and it gives
you a huge advantage over the common person who is unaware of this. You don’t have to
listen to those negative thoughts in your head; they will never serve you. If a thought you
receive makes you feel bad, dismiss it and think a better thought.

Four things that might be stopping you from applying knowledge:


1. Negative programs you put into yourself from past decisions and postulates you made.
2. “Authority” figures and the media.
3. Negative programs from the ether and programs put there by the dark occultists.
4. Broken agreements.

The first element in dealing with programs is confronting the program and then acknowledging
and taking full authority over the program. Remember, you control the programs, not the other
way around. Control by using what I call the bug technique.

When you detect a program you do not want, first imagine the program being a small bug.
Then the program runs and says everything it needs to say. After that, say, “cancel cancel,”
and then squash the bug. After squashing the bug, immediately have a new, empowering
program to replace it. This program should be a program you can believe in, or it probably
won’t feel good.

Anytime there is an imperative, such as should, have to, or must do, it builds up resistance to
enlightenment and manifestation. Instead say I intend or choose to. You don’t have to do
anything, but there will always be consequences.

The best technique to personally clear programs is the Sedona Technique. This is the basic
technique, the more advanced techniques can be found online or in their programs and
books. In the books section of my website, NextLevelThinking.net, I have the Sedona book
online for free.

You feel emotions, but you aren’t emotions. You aren’t angry, you feel angry.

You have so many programs running that it makes you dumb, reduces processing power, and
by releasing them, it frees up your memory and processing abilities.

Releasing increases teachability index, and you have better clarity and mental capacity,
especially if you have many deeply attached beliefs.

You can always pick up these beliefs later. It’s like dropping a pen; you can pick it up later.

91
Our subconscious mind is a barrel with gold lining. Both good and bad apples fill it up.
Releasing apples gets rid of it so we can see the unlimited potential. All good apples become
bad apples over time if you don’t release it. Get rid of the belief that you have problems, and
they will go away. Release it. The more you are free to allow yourself to accept the way it is,
the more you can also move into action to have it be the way you choose.

When you have a thought and you question whether it serves you, consider if the thought
comes from want of security, control, or approval. If it does, release it. You can always release
any thought, good or bad; same with allowing and welcoming. You can also release the
feeling of doubt.

When you feel a feeling you do not like, use this.

1. Focus on the feeling you would like to feel better about and allow it.

2. Ask yourself one of these questions, then move to another one:

Could I allow myself to feel this feeling?

Could I welcome this feeling?

Could I let this feeling go?

3. Then after that ask:

Would I, in other words, am I willing to let go?

If no, ask:

Would I rather have this feeling, or would I rather be free?

4. If you would rather have the feeling ask:

When (would I want to be free)?

5. Repeat the previous four steps until the feeling is gone.

When you let go, you can use a visualization. I like to breathe in to allow the feeling and
image the feeling bathing me while placing my hands near the top of my head with my palms
facing my body (about six inches away). I pull my hands down my head. When I let go, I make
a fist with my hands, pull them down, rotate my hands away from my body, and flick the
feeling out. I breathe out and imagine the feeling floating off into space, away from my head.

92
You can create any visualization or body movement if you want. The best is one that you
make personal.

There are other ways you can overpower programs. You can do these constantly, especially if
you are burdened with negative programs.

 Focusing on your dreams (Focus and Dreams section)


 Establishing new positive thought patterns
 Educating yourself on empowering information (Learning chapter)
 Giving and receiving recognition (Communication chapter)
 Doing the right things long enough consistently (Persistence section)
 Being healthy (Health chapter)

Don’t confuse gut feelings with negative programs. Ask yourself it it’s a program or a gut
feeling. Programs feel bad in the brain, not the gut. The way you tell the difference between a
negative thought and gut feeling is that the gut feeling is felt near the stomach, while the
negative thoughts are felt in the head. You feel your brain preventing you from doing
something, not your gut. Programs don’t affect gut feelings.

When you disempower negative programs, you have more cause over your life, and you have
an easier time manifesting your desires.

Negative programs cause self-sabotage and can make you do something you shouldn’t do, or
it can make you not do something you should do. If you do something you know you shouldn’t
do, you have a program that needs to be addressed.

You plan imprints through actions, words, and thoughts. Thoughts are the most important and
deepest.

Two can have the exact same experience and have different results, due to subconscious
programming.

Know the imprints you want in your mind well before implanting them via programming.
Maintain certain states of mind, standards of behavior, and know how to call on the power to
act on truth.

1. In order to see yourself do well in business and prosper financially, plant imprints for this in
your subconscious by maintaining a generous state of mind.
2. In order to see yourself in a world that is generally a very happy place, plant imprints for
this in your subconscious by maintaining a very ethical way of life.

93
3. In order to see yourself as physically healthy and attractive, plant imprints for this in your
subconscious by refusing to ever get angry.
4. In order to see yourself as a leader in both your personal life and in business, plant imprints
for this in your subconscious by taking joy in constructive and helpful actions.
5. In order to see yourself able to focus your mind steadily, plant imprints for this in your
subconscious by practicing deep states of concentration or meditation.
6. In order to see yourself freed from a world where things don’t work the way you want them
to, plant imprints for this in your subconscious by learning the principles of hidden potential
and mental imprints.
7. In order to see yourself get all you ever wished for and see others get all they ever wished
for as well, plant imprints for this in your subconscious by cultivating an attitude of
compassion toward others.

A culmination of many small, negative thoughts can cause a catastrophe, in life, business, or
elsewhere.

Minor negative actions such as white lies or small bursts of negative emotions such as
stinginess can as well. A negative thought requires a long frequency and duration to manifest,
since negative thoughts have less power.

People lie because you of imprints. Nobody just goes to you, all on their own, and just
happens to start lying to you. These are produced by imprints. The world around you, people,
even the way you see yourself is the reaction of your past actions, words, and thoughts—
good or bad, done to others.

Imprints can be last week, last month, or older. They get bigger the longer they are in your
subconscious, unless you have awareness and stop them in their tracks or clear them up by
going through your memories. (See Sedona Method and Agreements.) This is why some
people randomly start failing. Avoid repeating behavior.

The next topic is agreements. Breaking agreements can activate negative programs.

Agreements

Keep agreements with others—and with yourself. If you make an agreement with yourself or
others, make it easy to keep. Set it up so that you don’t break the agreement. Keeping
agreements keeps you on an upward spiral.

Realize that when you break an agreement with others, you break an agreement with
yourself. This can paralyze your life’s progress or send you into a downward spiral. All similar
broken agreements are linked like a chain, thus creating a pattern of negative activities. This

94
is why when you break an agreement, you feel similar negative emotions as when you break
other agreements. By clearing up broken agreements, you stop the downward spiral.

Now, go back to all your past broken agreements; acknowledge them and take responsibility
for them in your mind. When trying to access memories, tilt your head up slightly and look up
and down, left to right. Acknowledge how you felt when you broke the agreement. Say, “I’m
looking for broken agreements in the past, and I release negative energy related to these
broken agreements. This eliminates the negative effects of breaking the agreement. You can
do this in your mind if you can’t make it up to the person you broke the agreement with, but
saying this to others and making amends is more powerful. Say, “I’m better at making
agreements now, and I’m glad I got this off my chest.” Regardless of which method you use,
give yourself a pat on the back when you are finished. The more often you do this, the better.
Don’t stop until you have all broken agreements cleared up. This is an ongoing process.
Realize that you may not be able to go through all your programs now.

If you must renegotiate agreements, do so before the agreement is scheduled. The faster you
acknowledge that you can’t keep an agreement, the better. Changing your decision or
renegotiating an agreement is different from breaking an agreement. When you renegotiate
an agreement but acknowledge and take full responsibility, pat yourself on the back as well.

There’s a phrase you can use if you can’t keep an agreement. Say, “I can make it up to you.”
Taking responsibility for a broken agreement means you accept that it is nobody’s fault but
your own. When you’ve acknowledged broken agreements, do not disempower yourself by
begging for forgiveness. There’s a difference between apologizing and feeling sorry.
Apologize by saying “I’ll make it up to you.” In other words, don’t be at the mercy of others by
requiring them to forgive you. When you do so, you surrender your power to them. Be okay
whether they accept the apology or not, and do not care about the outcome. If they don’t
accept the apology, that’s on them, not you.

Don’t turn broken agreements into hang-ups; move forward. Sometimes we make too many
agreements. At any point in time, it is okay to break them by taking responsibility and
acknowledging them rather than feeling overwhelmed that you have to do everything you
promised. It will move you forward and remove burdens off of you. You truly are only breaking
an agreement if you don’t acknowledge it and take responsibility.

95
Agreements that are broken can affect you in strange ways, beyond just emotions. According
to The Diamond Cutter: The Buddha on Managing Your Business and Your Life, External
failures such as acts of God, unsuitable weather, power shortages, and infrastructure
problems that relate to your business, life, or life purpose are due to lack of keeping promises,
especially commitment to principles in how you conduct your business and personal life. A
person can glide through a city on a busy day by unconsciously deciding for some reasons to
choose a different route, despite no logic for doing so. Another will choose the same route as
normal and get caught in traffic.

Procrastination

A lazy person is someone who has not found the work they are best suited for.

One thing that stops people from getting on the road to success is that there is always one
thing to be taken care of. (They created this.) This is really a fabricated reason built by
excuses. This could be something like “I need to finish this major project at work (instead of
just resigning).”

Perfection paralysis is a common failure to act caused by the desire to be perfect, which
doesn’t exist. You learn by failing and not trying to be perfect. In fact, this is the true path to
perfectionism.

If you are waiting for the perfect opportunity, it won’t come back; it doesn’t exist.

Make minimum commitments if you procrastinate, such as “I will start writing on my book for
five minutes a day.” This gets you going.

Attachment
Attachments include beliefs, job, country, political party, religions, etc. These are boxes for
consciousness; they are not worth attaching to. These only exist the minds of men.

You have to let go and sacrifice who you are for who you could become.

What you are clinging to with a death grip is hurting you. It causes suffering and decreases
your manifestation abilities as well.

Don’t be attached to materials, unwilling to give them up. It means you are not free; the
objects own you instead of you owning them.

You can release attachments by using the Sedona Method.

96
Crises, Setbacks, Obstacles, Disasters

Sometimes setbacks present themselves to protect you from something you don’t want.

Setbacks are a part of life. Humans are builders and rebuilders, but we are better rebuilders.
We rebuild better than we originally built, so we can weather the storms. It’s how huts became
skyscrapers. A tree that is pressured by nature with storms and winds is stronger than one
that doesn’t have to endure these events.

After every crisis, there has been a boom of greatness. The greater the crisis, the greater the
opportunity. Respond to a crisis aggressively, rather than defensively or reactively.

John Templeton invested in recession countries and then resold when they boomed. This is a
common phenomenon; insider traders use knowledge and depth of vision to predict when an
economy, currency, security, or stock will tank and resell later.

Aristotle Onassis bought many ships around the world when shipping declined after WWII. He
understood that shipping would increase soon, since after the war, the world had become
internationalized (due to lend lease, etc.). He knew there would be an explosion in global
trade, and he became one of the richest men in the world. During situations of crisis, many
will hoard and try to hold on and be defensive, instead of focusing on growth.

See only the objective, and the obstacles must give way. The world has a habit of making
room for the person whose words and actions show they know where they are going. When
you go after your goal, your self-imposed limitations almost always disappear completely.
They may crop up later if you are not going for a goal that you strongly desire.

97
Here is a true story of quiet possible, my first major success, atleast for me. I would consider
this first personal major success in my life. In the last year of high school, I was shy and
reclusive. I moved from Kentucky to Florida, two very different places, especially the schools.
I had no friends and sat alone at lunch. At the end of the year, God presented me with an
opportunity that allowed me to draw up something within me I was not aware of. The principal
enacted a policy of only allowing men to use to the restroom with a pass from the teacher.
This was due to an incident from a group of three boys at the school creating a complete
disaster. Something within me told me what I needed to do., I was not an activist at this point
in my life, nor I am much of one while writing this. I started to create a plan with a can-do
attitude. The plan was to create a petition and have as many people sign it as possible. The
total amount of signatures in the petition was 250. I walked up to at least forty groups of
people and individuals and asked them to sign it, but just a day before, I was a shy recluse at
lunch! I had flexible plans; most of my plans failed (such as trying to contact the board and
meeting with the principal). I decided to make signs and have a peaceful protest on a certain
date. When the day came, the policy was revoked! Always think of this story if you let
obstacles drag you down.
All your obstacles are illusions. Just press on; it will be easier than you think. Obstacles are
always created in the mind. As long as you’re feeling good and focusing on your dream/goal,
what you perceive as obstacles you will begin to realize are really just stepping-stones to the
goal.
Disasters are a cleansing fire that wipes out what no longer serves you and brings in what
does serve you. Think of a naturally burning forest. Forests need fires to get rid of old, dead
plant material and bring in new, better plant material.
This is a powerful quote to say when you feel overburdened with obstacles: “There is one
thing stronger than all the armies in the world, that is an idea whose time has come.”
—Victor Hugo
It doesn’t matter what the rules are (taxes, regulations, economy, culture), because you can
win. Don’t let these factors stop you from achieving your desires. You can rig the game in your
favor with the right attitude.
Don’t make mountains out of molehills; don’t mountain climb over molehills. Your problems
are easier to solve than you think, so there is no need to overdo it. Think of the hardships you
have been through and overcome when you go through tough times. What pulled you
through? What was the lesson? Did you change your beliefs? What was your life before the
crisis? What did you to turn things around? How is your life better today after you went
through the crisis? They can make you at least have appreciation in the good times.
Acknowledge bad events, and then focus on what you want. Events that are bad now can turn
out for the better later, when you reflect on them later in life. Think of events you thought were
bad initially but turned out to be good.

98
People try to conquer their fear obstacles by facing them. Some men trying to win a girlfriend
will try to cold call random women to increase their confidence, instead of going to go talk to
the woman they are interested in. This is simply a distraction; they don’t want to just go after
what matters. You don’t have to fight in all confrontations to win the war; some battles aren’t
worth fighting, even if you win. It’s actually a defeat, but it looks like a victory (often called a
Pyrrhic victory). The desire to win for the sake of winning a pointless battle is often due to an
overly inflated ego, which can be solved by practicing self-awareness and serving others.
True courage is fighting through the main fear that holds you back, and fear is always based
in programs. This is cured by using action and faith while focusing on your chief desire. You
don’t need to be conquering your fears and weaknesses that don’t set you back. This is a
waste of time and energy for most. An exception is people who enjoy facing their fears, and
that’s fine, but not ultimately necessary for achieving your chief aim. A fear of spiders isn’t
stopping you from becoming a professional athlete, but if you wanted to be a zookeeper,
however, it might! As you focus on your dreams, fears will naturally fade away.
Giving yourself a retreat destroys burning desire; we make excuses when times are tough.
We create an escape route in case we fail (due to lack of confidence in ourselves or abilities).
We have failed because we created a way out. Many are not aware of this, so they make
more escape routes in case they fail, even though they guarantee failure. Do you see the
never-ending cycle?
When you go through a crisis, feed your mind with uplifting material more often than normally.
Do whatever it takes to feel good, even if it means stopping work.
Life is like an obstacle course; it would be no fun without obstacles because it would be
effortless. If you experience a downward swing, know an upward swing is coming. A
downward swing can help you get an upward swing. In the midst of what you don’t want, you
have phenomenal power to get what you want by pivoting. The worse a crisis is, the more
burning the desire, which means you have a better chance of truly creating what you want.
Anyway, it’s not the circumstance that upsets you, it’s how you respond to it. Eventually, you
may experience no more downward swings, or they will be small dips in your path.
Let’s explore some more negative emotions.

Problems
“There is no use talking about the problem unless you talk about the solution.”
—Betty Williams (peace activist)

Focus 5 percent on problem (diagnosis) and 95 percent on solution. "T


here's no use talking about the problem
Do this if you have a problem:
1. Diagnose your problem.
2. Think of five solutions.
3. Ask yourself why it is a good solution. If not, remove it.
99
4. Accept one solution.

You can also ask yourself these questions:


What’s great about this problem?
What’s not perfect yet?
What am I willing to do to make it the way I want it?
What am I unwilling to do to make it the way I want it?
How can I enjoy the process?

Problems are actually situations, challenges, and opportunities. Opportunities is best; saying
this gets you think about how you can benefit from problems.

Here is a trick: Get rid of the belief that you have problems, and they go away. Release it.
Thinking of why something caused a problem is expecting it to happen in the future.
If it seems like there’s nothing you can do, you can’t always get rid of things, but you can get
rid of the stress (which often gets rid of the problem).
Successful people have many if not more problems than most. The difference between
successful and unsuccessful people is they’ve learned how to overcome problems.

Stress Solutions
Sit down and look at whatever is stressing you, and shrink it in your mind. Question the
stressors: “You’re not so big. You are not so terrible!”

Don’t add unnecessary stress to your day by obsessively empathizing with people. A therapist
can’t be stressed by patients, if they do, they will lack performance on the job. When trying to
help those in a lower emotional state, sympathize with them instead of empathizing.
Sympathy is helping from a place of understanding and neutral/positive, while empathy is
from a place of feeling what they are feeling (which clouds your judgment and ability to help).

If there seems to be no end to stress, give it to God and move on. Let go and let God.

Why something happened, focus on how to fix it. Why makes you feel like a victim.

Share the load; get others to help—books, seminars, healers, etc. Don’t share with a critical
person.

Act in a way that reduces stress; this can include anything from meditating, napping, or items
from the Feel Good list. Stress grows when you feel sorry for it and you wallow in it.

Stop what you doing and look at it from all angles; use your mental mastermind or others to
assist you.

100
Body language: act confident to feel confident. A great thing to do is to walk upright with your
head tilted upward. You can also do TFT.

Stress can be caused by lack of fresh air, lack of sunshine, lack of sleep, poor diet, lack of
exercise, etc.

Negative Influences

Don’t be a SNIOP, which is a person who is susceptible to the negative influences of other
people. If you hear negative influence, block it out. Avoid negative influences (mainstream
media and negative people).

Be aware of rats growing in the mind; sometimes this awareness kills them, stops a negative
train of thought. Rats being put into your mind like to breed rapidly. Get rid of them ASAP. You
can throw away the train that gets in your mind by monitoring your thoughts and influences.

Ask yourself, “Do I feel negatively because of what others say?” If so, acknowledge you are a
SNIOP. When someone tries to put rats in your head, know that they will swarm you only if
you let them. Get rid of them quickly. Love the person putting rats in your head; say to them, “I
forgive you, thank you.” Don’t stoop to their level; reacting in a negative way causes
procreation or new a new breed of rats in the mind. If someone sends you something, and it
starts to get nasty, disengage from it. Send them love in your heart, then respectfully
disconnect. It’s best to not allow people in your life who put rats in your mind in the first place.
That’s like inviting someone in into your house who puts a bag of rats into your house.

The emotion of love gets rid of all hate and evil.

Focus on what you are doing, not what others are saying. Don’t keep your head in the sand,
but realize you don’t need it. You can’t be obsessed with other people, like celebrities,
opinions, critics, etc. Live your own life, and make your dreams come true instead of being
obsessed with your goals and dream.

You can put rats in your own head as well. When you do so, you begin to put rats in others’
heads; then the others put rats in your mind! Spreading rats hurts you more than them! It’s a
never-ending cycle unless you make a decision. Eventually it gets so bad, you can’t take it
anymore and get overwhelmed. From there, you can focus on what you want (to clear out the
rats). These massive negative emotions can be used to clear out rats in an instant through
intense purifying fire of negative emotions (see Channeling Negativity section).

Clear rats by
 Meetings and major functions with uplifting people

101
 Read books and listen to audio
 TFT and Sedona
 Call friends and let them know you have rats and need a little help

The only reason people want to tear others down is because they believe they can’t succeed.

Have an attitude that God loves you more than the devil hates you.

Avoid bad media influences such as negative games, movies, and media. Your subconscious
and emotional brain can’t tell the difference between what is real, imagined, or displayed in
artificial media.
The conscious mind is there to protect the subconscious emotional mind from negative
influences. If you aren’t consciously blocking negative influences by focusing on positivity and
avoiding negativity, you will be negative person because of the abundance of negative outside
influences, which is constant for most due to the etheric field. You can stop this by raising
your constant emotional state above the negative influences so they can’t reach you. The
conscious mind is also good at focusing. Genes, drugs, and traumatic experiences can mess
up your emotional guidance system. Therefore, feed your mind every day with inspirational
and uplifting content, even a little, because you need to counteract negative influences before
they even attempt to enter your mind. Stop them at the gates of your mind.
Fear, Doubt, and Worry

Fear is thinking of what you don’t want to happen and building a negative idea.
Subconsciously, what you fear is actually what you want! Fear is similar to worry, but its
chains are much heavier. Fears are simply self-imposed limitations. Fear is the archenemy of
mankind. This is cured by faith and by present-moment awareness. Ridicule your fears by
telling yourself something like “That is a silly reason to be scared.”

Worry is negative use of the creative imagination. To cure worry, imagine things and expect
positive things to happen. This is best solved using positive expectation.

Doubt is only a bit of uncertainty that can be best solved with future thinking as well as action.
One step in the right direction is worth more than a thousand minutes of uncertain thinking.

You get what you really want when you concentrate on it, and you get what you really don’t
want when you concentrate on it.

You can break through fear, doubt, and worry by stepping forward into growth, rather than
stepping back into safety. We permit ourselves to fail by default, rather than run the risk of
failing while making the effort to succeed.
Consider these scenarios:

102
 Imagine walking on a thick plank on the ground. It is easy, and you are relaxed. Now
imagine it is a hundred feet in the air between two buildings. Fear creeps in for most.
This would cause them stress, and they would likely fall and die, only because of fear.
The difference is fear. A simple performance turns into one of great risk. Fear can keep
us from taking a formula we know that works in one condition and not apply it in
another.
 Now imagine it’s still a hundred feet in the air, but on the other side of the plank is a
loved one in a burning building, and you have a fire extinguisher. You desire and love
for the other allows you to become fearless or at least crash through your fears. Love
obliterates fear.
 Now imagine it’s still a hundred feet in the air, but you are a very religious person. You
know that everything will be fine because God will protect you. You have no fear. Faith
is another solution.
 Now imagine it’s still a hundred feet in the air, but you are a very confident person. You
know you will be fine because you know you have the attitude of balance and a calm
mind. Attitude and self-esteem can solve fear as well.

Fear can be cured by learning. All fear is the fear of the unknown or of negative expectation.
Fear is False Evidence Appearing Real. Many children are afraid of the dark because they
don’t know what is there, but once lights are on, they no longer fear because they know what
is there.

Learn the difference between being afraid of something and being afraid of doing something.
If you are afraid of something, use your imagination to see it better than it is. If you are afraid
of doing something, imagine conquering your fear with absolute courage and see things going
perfectly.

What triggers your fears? Identifying patterns lets you deal with them more. Knowing why you
feel fear can help you get rid of it (by itself or by knowing how to take action). Be very mindful
of your environment when you suddenly feel fear.

The long route that logically seems treacherous is often the right road to travel down in life if
you feel good about it in your gut. Your gut feelings tell you that you need to do something,
and they never lie, unless these feelings are blocked by fear or doubt, which overrides these
feelings and paralyzes you. (I’ll expand on this later.)

“The cave you fear to enter holds the treasure you seek.”
—Joseph Campbell, author

103
It means that you fear to follow your desires but know that fear is irrational; it is a disease
created only in the mind. Fear is always based on programs and not your true being. The gut
feelings and heart can’t feel fear.

Here is a story that expands on this quote; it’s a powerful allegory. That cave isn’t scary at all;
it is only perceived that way by your mind. Your gut is telling you the cave is the path to the
treasure. The best decisions made with your gut feeling. Perhaps logically you could say
“Couldn’t I get some dynamite and get a shortcut to the treasure?” But if you did that, you
wouldn’t have the awesome feeling of spelunking, or the treasure would have been destroyed
because of your dynamite. Perhaps you could get a large industrial drill and drill to the
treasure, but the vibrations would cause the treasure to fall into a deep, dark hole in the cave
if you did this, and the treasure would be lost. Perhaps you say, “I shouldn’t do this because it
costs too much time, energy, and money.” You could say, “I am afraid.” Remember, the cave
you wish to enter holds the treasure you seek. You won’t get your desires if you don’t go into
the cave. The cave is the way if it feels right in your gut. The fear and doubt are making you
miserable and keeping you away from true joy and peace in your life!

Shrinkers are those who encounter idea, possibilities, or opportunity that sounds great, but
because of fear, they shrink it down. Trying to shrink it doesn’t challenge or stretch them. “I’m
just being realistic!” is their main saying.

You need to crash through the illogical fear. Give up or go forward. People have to overcome
things to be successful. Taking action cures fear. Virtually all mystery schools, religions, secret
societies, and leaders have agreed on one statement: fear is an illusion!

People are more afraid of the possibility of a bad circumstance than the bad circumstance
itself. Cure the agony of this anticipation by using positive expectation.

“I've had a lot of worries in my life, most of which never happened.”


―Mark Twain, author

Some select one particular fear and definite their life around it. It influences all your decisions.
Here are some solutions to this:
1. Imagine yourself for the rest of your life without a specific fear.
2. If you didn’t have it, what would you do? It is worth it to overcome? Ask yourself this.
3. Stand up, visualize fear by holding it in a cup, throw it on the ground, and stomp on it.
4. Ask yourself, are you fearful or faithful? Be honest. If you are fearful, work on improving
your faith.

Anything on the feel-good list can help with fear, but especially smiling and laughing.
Exercises such as yoga and qi gong can help as well.

104
Question your fears. If you are afraid of riding an elevator, how do you know that I will crash
or malfunction? (You realize you really don’t). Your brain can’t give a rational answer and you
realize how illogical fears really are. They are just create in the mind. Questioning you fears
tends to remove them, they don’t have a solid foundation.

Phobias include animals, natural environments, situations, blood injury, and shots. Fear is a
phobia if you have shortness of breath, smothering situation, palpitations, pounding heart,
chest pain, choking, sweating, detachment, going crazy, fainting, or paralysis.

Expose yourself in a gradual way to a fear or phobia, this is called desensitization. Let’s say
you fear dogs. Draw a picture of the phobia. Read about dogs. Look at pictures of dogs.
Watch a video of dogs. Look at one through a closed window, partially opened, then a
doorway. Experience a dog being on a leash near you. The finally, pet a calm dog.

1. Avoid worrying by living in the present. Don’t stew about the future; live each day as it
comes.
2. When trouble has you in a corner, ask: What is the worst that could come out of this?
Live every day as if it were the first day of your life and the last day of your life.

You may sometimes cloak your deep fears with another more shallow fear to keep you from
doing something. If you are afraid of doing something, it’s often really because of something
else. Get the root instead of using a fear cover-up. There may even be a deeper underlying
fear. Ask yourself questions

Here is a useful Stress relaxation technique: Tense your muscles and breathe in deeply
through you nose. Hold for a few seconds. Finally release muscles and breathe out through
mouth, then release. Command your body to relax.

Step up approach: Handle fears one step at a time. Focus only one on fear to conquer. Find a
way to start and build momentum.

Anxiety and phobias.


1. You can’t overcome phobias by avoiding them.
2. Stop safety behaviors, such as the need to hold someone’s hand while getting on elevator;
it reinforces the fear and creates comfort zones. Comfort zones keep you in the slavery of
fears. Do only temporarily to push through fears slightly, then move the goal forward.

Fear is also created by a false perception using our five senses, which deceive us more than
99 percent of the time. Reflect on your life, and you will see how true this really is. If it doesn’t
seem this way, then you are perceiving your stepping-stones to your goals as obstacles,
when in reality it was necessary to achieve those goals. Always go with your good gut feeling
over your fearful and doubtful rational mind. Sometimes your gut seems to lead you down a

105
negative path; then it leads to a positive outcome. Sometimes the road to get what you want
is not the road you think.
Here is a good way to clear doubt (as well as worry and fear) and an unhealthy obsessive
need for your dreams. This will help you manifest your desires will more joy and less struggle
and faster: A strong desire from a feeling of desperation or lack is not going to help. If you
think getting your dream will make you happy now and you aren’t happy now, then you will
almost certainly be disappointed, as the feeling of happiness will likely be short-lived.

Think of the worst-case scenario for a short time. You think about what you do not want. You
feel as if you are aren’t going to attain your desires. Feel bad so you could run it out just a few
minutes. Then after two hours, do it again. If you feel worse, observe and have the
knowingness that no matter what, everything will be okay, because even if the worst-case
scenario does happen, you created it, and you can get out of it. Know that you will be given
more chances, since you are the source (God and all things), you will return again in another
life.

Do three to five minutes a day. It allows you to emotionally confront the worst-case scenario.
The strength you develop makes you stronger than before the journey. Think of other
problems others have dealt with that are worse. Compare to other scenarios and stories such
as concentration camp survivors and those in war-torn areas. You start to feel grateful that
things aren’t so bad, because they could be far worse.

“Compared to war, all forms of human endeavors shrink to insignificant.”


—George S. Patton Jr., US general

If you feel good, you know you will overcome it or succeed; there is no need to do it again. Or
you know that everything will be good in the end, no matter what. If things don’t seem good,
then it’s just not the end of it. In the end, because of God, things will always turn out well. This
process doesn’t attract those things in your life, because negative emotions are only powerful
over a long duration with intensity.

Criticism
The enemy of self-esteem is criticism. Stop criticizing yourself; it isn’t necessary. Instead,
practice self-awareness to correct your flaws. You never need to criticize yourself, especially
since you likely already receive enough criticism from others. True success is what you’ve
done compared to what you could have done.
Let loose, dance and sing; it releases abilities and is even better with people. Be humorous.
Letting loose lets you care less of what others think of you, which increases your
manifestation abilities.

106
Most people give up when they are under attack. If you are not taking any flak, you are
probably not over the target. If you are, then you are generally on target! Eventually, this flak
will fade away as you become more successful (you bombed the flak turrets).

There is constructive criticism and destructive criticism. When someone is criticizing you, you
must ask if it is destructive or constructive.
Constructive criticism points out blind spots in your weakness; you can feel the emotions of
love and kindness from a person who gives constructive criticism. They will often speak with
soft tones and have a smile on their face. They don’t criticize you randomly; they only do so if
you make a mistake. It is usually from a person you care about or a person who honestly
wishes to help others.
Destructive criticism amplifies your weaknesses to be greater than they are. It comes from
hate. They may speak in a harsh and loud tone. They may look at you in an ugly way, with a
frown on their face. Alternatively, they may mock and laugh at you. It often comes from a
stranger or a ne’er-do-well. It’s safe to say you can ignore these unsuccessful people who
want to destroy you, because listening to them can do you no good. Alternatively, you can
channel a feeling of spitefulness and prove them wrong by chasing and then accomplishing
your dreams.
I would not hang around critics. They generally do not achieve much, as they are focused on
critiquing others rather than creating anything themselves. However, if someone you care
about occasionally critiques you, it’s good because you get valuable feedback.
Generally, your friends and family want you to do well, but not too well. It can make them feel
inadequate when you do too well. They get jealous and might even start tearing you down if
you get too successful for their liking. You can ignore this. Alternatively, if they are open-
minded, try to teach them success principles. You can get them on your side instead of
against you.

“Do I not destroy my enemies when I make them my friends?”


―Abraham Lincoln

People out there have counterproductive thoughts and will try to steal your dreams. They will
say you can’t do it. If someone says that you can’t do something, that just means they don’t
believe you can. At a deep level, it is because they don’t believe in themselves. Prove them
wrong. Also, teach them about self-esteem. A negative statement can’t influence you unless
you allow it to.
A common criticism of the very ambitious is “You’re mad. How can you think this will work?”
You don’t need to know how it will work. With the right attitude, the how will present itself to
you in real time. Interestingly, geniuses are often only considered so after they die. An artist’s
work is only truly valuable after he or she dies. Everyone thought they were crazy when they
were alive. If the masses think you are crazy, you are probably on track.

107
Don’t let others’ opinions determine what you can become. They are only using their five
senses. You use your faith to transcend the limitations of five-sense perceptions.
Rejection is a huge setback for life success.

Here is what to do:


1. Achieve clarity. Clear your mind and be clear on what you want. Be clearly committed to
what you are doing. There is no debate. Ask yourself, “Do I like this? Is it a good idea?” Do
this so they can’t muddy the waters.
2. Develop your character, and don’t give in.
3. Be persistent.
The man who says “it can’t be done” is usually busy trying to keep out of the way of the man
who is doing it. Get a DCA and be determined to get it, and this will fade away.
Don’t be harsh on those who criticize; they are only hurting themselves. One day they will
know this, and one day they will see what you see. Help them understand their problems with
criticism.

Reverse Thinking
Reverse thinking is thinking that the memories of past mistakes define your present and that
the present can’t be changed because of your past. The past and present don’t have to be the
future.
The present has no bearing on potential prospects and ability. In fact, a law in the universe,
the law of change, says nothing ever stays the same. You can consciously choose to change
instead of being changed.
A solution to reverse thinking that most can do without a developed imagination or faith is
present-moment awareness. If you fear or anxiety of the future or regret over the past,
present-moment awareness is useful.
Have no regrets or guilt, but learn from your mistakes. Mistakes make for good lessons.

The Risk-Takers and Failure


“People will crown you with glory and treasures, but not until you take the risk and prove your
ideas to be sound.”
—Andrew Carnegie

Success requires risk, specifically calculated risk. A calculated risk involves using your
rational mind, your intuition, and your emotions before deciding on your actions. Risk for the
sake of risk is meaningless. Success might require you to spend large amounts of money to

108
succeed. It may require all the hours of the day. You might have people want to tear you
down.
People who never lose because they are playing it safe never win either. A common myth is
“better safe than sorry.” Regarding your desires, if you choose to play it safe, you are bound
to be sorry.
You can’t truly be happy if you don’t take risks. Some of us are hurting, but not that bad; we
get too comfortable with our stagnation. It’s a “comfortable” pain, which is really just a trap.
You will be in the “comfortable slavery” of security if you don’t take risks. This security,
however, is an illusion; nothing is truly secure in life—careers, relationships, or the economy
—because everything is always changing. Change is part of the laws of life. Nothing is ever
completely still. The best way to make things secure it to release your desire to feel secure
using the Sedona Method.

The main difference between success and failure is that successful people do things failures
don’t want to do. Successful people want pleasing results, so they don’t worry about the risks
by focusing on them.
“By their fruit you will recognize them. Are grapes gathered from thorn bushes, or figs from
thistles?”
—Matthew 7:16
You can tell who is successful and who isn’t by looking at who someone is and what they
have. Do they have what they desire?
You can tell who is a failure by observing people who only focus on what they think they want,
not what they really want. That is why you must focus on what you really want in life at a deep
level. Most people have hobbies that don’t serve them which are really form of escapism.
People are often involved in the virtual world because they can’t confront reality. Escapism
comes from lack of self-esteem and responsibility. These activities can include gaming,
watching movies, social media, porn, gambling, etc.
Live as though everything is possible, because it is. You will not fail if you know you won’t fail.
You were born with everything necessary to succeed. Nobody is born a failure; they make
themselves failures by making themselves slaves to negative programming. You must be a
risk-taker to develop the greatness you were born with. What you perceive of as a risk is
based on programming, if you go with your gut, there is no risk! Remember, you can never
made a bad decision; you make your decisions good with the right attitude.
A successful person finishes a project worth finishing, no matter the circumstances. A failure
will almost never finish a worthy project, because of excuses. There is never a good excuse
not to finish a worthy project.
If you go after what you think you desire tentatively or timidly in an attempt to play it safe, you
don’t have a burning desire. If you are too cautious and indecisive in life, don’t plan. You don’t

109
need to be careful when going after your wants. The desire to be cautious and indecisive
comes from fear and doubt, which are illusions created in the mind.

Don’t confuse failure in a task being a failure. The number of mistakes or failures you have is
irrelevant. Every time you fail or make a mistake, you will learn how not to do something. You
only have to be right once to make your dreams come true. When using trial and error, forget
your mistakes and remember the successes you made. Do not consciously criticize yourself
for past mistakes. Don’t compare yourself to others and get envious. You compare yourself
with what you have been. Be willing to make a few mistakes, because they are the stepping-
stones to success.

When asked about all his failed experiments, Thomas Edison replied, “I have not failed. I’ve
just found ten thousand ways that won’t work.”
It is interesting to note that Thomas Edison is seen as a success, when he failed more than
he succeeded. Failure is on the road to success, and those who never fail never succeed.
You haven’t failed until you’ve given up. Giving up is the only thing that makes someone a
failure. If you get knocked down, get back up. You only stay down if you refuse to get back up.
Failing doesn’t making you a failure. We only become a failure if we quit on our dreams.
Learn from the successful people who were deemed failures when they started. When you do
this, you understand that persistence is the cure for failing. Edison is a great one. The most
successful people failed more than they succeeded.
These are some of the main reasons people fail.

 They aren’t listening to the right sources of information.


 They associate with chronically negative people.
 They aren’t willing to give up old habits and hobbies that no longer serve them.
 They obsess over the “how.”
 They spend too much time at conscious incompetence.
Gamble wisely, and go with what feels right in the end.
You don’t pay the price for success; you pay the price for failure. You only are a failure if you
give up. The only way out is through. We are immortal spirits. There are no defensive
positions or retreats. If you are not growing, you are dying. Your dream is to follow your true
bliss and to be moral person. You don’t fail; you just find a way to not succeed, so try again.
Failures are just lessons on the road to success. With the right attitude, the circumstances are
irrelevant; 99 percent of reality can’t be seen.
Defeat is a signal that something needs attention and correction. It’s a stimulant for great
action. Or it could be a signal you need to change how you think about something by
changing your perspective.

110
Train yourself by making a habit of taking negative experiences and using them to your
benefit.

A common failure is the failure to recognize facts in time to profit from them. This requires
accurate thinking and present-moment awareness.

Winners vs. Losers

A winner is a successful person, a goal achiever, and a dreamer. A loser is someone who is a
failure and is unsuccessful.

Learn from winners and do what they do.

Winners:

 Know they are winners


 Prepare
 Expect to win
 Know their dream and expand it
 Have a DCA, this gives you motivation
 Pay the price for success because they know it’s a bargain; they know you only pay
the price for failure
 Know the score
 Accept responsibility
 Focus on gaining long-term pleasure
 Think long term
 Don’t work or sacrifice; they focus on activity that is pleasurable (because their thinking
is right)
 Follow through with a decision long after the excitement and novelty of the moment
have passed
 Act immediately on new ideas or newly acquired knowledge
 Do the right things consistently
 Don’t work slave jobs
 Are creative
 Are cooperative
 Often have many problems, but they overcome them
 Are willing to do what others aren’t willing to do and what others would call
inconvenient
 Radiate confidence and assurance
 Create their destiny
 Don’t have time for pop culture nonsense
111
 Are aware of the negative, but focus and dwell on the positive
 Are originators, pathfinders, and inventors
 Don’t let the physical world control their higher selves
 Move in the right direction all the time
 Make their decisions good
 Are positive
 Are welcoming
 Share what they call secrets (things that they share openly but call them secrets to
make people desire them more; I do this in the book)
 Are genuine
 Are more interested in giving than making a killing

Learn from losers, and don’t do what they do.

Losers:

 Complain about everything


 Keep track of reasons they can’t win, which are really excuses
 Are slaves to outside influences and believe they aren’t responsible for their lives
 Focus on avoiding pain
 Think short term
 Compete
 Destroy
 Use the shotgun approach—if I throw stuff at the wall, it’s bound to stick
 Don’t focus or where to put their attention.
 Have ten to twenty things going on at the same time because they are fearful that what
they do won’t work
 Focus on activity more than results and dreams, and therefore get no results
 Procrastinate

112
Communication

Introduction
Communication is important for success. A group of people in unison is more powerful than
an individual. This can amplify the Law of Attraction thousands of times or more, especially if
you understand the principles in the chapter and create a mastermind.

Subcommunication
Tony Robbins (self-help author and lecturer) and other’s say that 93% of communication is
subcommunication. It’s more than just words. It’s thoughts, feelings, and subtle body
language as well. Primarily. it is thoughts and emotions (which affect subtle body language).
Relationships get established based on the way you feel around a person and how you
resonate with them. You attract people who are in line with your thinking and feelings.
Telepathy is real. People pick up on our thoughts and emotions, even if our body shows no
signs and we are silent.
What you think of others changes how they treat you. Think of what is good in everyone, and
they will treat you with kindness.
You can become the type of person who doesn't have to say anything, but by your vibe,
people know you are going somewhere, and they will get out of your way in helping you. You
can walk into a room, and people will want to talk to you, even though they have never met
you. You often may get, “You look familiar” or “Have I seen you somewhere?” This is because
they are attracted to you as if you were a friend they already knew.
To develop an attractive personality, develop a positive mental attitude. This modifies your
facial expressions, tone of voice, words, posture, emotions, and thoughts of others. People
are drawn to those who radiate positivity; it can be felt across the room.

Be a Lover
Love yourself truly to love others. You can only give what you have. To give love, love
yourself. The missing secret in getting everything you want in life is to love yourself without
conditions or exceptions.
The ultimate key to communication is to love others. The power of love is unstoppable and
causes people to completely overlook others’ faults, such as not looking them in the eye. Love
also annihilates all hate and social anxiety. The other sections in this chapter are secondary.
113
You can always love people as they could be, not as they currently are. At the core of every
being is absolute divine perfection. Love the core of all beings, and ignore what you see the
person as with yours senses. Always see the best in people how they are now as well. You do
not need to go around fixing people. Give out good to others, and you will receive good back.
Look for the good in others to find the good in yourself. Adopt the Golden Rule.
It is ideal to leave everybody with the impression of increase. Giving sincere compliments is
universally liked. Providing service to others is a great way to show love to others and leaves
an impression of increase.
Don’t deny others freedom of choice; let them be who they are. If you deny others freedom of
choice, that is not love. However, this doesn’t mean you let them abuse you (which is from
lack of self-love).

You can develop a genuine appreciation of people by realizing that they are unique, creative
beings. Send all people you see with love.
“One person with love in heart can do more than 1,000 who try to go around and fix
problems.”
—Lester Levenson

Personal Emotional Trainers


All people are personal emotional trainers. They train you to raise your emotions to a higher
frequency (a “good” person) and alert you when you are lowering you frequency with your
thoughts (a “bad” person). Some will be easy, and others will test you. Tough PETS tell you
that you have gotten into a negative feeling frequency and you need to feel better. Each
person is doing their best to be a good PET to others. There are no enemies; only some great
PETS and some testing PETS.

No matter what, find something you love about them. Find what you love about others and
simply acknowledge the rest of them with neutral emotions. A relationship being good or bad
depends on how you feel about the other person. Find something you like about them. You
aren’t meant to manufacture love for qualities you don’t love. Instead, simply turn away
without giving them any feeling. When you love others, other loving people come into your
life, and those you do love become more loving.

Some PETS will challenge you to judge them or others; don’t fall for it. Judgment is usually
negative and not about love. If you can’t love the good in something or someone, turn away
with neutral emotions.

Giving negative thoughts to others also sticks them onto you. Gossip is no good and is
negative. If you start to do so, say, “But I am so grateful that …” and finish it with something
good to say about that person.

114
Finding what you love in a person who upsets you is the fastest way to feel better and
become a master of your emotions.

If someone hurls something negative at you and you feel bad, walk away and recharge. It
should be easy; negative fields are weak and short range.
Everyone has different levels of connectedness with God (no good or bad). All are connected
to God; we are just puzzle pieces all come from the puzzle box. Connect them to make the
picture whole.

You may have to go through challenges if you are a lover, but you always come out much
greater than before.

Recognition and Appreciation

Treat everyone you come in contact with as the most important person on Earth. They will
think of you in the same regard. Think of parents who pour their full heart into a child; that
child, if asked, would say their parent is the important person on Earth. You can use this to
earn people’s support.

The deepest craving people have is to be recognized and appreciated. Almost everyone
thinks they are the most important person on Earth. Take advantage of this by giving them
praise. Appreciate other people more. Make recognition genuine.

Have congratulations and praise focused on the future, praise in advance of an


accomplishment yet to be achieved. It gets them motivated and inspire to accomplish.
Praising someone’s ability increases their ability. It can make people more honest as well.

Look for good in someone and tell them. If you look for the good in all, you will have an
abundance of compliments to choose from. Be generous with praise; don’t just praise the big
things. Approve others on the little and less obvious traits and skills they have.

Genuinely recognize many people. You can even give compliments to strangers. Make sure
this is genuine. Make sure it’s not too personal or sexual. (This is a general rule, not
absolute.) Look for things to praise others about.

Avoid rudeness in disguise such as, “I love your new haircut. You look better with that than
the old one.” It suggests you didn’t like it at some point.

Don’t hog fame; also give credit to others who helped.

115
There are two parts of recognition: you recognize others, and then they recognize you. Give
recognition, because what goes around comes back around. Giving appreciation gives you a
three times stronger effect than receiving it from another individual. Acknowledge people
when you see them (nod or smile). Do this for strangers and friends.
Praise must be sincere. There is always something you can legitimately praise someone else
for.

It’s better to praise an act or an attribute. It sounds more sincere. The best results are
obtained when you praise something specific. Praising an act rather than a person avoids
accusations of being fake. It also avoids embarrassment. Praising an act or behavior
increases self-esteem rather than ego. Ultimately, it’s about the feeling of sincerity and
authenticity, more than these rules, remember that. You don’t have to be insincere or make up
excuses for giving praise or recognition where none is deserved.

Don’t snap at people. Ask “Is this merely my own frustration at a different target? Is this just
me? What is really frustrating me?” Being angry at others who have done you no wrong is not
appreciating them. When you are angry with others for no reason, they are likely to respond
back in the same way. If someone irritates you, try to compliment him. It will change him and
your opinion about him for the better. People often get frustrated with others because they are
frustrated with something else. A common example is a man who is angry after a bad day at
work and he yells at his loving wife.
Don’t be a nice guy, yes man, or people pleaser. If you are a people pleaser, people will try to
hijack your life. It comes from a want of approval. People try to please others because they
are afraid of them. Be you; nobody likes a phony, and everyone knows when you are acting
like one.
Praise compliments that you receive. A simple thank-you and smile is sufficient.
Please and thank you are magic words that can allow you to make others feel good, and you
will feel good in return.
Six rules for saying thank you.
1. Say it sincerely; put life and feeling into it. Let it sound special rather than canned.
2. Say it, don’t mumble.
3. Thank people by name, even in a group.
4. Look at people you thank.
6. Say thank you when they least expect it.
Let’s talk about tolerance. This will help you give recognition to more people. It removes some
of the reasons you refuse to love others and give them recognition and appreciation.

Be Tolerant

116
A tolerant person who sees someone doing or saying something that’s hard to understand
says, “I wonder why he or she is doing that.”

Intolerance prevents you from socializing with certain groups that could be beneficial. It
develops closed-mindedness and ignorance. It is the cause of much suffering in the world.

Social skills aren’t developed when you say that you refuse to communicate with a certain
person or group of people based on arbitrary reasons such as: name, appearance (gender,
age, race, skin color, dress), favorites (where they live, favorite foods, sports, video games,
movies), opinions, ideas, etc.

This list can never end, because people judge others for the most nonsensical reasons. In my
opinion, the only time you should refuse to talk to someone is in an extreme case, such as if
you were to be physically harmed by doing so.

Good and bad people are a spectrum. Everyone is simply at their level of consciousness. It
isn’t an egotistical hierarchy. Some are more conscious in some areas and less so in others.

Often we are as we see others. We essentially create others in our own image. We are the
least tolerant of those negative traits we ourselves possess.

A solution to intolerance is the knowledge that everyone is a child of God and a unique
creation. Travel to see other groups of people and interact with them. You don’t have to hang
out; the exposure is what counts. You don’t have to go out and communicate with everyone,
but listen to everyone, even if they think completely differently from you. You would be
surprised at what you might learn.

Stop and think about the other people’s perspectives, needs, and desires. When dealing with
people, see things from their perspective as well as your own. Recognizing and
acknowledging that everyone has a different view of something gives you a huge advantage
in dealing with people, because you know their thoughts, their desires are, and their motives.

Listen to everyone, but with discernment. You listen to all because you don’t know what you
don’t know. You also get another’s understanding and perspective.

Basic Etiquette and Courtesy

Practice basic etiquette. Emily Post’s Etiquette is the ultimate guide to etiquette.

117
 If someone is going through trauma, say “If you want to talk about it, I’m here to listen.”
This is better than saying “I know how you feel” then telling them how you feel. Focus
on them.
 Open the door for others, and keep it open until they have passed through.
 Be considerate of the flow of traffic if you are in traffic; no sudden stops.
 If someone is rude, just let it go.
 Eat with your mouth closed, only as much as you can chew and swallow in one bite.
 Don’t smack food or slurp drinks.
 Don’t question the soundness of others’ opinions.
 Don’t rebuke people who disagree with any subject.
 Don’t express dislikes too freely.
 Don’t complain when requests for favors are refused.
 Don’t speak of ills and misfortunes.
 Never say anything that makes another feel foolish.

Be courteous by:
Respecting others’ feelings
Helping the less fortunate
Controlling selfishness in all forms

Listening and Questions


A lot of trouble, misery, and failure in our world are because someone wouldn’t listen. Listen
more than you speak. A good communicator is a good listener. Listening requires no skills; it
is easy and effective. Many people don’t listen; they think about what they want to say next,
and they just pretend to hear the other person. If people tell you “I just said that,” this is a sign
you need to listen better. Respond only if they ask you a question, if it’s something important
or relevant, or if it’s an emergency. You will learn much from listening to people and you will
get more aha moments when you listen than when you speak. Listening to others makes you
look intelligent and thoughtful.
You can do four things with a question:
1. Let the other person know what you think.
2. Learn valuable information.
3. Find out what a person is thinking or feeling.
4. At the same time, pay him the compliment of asking his opinion.

Basic Rules for Listening and Questions


1. Don’t ask yes-or-no questions. Make them appropriate questions based on context and
courtesy.
2. Look at the person you are talking to.
3. Appear deeply interested in what they are saying.

118
4. Lean slightly toward them when they are talking.
5. Ask questions. Lets them know you are listening.
6. Don’t interrupt; instead, ask them to tell more.
7. Stick to the speaker’s subject until they are finished.
8. When someone finishes talking, repeat some of what they said.

When they finish, you can begin talking about what you want or be silent. The completion
point is reached when they pause for a period of time (three seconds in most situations). If
they interrupt, let them, and continue what you say later. Alternatively, you can say in a polite
tone, “Can I please finish what I am saying first?” If they say yes, say thank you and continue.

Monitor comments, how much you talk about yourself. The key to communication is to never
talk about yourself unless they want you to. You can answer questions and transfer the
conversation back to them by using an I-to-you transfer. Here is an example of an I-to-you
transfer: “I like ice cream. What is your favorite flavor of ice cream?”

The most powerful question in the English language is why. If you are doubting someone’s
thoughts or actions, know this: A person generally has two reasons for doing a thing, one that
sounds good and the real one. The best way to draw this out is to ask why and then after the
response, ask yourself “What is the real reason why” if there is harmony in your answer and
theirs, good. If there isn’t, then you are wrong or they are wrong. You can do this to find out
people’s motives.

Don’t wonder in advance what you are going to say; it will come as it needs to. You can
always listen to others more and ask questions about them and what they like if you don’t
know what to say. Silence is never a bad thing; an awkward silence is a socially created idea
that has no bearing in truth.

If you are giving an educational lecture, asking people questions to help answer their
questions is more helpful than telling them, unless it’s very technical. It gives them aha
moments and improves their cognitive abilities. It allows others to come up with aha moments
on their own. It makes them feel good and intelligent and gets them thinking on their own
which empowers them, and they will appreciate you more than if you just answered the
question.

119
A good listener will ask good questions about what the other person is talking about or what
that person loves. You can find what people love by finding their discovery points. See every
person as a tropical island. Find out how you can communicate with them. It is something
they are usually passionate about. It makes people like you. Start small, then open up if they
open up. Don’t force them to answer; instead make them relax and open up. The purpose of
asking questions for influencing is to reveal their discovery points. Don’t ask yes-or-no
questions as it reveals little. You must listen in this process. Here are the types of questions
you can ask to get (Note the questions you ask depends on the context):

1. Direct questions such as “What do you think about what I said?”


2. Review questions such as asking them about their history.
3. Future-minded questions such as “What would you like to be in five years?”
4. Informational such as “Where did you get those shoes?”
5. Comparison questions. These are good if you are trying to get someone to open up. They
are either-or questions and are completely nonthreatening.
6. Opinion questions: “What do you think about [blank]?” When they respond don’t argue.
7. Partnership questions: “Would you feel good if we did this together?”

Pay attention to what people say, and respond correctly to their questions. Sit on the edge of
your seat and lean forward when listening (Many people do this automatically.)
When someone asks you a question, give them the answer they are looking for; don’t beat
around the bush or change conversation topics. Give a specific answer. If you don’t
understand, ask them to rephrase it. Pause slightly before giving a response to a question,
this shows that the question is one to think about for a bit. Don’t answer questions if you feel
uncomfortable. Just say “I’d rather not talk about that, if you don’t mind.”
When asking someone a question, always make sure you get the answer. If you don’t get the
answer you are looking for, ask again. You can ask in a different way, so as not to annoy
them. Perhaps they misinterpreted what the question was.

It’s a good idea to say “Oh, thanks for asking,” when someone ask you how you are doing.

Say “May I ask [your questions]?” before asking a question you think they may not want to
answer. It makes them think you are more considerate (because you are!) and increases
changes of getting an answer.

A person who asks good questions needs to be an active conversationalist.

Be an Active Conversationalist
You can’t know too many people. If you struggle with shyness, overcome it by opening up with
strangers.

120
“If you open the doors of your mind to others, you will reap a wonderful harvest of friends.”
—Bob Proctor

Introduce yourself to others before they do the same. If someone introduces you to a group,
introduce yourself to each person afterward.

First impressions matter. When you are about to talk to someone, read body signals and pay
attention. If you aren’t paying attention, it’s because you are focused on yourself. Are they
busy or talking to someone else? If so, let them finish first. Don’t set up standards for how
others should act; let them be relaxed around you.

Say “me too” in conversations: “My favorite color is green.” “Me too.” Agree with others; when
you do, they will agree with you more. Even if you bring up something they would previously
disagree with, it gets you on common ground. Start with what you agree with someone before
disagreeing with them.

Look at every person in the room as you enter a room. Look at all individuals in a group when
speaking. Look at the person who is speaking in the group. Energy goes where attention
flows; send them some good energy by giving them the recognition they deserve.

Don’t be reactor, be an actor by being actively friendly. When you deal with people and
situations, you can either react or respond. Reacting means you don’t control your thoughts
and you let others’ actions control your emotions. It effectively means that person has control
over you.

Rules for names:


 Your name is the most important word in your vocabulary.
 Do you know what it means? Familiarize yourself with the meaning of names, and
make it a positive comment about it.
 The more you use their name, the more responsive they are. Use their name often.
Don’t overdo it.
 Pay attention to their names; repeat the name back to them when they tell you. Ask if
you don’t remember.
 Clarify the spelling if you need to. Use rhyming techniques, Billy-Hilly. Relate the name
to something else, such as a picture. Use name when starting and ending a
conversation. “Hello, John.” “Good-bye, John.”

Saying “How are you?” invites negativity because most people are negative. Some people will
not have something good to say, and they might make you feel bad by spewing a negative
train of thought. Instead compliment them, make an observational statement, or say
something like “It’s nice to see you, (their name)” or “What good has happened in your life

121
since we last met?” You call up a happy memory if they are a chronically negative person. It’s
better to say along the lines of, “It’s good to see you. What are the good things that have
happened since we last met?” This makes them feel good, and they will like you more.

The way a conversation starts is almost always the way it ends. Have a good foundation for
the conversation. Start the conversation the way you want it to end. If you start a conversation
in an informal way, it will likely be an informal conversation. Salesmen who say “I hate to
bother you” often make the client bothered. It also shows lack of confidence and enthusiasm.
(Why would they bother you when they clearly don’t care about what they sell?)

Every time you go to a meeting, develop a new relationship. The art of trying to develop a
relationship, even if unsuccessful, is beneficial.
Mingle with other people; develop social skills that will add to the happiness of others, such as
dancing, playing games and cards, piano, tennis, golf, etc. Get involved in volunteer
organizations as well.

What you say about others affects how they think, feel, and act. Never insult or say bad things
about others.

Unfortunately, many people are negative and closed-minded. Avoid these people. Be aware
of those you associate with. If you hang around these people, you will become like them. You
do not want to be ignorant, depressed, or closed-minded, do you? Instead, try to be around
friends and family who empower you and are open-minded with growth mindsets instead.
Avoiding social environment is needed for your mental health and success. It's better to have
no friends and not be friends with negative people than to have friends with who are negative.

Honesty
If you deceive others, you deceive yourself and vice versa.

Have the courage to speak directly with people even if it would be to their personal
disadvantage. Authenticity is often a forgotten part of honesty.

Never slander others or try to “do them dirty.”

Teaching business partners to be dishonest is foolish. Do you really think that the person you
teach to be dishonest won’t in turn be dishonest to you? (Especially when they lack loyalty or
try to get one up on you, which are, of course, both ideas you taught them.) Avoid this by
being honest to yourself and others.

Here are some ways you can spot a liar. When you read this, you will realize that lying is hard
and being honest is easy. Hopefully, this will encourage you be honest.

122
People often disclose the nature of their thoughts by unguarded expressions of speech and
personal conduct.

Here are the signs of a liar or a nervous person. Context is key.

Body language of liar (or a stressed person, don’t forget the context):
1. They like to touch their nose often.
2. They rub their eyes.
3. They grab their ears.
4. They scratch their necks often.
5. They pull the collar of the clothes.
6. They lack an authentic smile—mouth-to-eye connection, smile only with mouth, it’s fake.
7. They shift their feet in a suspicious way.

Here as some ways that salesmen try to manipulate. (I am not saying they are all
manipulative.)
1. Create an immediate environment that will mentally distract, put lights, sounds, flashes.
2. Touch—will try to casually touch you, creates a bond.
3. Rhythmic repetition—say something three or more times; makes it seem more valid.

There are certain uncontrollable reactions a person makes when lying (or nervous, again
context is key).
1. They have a reflexive use of muscles, such corrugator muscles in the forehead. Quick
corrugator up or down fast shows nervousness.
2. Their body movements slow down. They are trying not to make mistakes.
3. Their blink rate is increased. The normal rate is twenty per minute.
4. They have flashbulb eyes.
5. They are not conformable, happy, and relaxed, but express themselves in an elevated way.
If not, they are trying to hold themselves back.

Here are some other tricks they may pull or ways they may react:
1. Indignant pointing of fingers. They will quickly respond back to accusations, saying you did
it. They may become argumentative.
2. Glaring—angry glare, the purpose is intimidation.
3. Nonverbal lockdown—this means they are trying to get an answer and won’t talk to you.
4. Angling away—trying to get away from you slowly.
5. Increase hemming and hawing—um, um, um, like, stammering.
6. Absence of emotion—nothing to do with you, or they are hiding something.
7. Tense—sweat beads on upper lip.
8. Sudden redness of face, ears, or neck. They are embarrassed they might get caught.
9. Frigid fingers or any body part in general.

123
10. Pulling on clothing.
11. Exaggerated shoulder and palm shrugs.
12. Downward gaze aversion—this is breaking eye contact and then looking down. They are
shameful or thinking too much about what they want to say next.
14. Having frequent pauses. (Thinking of how to manipulate you next, or they are trying to
read you).
15. Angry breathing—it sounds like bull snort.
16. They have very rapid speech. This makes people think you are doing it, so they can’t
evaluate what you are saying. Like an auctioneer’s speed. May also stutter.

Humor

Humor is influential. It makes people more relaxed; they don’t feel uptight or need to be so
serious. The effect is the same on you. It keeps you from taking life so seriously, which can
cause massive suffering. The more serious you are, the more life will prove to you that you
need to be.

Don’t mock or tease others.

Use humor to shrug off insults.

You can create a funny story to use with strangers to help do this; just don’t make it sound
gimmicky or canned.

Mastermind
A mastermind is group of people who mutually support each other often for a specific united
purpose. Not getting help from others can keep you stuck. Focus on fixing you, then get a
mastermind to help with deficiencies. We are a social species that thrives when we
cooperate. We are meant to help each other and be helped by others. It isn’t selfish to use
someone to achieve your ends, as long as your give as well as receive in a MM.
Have uplifting friends who think differently from you and are not concerned with only
trivialities. Associate with people of high moral character, optimists, the ambitious, and
dreamers. Avoid chronically critical people and people who try to kill your dreams. Fire all the
negative people in your life so you can make room for the positive. Real friends multiply your
happiness and divide your sorrows. Who you spend time with is who you become.
Having a powerful team goes a long way toward achieving your goals. This is the purpose of
a mastermind. You do not form a mastermind solely to help you achieve your ends; it’s
mutual. It’s better to form a mastermind with the intention of helping a group of good, open-
minded people. If you help your group, they will help you. After they do, make sure you are
grateful for their help. Going to groups and hanging out with a variety of people can help you
find the people who can get what you want. Develop a relationship with them. Then, ask them

124
if they need help with anything and develop a deep and positive relationship with them. Once
you do that, request what you want them to assist you with of your goals and dreams. When
you ask them to do a favor, they will likely agree. When people do favors for you, they will
also like you more; it’s a cycle. This is called the Ben Franklin effect.
In a mastermind, you need like-minded people. If you have a room with a thousand people,
and half are nitwits, you don’t get a mastermind created because there are too many counter
intentions.
If you help pull your family and friends by pulling for them, they will pull for you. Family
members pulling for you is more powerful because of similar DNA. Families’ thoughts can
affect your DNA, while others can only affect thoughts. This is the power of royal families of
the ages.

The influence of a romantic partner is a major help toward great achievement. Have at least
one person of the gender you are sexually attracted to in your MM. It’s even better if it’s your
partner.

Give people a good mutually beneficial reason for helping you and explain the how of what
you want them to achieve, the goal of the group, and they will feel like doing more for you. Tell
people how they will benefit by helping you. Give them a reason why you need help with this.
The results will be better than if you simply gave them an order. Support good causes with
enthusiasm, and others will join you in support.

“If you would win a man to your cause, first convince him that you are this sincere friend.”
—Abraham Lincoln

Rapport is power. There are always people willing to help if you help them get what they want.
They will give you ideas, money, connections, etc. Rapport is created by a feeling of
commonality. Talk about your similarities. Agree as much as you genuinely agree, but don’t be
a people pleaser. This comes from a place of fear of others’ opinions and not from a desire to
create flourishing and friendly relationship.

Here is a good way to temporarily get help from a specific person (or if you want them to do
anything).
1. Ask someone to “Help me do this,” and tell them what you expect them to do. Also ask
themm to help you “think about the job.”
2. You can say “I’ve got a problem here, and I need your help. Here is what I want to
accomplish. What do you think about it? Do you have any ideas I could use? What is your
opinion about this?” This challenges them. It makes them think you really care about their
opinion.
3. Give them money.

125
When having command make sure you tell them what you want to do not just what you don’t
want them to do. An example is when a mother tells here child to not run and they child runs.
If a mother says walk, that child will likely start to walk. People follow orders and advice,
depending on what you emphasize.
You can also use your MM to build plans. MM is also to stimulate imagination by combining
the imaginations of others.

All successful people are part of an association or group. This can include a country club, a
fraternal organization, a secret society like Freemasonry, or a religious organization. They
meet in person, though online masterminds can also be formed, but they do not have the
same connection. They are many good online groups. I would recommend having at least
one, so you can be connected to a mastermind of people at all times. These organizations are
formed so the people in the group mutually support each other by giving and receiving
recognition and appreciation. They keep each other accountable. They support each other
with love and support, no matter what they are going through. Unconditional love and support
is common in these groups. They don’t love each other for what they do; they love each other
simply for the way they are.

Mental Mastermind

A mental mastermind is a mastermind you create in your mind. The beings in the mental
mastermind are dead, alive, imaginary, fictional, or spiritual. You can communicate with any
living person on Earth as if they were communicating with you in real life. You can gain
information that is known to no one else, without doing anything or going anywhere, by
creating a mental mastermind. But don’t forget to help the spirits you want help from; you
must give first to receive. Always practice gratitude by sending appreciation to them after they
help you.

Spiritualism is talking with spirits. Self-help author Napoleon Hill talks about how he talked
with historical figures to help with his dreams and guide him in life. Some call it spirit guides.
This can be your mental mastermind. Prayer is a form of mental mastermind. You can even
mastermind with people who are still alive across the world, even when they are asleep. This
is because living people are spirits, the physical world is spiritual, and the spiritual world is
physical. The difference is you can see one with your five senses and the other you normally
can’t.

Here is something you can try: If you have a problem or question, write it down on a table and
circle the table, asking it from the perspective of each person in your mental mastermind.

Here are some beings that I have in my mental mastermind: God, my higher self, the
Archangels (especially Michael), Jesus, and my guides.

126
Influence

Watch out for the other guy. Your influence is determined by how much you place others’
interest first. It’s easier to influence others about something you are passionate about.

You can’t control people with this directly, but you can greatly influence them; those who are
strong-willed need more influence.

To influence others, know who or what influences them.

The biggest mistake when influencing is not figuring out who this person is.

If you believe in yourself and act as if you believe in yourself, others will believe in you.

Each individual you meet is different; there is no need to learn a social gimmick. Don’t be a
gimmicker or a robot. It’s different for each person. Gimmicky people do the same as people
who have their way but get different results. All social interaction is based on context.
Authenticity is another key as well; being gimmicky is not being authentic. Your goal ideally is
to get along with individuals, not groups. Regarding the five-sense reality, people are an
abstract concept because there are only individuals in reality. This is why gimmicks don’t work
for everyone because everyone is different, the situation and person you are communicating
with changes how you should approach the conversation.

Smiling is very influential. You can observe if you have a genuine smile by looking in the
mirror. Look at the mirror when you are happy and when you have a fake smile; you will
notice the difference. The only way to develop a genuine smile is to be interested in the well-
being of others and to feel good all the time.

Small talk can become big talk if you don’t force it to be clever or interesting. It will naturally
go into that direction if you are that kind of person. Small talk warms up the person so you can
bring out deeper topics.

You is a magic word in a conversation; use me and I less.

Argue politely. Use emotional facts to persuade, rather than negative emotions such as fear.
Don’t argue so you can feel an ego trip. Don’t attack the ego of others when arguing (this
means no name-calling or attacking character). When arguing, repeat some of their points
and ask if there is anything else they have to say after your opponent is done arguing, if you
want to refute.

127
Speak in the third person, and use ethos persuasion—“You are overweight” versus “Doctors
say that a thousand pounds is an unhealthy weight.” sounds more valid. Another is using
quotes, as I have done in this book.

Instead of winning an argument, try to get them to change their minds and see things your
way. Here are some ways to do this.
1. Let him state his case without interrupting.
2. Pause before answering
3. Don’t insist on winning 100 percent.
4. State your case moderately and accurately.
5. Speak through first person.

Raise your consciousness up so you can raise others up.

Remember information about people, and recognize them well. Remembering names, family
members, hobbies, etc. can go a long way. It shows you are a good listener and genuinely
care about their life.

Convey ideas through illustrations, similes, and examples. You can see many in this book.
Dramatization and illustrations increase influence.

Knowing yourself helps you know the others. You begin to understand that you are more like
others than you realize.

People are judged not just by deeds but also by dominating mental attitudes. So, have a
dominating positive mental attitude.
The world forms its opinion of you based on your opinion of yourself. Have excellent self-
esteem, and people will respect what you are and what you have to say.
Influencing the thoughts emotions and actions of other people is leadership.

Leadership
We are all leaders, because we lead ourselves. We lead those who look up to us. Even a low-
level employee could be a leader to someone.
There are general kinds of good leaders. Some leaders are all or some of these kinds:

 Builders (they create new things)

 Boosters (they cheer people on)

 Barriers (they protect people and look out for others)

128
 Beacons (they are an example to others)

 Blessings (they make life easier, such as someone who is an entrepreneur)

We should all be great leaders and intelligent followers. All leaders become leaders by being
intelligent followers. An intelligent follower is not an order-follower; they ultimately listen to
themselves and do not do what others tell them just because they told them. Intelligent
followers treat other followers like leaders because they know that followers may be leaders
one day.
What many would call “sucking up” is not wrong, I would call it charisma. People receive
promotions based on their communication skills above all else, no matter how good you are at
a job. If you are a depressing or negative person who sucks the positive energy out of others,
you are a burden.

Treating your leader with respect is admirable if they respect you as well. Giving compliments
and showing appreciation to your leader is part of being an intelligent follower. Understand
that it’s okay if you criticize your leader; just make sure that it’s constructive and comes from a
place of love. You will become a leader if you keep this up. The leader will give you
information on how to become a leader.
Lead by example by practicing what you preach and telling the truth. To lead is to teach. By
being an example to others, you won’t have to set the rules.
Leaders must never display fear, doubt, or worry. They know the small details. They can take
criticism of any kind without resentment.
A leader is a person others want to follow. It is not just a boss; it could even be an employee,
a mom, or a child. Most leaders are followers of other leaders as well.
We should all be leaders of ourselves and lead others to greatness. Subordinates don’t
respond well to fear motivation. Incentives are good, but not as good as having them set their
own goals. To increase your followers’ self-motivation, get to know them better, so you can
help them set their goals, but ultimately let people choose their own goals. The best way to
motivate people is to get them to motivate themselves.
Another key to motivation is providing motives that outweigh the methods. When people ask,
“What’s in it for me?” or “Why should I?,” they are attempting to become self-motivated; this is
good.
The goal of the best leaders is to get people to think highly of themselves. It’s almost
impossible to get people to do something unless they understand why. They usually want to
know “what’s in it for me.” Make followers feel important.
Measurement is relevant because it makes work more enjoyable, as there is a way to “win.” It
allows people to know if they are winning or losing every second of every day. Have followers

129
develop their own scorekeeping system. Increase the frequency of feedback to improve the
quality of performance. Feedback should be shown in charts and graphs.

Never tell someone they are a failure; just tell them they have failed at something specific.
Criticize people’s performance, not the person. Focus more on what subordinates did right
than what they did wrong. This prevents them from being chronically focused on
shortcomings rather than goals and accomplishments. When you correct someone, be ultra-
specific. “You showed up late” is not as good as “You showed up five minutes late.”

When someone says they’re “about done,” they have usually barely started. These are called
escape words. Avoid escape words to improve communication.

Build your people, and they will build your business (build your customers and your
employees). This is especially true for a mastermind.

If you hire a new person, don’t let them out of your sight for the next forty-eight work hours.
Shadow them.

Nobody can do what you do unless they know what you know. A great leader is always a
great teacher who gets subordinates to be great like him or her as well. The leader doesn’t
hold on to the leadership position tightly, but lets others become the leader if the situation
calls for it.

A leader is always willing to fight from the front. Leaders take charge by going first. They do
not sit back and arrogantly refuse to do the duties that are normally delegated to their
subordinates. This creates division and makes others think you are a megalomaniac.

You must be willing to give up your ego or severely reduce it. A humble person is much better
at listening to others; you can then use what you learn for success. Do not think for a moment
because you are high on a totem pole that you can afford to be arrogant! Humble leaders are
always the best leaders; they are even more humble than most of their followers. The reason
they are leaders is because they know what they don’t know, so they always listen to others,
which gives them an advantage. The omniscience of God can speak through all. It doesn’t
mean they accept what others say; they just listen and decide what to accept and reject by
using discernment.
Loyalty to followers is more important than intelligence. Intelligent people who aren’t loyal
could be traitorous. To make others loyal, be loyal to others. Be loyal to self and subordinates;
don’t bite the hand that feeds you. United we stand, divided we fall.
That being said, good leaders don’t play favorites; they promote and reward based on merit.
Recognize the merits of others, especially if they have done exceptionally good work.

130
You can learn from your own mistakes, as well as others’. They are willing to accept full
responsibility for mistakes; they don’t pass the buck. If something goes wrong in their
organization, they always take full responsibility and take corrective action.

You can make subordinates do things for you in an effective way by doing this.

Delegate: This is when you give direct orders to do something. This is good for no-brainers
rather than monumental tasks. Don’t delegate something that requires lots of thought,
creativity, ability, or decision-making skills.

Replicate: Reduces your stress and increases efficiency of your operations. Replication is
good if you want someone to do something in a particular way. Here is how.
1. The person you want to do something watches you do it. (Don’t just tell them what or
how to do it; show them.)
2. Let the other person do it, and watch them.
3. Check on them periodically to see if they do it right. If they find a way that’s better, let
them do it and compliment them.

A big part of being a truly great leader is to be yourself. Don’t follow the leader, be the leader.
This means thinking for yourself and not just doing what someone tells you to do. Don’t follow
the crowd, lead it. You can lead the crowd by doing the opposite of what they do and
achieving amazing results, which makes them want to follow you. They will think “How did
they do that?” It almost always works.

Whenever you find yourself on the side of the majority, it is time to reform (or pause and
reflect).

Giving constructive criticism is an important part of being a leader. Here are some tips.

 Criticize only when appropriate; make sure the other person will feel good.
 If you must criticize, do so in spoken form. When giving compliments, do so in written
form. (You can also do spoken, but written is better.)

 When you tell others what they did wrong, also tell them and show them how to do it
right.

Here are the seven musts to being able to criticize.


1. Do it in private.
2. Start with a praise or compliment.
3. Criticize the act, not the person.
4. Supply the answer.
5 Ask for cooperation.

131
6 Give it only once; don’t bring up past mistakes.
7. Finish in a friendly fashion.

A great leader and intelligent followers will make sure to appear well, to make sure they leave
a favorable impression on others.

Physical Appearance

The way you look changes how others perceive you. It is the first in first impressions. It is
ideal to be hygienic and well-groomed in most social scenarios. However, a charismatic
person is never afraid to let loose and get dirty when appropriate.
It increases the belief that you can achieve your dreams and goals. You want to dress in way
that makes you look good, like a million bucks.
A good idea is to dress for who you want to be. A golfer dresses differently than a tennis
player. Always dress appropriately for the profession, sport, or trade. Ultimately, always go
with what feels good. If you feel good in appearance, others will feel good when interacting
with you. They will probably overlook your “out-of-place” looks.
Take care of your health. Ensure you have vibrant skin; this can influence others as well.
Maintaining a healthy figure that is lean is ideal, unless you are in sports, then an athletic
build is better.
Next we will talk about body language, which is physical appearance in action.

Bad Communication

Nervousness in communication is caused by:


1. Lack of preparation—You don’t know how to respond.
2. Fear—Worry about how you come across to the other person.

When I was very shy, here is a way I often started conversations. This practice can be
continued even after you conquer shyness.
1. Start with an observational statement.
2. Focus on them, not you. Listen and ask questions.
3. If they ask a question, be brief in your response.
4. Then get the conversation focused on them by doing an I-to-you transfer.

Here are some communication killers:


132
1. Brain freeze—When you can’t get it from your brain to mouth, often due to fear.
2. Reply delay—Trying too hard in conversation, not natural and flowing. Be authentic.
3. Self-doubt—It’s a barrier to expression. If you doubt yourself, it could be due to lack of self-
esteem, or it’s simply better to be silent.
4.Self-Focus—This means you’re too wrapped up in yourself. “How am I doing?” “Did they
like me?” You are too focused on the next thing you have to say instead of listening to what
they say, which is more important.
5. Diplomatic fog—You are too careful about what you say, so you don’t communicate well.
Be simple and clear, and just say it! Don’t be a people pleaser or a socially correct person.
6. Combative—This comes from the egoic desire to just try to win. Are you trying to win
friends or arguments? This drains people. You are obsessed with being right, and it causes
friction and hostility.

How to Deal with a Verbal Bully

If someone is being a verbal bully, the person has dominated the conversation by seizing
control. If the bullying is really bad, silently leave the conversation immediately.
1. Break eye contact.
2. Look thoughtful.
3. Look back and renew eye contact.
4. Smile.
5. Resume conversation if desirable. Say “I will talk to you later” and be silent and ignore
them until they calm down.

Body Language
Habitually putting positive thoughts, you create good body language. Your body takes care of
the rest unconsciously. You can’t consciously control 100,000 muscle movements, rather only
a few.
If you are trying to persuade someone, nod towards them. They will likely begin to agree.
(They may not even notice they start agreeing, even if they disagreed before). However, if you
do it too quickly and they may not trust you.

Eye contract is essentially nonnegotiable. Look people in the eye when they are speaking to
you or when you are speaking to them. It is useful for reading people’s body language. Also,
the eyes are the windows of the soul. It establishes trust as well.
To get better at looking people in the eye, practice looking at yourself in the eye with a mirror.
While doing this, you can say positive affirmations, remind yourself of your past victories, and
repeat other good things people have said about you to yourself. You can practice on
children; most people have no social anxiety with children. Find anyone who you are
comfortable speaking with, and have frequent conversations with them, practicing eye
contact. If you want to talk to someone, ask them about what they love and love to do.

133
Face people when speaking to them when possible. Include your body, arms, and feet.
Walk beside people if you are walking and talking. Do not lag behind or walk ahead of them.
Handshakes are generally best if they are firm but not so tight you are cutting the person’s
blood flow to the hand. A handshake like this shows that you are confident but not
domineering. A weak handshake subconsciously communicates to the other person that you
are submissive or lack self-esteem.
Posture Affects energy and confidence. Walk upright and with head slightly tilted as your
general strut. Stand tall. Look how the average person on the street walks versus those in a
five-star hotel, for example.
Palm up when saying something to someone if possible. It shows you are open to them.
Hands in pockets is not ideal; it looks reserved or suspicious.
Finger pointing is bad; it makes people hostile or uncomfortable. When pointing in a direction
where there is a person or persons, instead use your hand with all fingers pointing toward
your target.
When speaking, don’t put your hands near your mouth. It looks like you have something to
hide. It also looks insecure. Hand on your chin makes people think you are doubting. Doing
this often makes others feel uncomfortable around you.

Make a joke if you do very bad, obvious body language like yawning when someone is talking
to you.

Don’t check your clothing, such as pulling your pants up. It shows insecurity. Don’t fold your
arms or have an object in front of you.
The more you sit back, the less you achieve in life. Your posture can literally make you feel
lazy. The ideal posture for sitting should be straight and relaxed. Be careful to sit on your
glutes, not your spine; this causes pain. The simple solution is to sit up straight.
Match and mirror others; people like people who are like themselves or how they would like to
be. Match body language, tone of voice, posture, and push them through to be better, but first
match them. They will say, “He’s realistic and down to earth, unlike those other positive
people.”) Climb down to their rung on the ladder to give them a hand up. When doing this,
don’t match their emotions, just do so out of sympathetic thought. You can also match facial
expressions and even breathe at the same pace. It’s subtle but powerful, and nobody will
notice. Many people mirror without noticing. Your body language is automatically based on
your self-esteem, perspective, and attitude toward others. Only mirror if it feels good,
otherwise it can ruin communication, and others will see through you. Do it genuinely to build
a deep connection. When you learn this, you will probably subconsciously do it anyway with
the right attitude toward others.

134
Proximity matters. This is subjective. Some like up close, while others like far. It depends on
the environment and context of the communication as well.

The social zone is how close you can get to people without distracting them; it’s often cultural.
Some like you to be close, such as those who are affectionate or don’t want feel separate.
Some like further; they are more reserved and independent. If you are too close, they will
slowly back up through the conversation. Too far and they will move toward you till they are at
the comfortable distance. Make sure to distance yourself if you or others are ill. Everything
social is based on permission.

6–15 inches intimacy


15–48 personal zone with good friends ideal is 3–4
6–12 feet social zone
12+ feet public zone

Give people your full attention. Stop tasks you are doing if they look like they are about to talk
to you. It shows you really respect their time.

Voice

Tone of voice is more important than what you say. If you are monotone, nobody will listen
attentively to you. Tone of voice is the speed, volume, and tempo of your voice.

You can develop your tone of voice better by smiling. Make it genuine. If you are happy all the
time, you will always be smiling. This is not impossible. I am smiling 99 percent of the day
unconsciously. However, I still understand the power of negative emotions and use them.
Here is what a difference of tone of voice sounds like. If someone is in front of you in a movie
theater and they are standing up, saying “Could you please sit down so I can see?” is
different than saying “Could you please sit down so I can see?”

Vocabulary

Words are how you talk to others and yourself.

Fact: The most violent people in the world have the smallest vocabularies. They can’t express
their emotions to others. Speaking needs an outlet of thoughts and feelings. If not, they will
germinate and grow inside of you. They must come out in some way, especially for bad
emotions that cause violence.

135
It can be a creative outlet like pottery. They stop becoming violent because now they can
express their feelings and emotions. If you can’t communicate to another how you think or
feel, you get frustrated. Now you vibrate frustration, which attracts more of it into your life.

Here are some benefits of having a large vocabulary:


1. It allows you to express feelings and thoughts to others better; better communication.
2. You have greater self-esteem and feel more intelligent.
3. You get more out of reading and can understand others more.
4. It adds credibility to what you say when you articulate yourself well.

When you read a word you don’t know, stop and immediately look the word up. If you don’t, it
can cause confusion. Then you don’t understand anything after that.

Use the appropriate words; don’t be unnecessarily verbose. People resent the use of words
they don’t understand. Tell them what it means if they look confused. Do not be verbose (this
depends on the person, group, or audience you are communicating with, as well as context).
The desire to be verbose usually comes from ego and the desire to sound smart. The truly
intelligent thing to do is to say words that people can understand, so you can influence them
more.

For most people, it is easier to control words than thoughts. Don’t think of a pink elephant for
five seconds. Now don’t speak for five seconds. See which is easier to control? Words can be
used to change your thoughts.

There is power in words; what you say is what you get! Words have power and vibration.
Most are hung by the tongue. Use words that increase positivity and reduce negativity.
Reduce negativity and then pivot toward positive. “I’m a bit peeved now, but I’ll feel better.”

A personal dictionary allows you to unconsciously or consciously choose the words your core
being wants to use, instead of what you have been told by others to say. It increases
affirmation power, learning power, and communication skills. This is the process of
illuminating words.

1. Find out word etymology and the definition of the word you want to know more about.
2. Write/type in your personal dictionary.
3. Find origins of the word (denotations, connotations, roots, derivatives, its parts of
speech (adjectives, adverbs, etc.); the word in its original language along with its
original definition). Say these out loud.
4. Use the words in two sentences out loud.
5. Feel good about the word.

136
Ideally, don’t use profane or offensive language. Higher-conscious people rarely if ever use
this language, because they know the power of words. If they do, it often doesn’t feel right.
Always expand your vocabulary. Reading can do this. Having a larger vocabulary allows you
to express yourself more and understand more material. It improves memory. It gives you
more tools in your toolbox for speaking the reality you want. Pay attention to the word choice
of those who are successful and those who aren’t. Successful people use more positive and
elaborate vocabulary.
Say words that uplift you. Many people develop a habit of saying words they don’t like, such
as profanity or slang, to fit in. Or they speak in ways that are approved by others but feel bad
themselves. Speak the words you like to others. Find new words if you don’t know what words
you like. Finding new words is fun and allows you to communicate in words that make you
feel good.

Phone Conversations

Answer the phone using the initiation process, saying something positive, like “It’s a great
day.” Use a greeting, such as “Hello, this is [your name]. Did I call you at a good time?” Have
a pleasant tone of voice and a mild volume, smile, stand up, and throw your shoulders back.
Make them feel good, even if you are called in while you are dead asleep. It helps to be in a
good mood as well. Do some of the items from the feel good list if you need to feel good.

If you call, use the initiation process for a phone conversation, then ask for the person you are
looking for. If you initiate the call, be the one to end it as a general rule of thumb.

The receiving process is similar. The only difference is you don’t ask “Did I call you at a good
time?” In addition, it’s good to also say something good about wanting to hear from them,
such as “It’s good to hear from you.” Don’t answer the phone if you can’t talk.

Let people know of potential interruptions in the call in advance, such as meetings, poor
connection, low battery, etc.

Don’t take phone calls during meetings. Be where you are and relish the moment.
Let people know how long you have to speak.
Don’t make calls at inconvenient hours; this depends on the person. Noon is almost always a
good time if calling a stranger or business.
Don't hold others on the phone with needless conversation. Their tone of voice and the
sounds they make indicate if they want to leave. If you are expecting to leave in the middle of
the call, let the other person know.
Keep it off speakerphone.

137
Be Punctual

It’s better to be an hour early than five minutes late. Respect other people’s time. Many
people show up late or just barely on time. Show up earlier than the rest if you really want to
leave an impression on others. It shows you respect their time by ensuring that you were not
late. This shows how much you value your time with that person or group of people. It helps
you develop initiative. It’s great if you are shy; you can introduce yourself to each person who
arrives. You also won’t have a group of people looking at you when you arrive on time or late.

Travel

Ley lines exist all over the world. People gather in certain areas of the Earth for particular
reasons. Wonders of the World were often built because of locals’ understanding of these ley
lines. Some well-known ones include the Giza pyramids, Stonehenge, Angkor Wat, and
Machu Picchu.
On Earth there are key points where thoughts, energies, and vibrations can be put into the
ether with more power and intensity than other parts. These are called vortices (singular:
vortex). Different locations have different feelings and thoughts, some of which are more
dominantly negative or positive. Traveling is good, especially if you are resistant to negative
thoughts, which you can build up by self-talk and therapy. Some places have an
overwhelming amount of positive energy. You will absorb only the good from these locations if
you are not susceptible to negative energies.
When you travel across the world, you expand your imagination because you see more of it.
You eat different foods with different tastes. You smell different smells. You see people acting
differently, and you interact with a different culture. This develops tolerance, as you realize
that despite their differences, most people in the world are generally good people, no matter
what culture they come from.
“A city has its own rate of vibration, which is made by the dominating thoughts and influences
of the people who live there.”
—Andrew Carnegie
It keeps you out of a rut and a monotonous routine because you are forced to change your
routine when you are traveling. Exploring new places forces your mind the think differently.
Bilderberg meets at different locations each year for increased intentions. Bilderberg includes
top-secret meetings of the most elite people on Earth (that is known to the public).
During the coronavirus lock down of 2020, I hadn’t left my neighborhood in two weeks. I left to
go to the store, and it felt amazing just to be somewhere else. Try traveling to new places or
places you haven’t been in a long time. It feels good, even traveling to the park. You will feel
better than going to the same places for months or years. Different places have different
138
energy, commonly known as “vibes.” You will only get the good vibes from places if you have
dominant positive thoughts.
Places with generally great vibes I’ve discovered. The parenthesws are specific locations:
Parks
Yogi Ashrams (Palm Bay Florida Ashram)
Springs (Weeki Wachee, Florida)
Beaches (Cocoa Beach, Clearwater, Sebastian Inlet; all in Florida)
Resorts (Holiday Inn Cape Canaveral Resort, formally Ron Jon’s Resort, and Holiday Inn
Orange Lake Resort Orlando)
Forests
Mountains and valleys (of Appalachia, particularity Kentucky and Tennessee)

Marketing
Marketing is the communication of your ideas and services. You do this by finding out what
others want and showing them how to get it. (Don’t force it, let them decide.) When presenting
a product or service, always ask what is in it for them. Fall in love with ideal client or service
first.
The only way you can get someone to do something is if you make the other person want to
do it by convincing them.
When selling something, when you are presenting an idea to someone, selling a product or
service, tell them what it isn’t, not what it is. What that means is let the other person use their
imagination. This is not an absolute statement.

Example: Kevin Trudeau was selling a memory course while others were as well. The people
did do well. He said it isn’t a word-association course, it is a unique program that allows your
memory power to develop photographic memory.

In presenting information, you can talk about features, but most importantly, talk about
benefits.

Sell yourself on the products or services to sell to others. Make yourself enthusiastic before
making others enthusiastic. Be confident in yourself, and people will buy your products,
services, and ideas. People don’t like doubters. We instinctively like the person who knows
what we wants and acts as if it expects to get it. Napoleon’s extreme confidence allowed him
to convince the French army to join his side after he was exiled.

139
If you see John through John’s eyes, you can see what John buys. When you are selling an
idea or trying to persuade someone to invest in you, you need to see through their eyes. Are
they married? Single? What is their background? Wealth? What do they like to do? What do
they think? How do they feel? Satisfy others’ wants, and you won’t have others ask, “What’s
in it for me?” See things from the other person's point of view, and talk in terms of their wants,
needs, and desires.

The best-marketed product wins, but in the long term, it’s the best-marketed and highest-
quality product that wins. Have people seek you out rather than advertising to them by making
a good product. Products and services need to be good. It takes seven times the average
person needs to see an advertisement to buy, according to Tony Robbins. People are
attached to brands they like, even if a product is identical, such as most generic food items
and name-brand food items.

The next chapter is on learning, which is necessary for success. An ignorant person is never
successful.

Learning

Introduction

This chapter is on the importance of learning.

Knowledge is true bliss, not ignorance. Ignorance may feel good temporarily, but in the long
run, it isn’t a part of a blissful life. Ignorance is like a tornado going in your direction, and you
just blissfully wait, closing your eyes and ears. Then you get upset when it injures you.
Knowledge is running out of the way and taking what you can. You are grateful that you
noticed and did what you could.

Knowledge can lead to utter bliss and enlightenment as well as manifesting all your desire
and more.

Whom Do You Listen To?

Whom do you listen to? Listen to people who have what you want, preferably having physical
evidence.

What you read and listen is what comes out. Many authors and presenters present
information that isn’t true and didn’t work for them. These presenters are interested in selling
people ideas that sound good but don’t work on paper. Numerous books written by elite
people are ghostwritten; this means they didn’t actually write them. Examples include Donald
Trump, Bill Gates, and Warren Buffett. They don’t want competition, so they give out watered-
140
down ideas that sound good on paper, to make money, but not really to help you. Find those
who are telling the truth; you do this by reading this chapter.

Here is something to consider: A million people buy a real-estate course, and only a few
become millionaires. Here is why.

1. 900,000 don’t listen to a single CD.


2. 90,000 don’t finish the course.
3. 5,000 finish but don’t get any results due to negative programs holding them back from
actions or causing them to use information incorrectly.
4. 2,500 are millionaires or have successfully applied the information in their life.
The system works if you work it; most self-help books don’t help people because negative
programs prevent them from acting on information.

There are two spiritual currencies. People will say that you “spend time” and “pay attention.”
We trade our time, and we get back a return for that investment. We get back returns in the
form of knowledge, understanding, skills, expertise, and empowerment. If we spend our time
and pay attention to the right things, we will get a good return for our investment, if we waste
our time and don’t pay attention to what is important, we will get a poor return.

Here is a great example of a good thing to pay attention to and spend time on: learning how
to listen to the right information (you are doing this now). In return, you will get knowledge that
can help you understand reality, and with that understanding, you can improve your life and
the lives of others, so we can actively create the reality we want, rather than just accepting
reality we are handed (which is almost always destructive).

141
We should improve the quality of our attention by focusing our attention on information that is
capable of improving ourselves and humanity. This effort will result in a good investment for
our time. We should ask ourselves “What am I spending my time on?” “What am I paying
attention to?” and most importantly “What kind of quality am I getting in return for these
investments of my time and attention?”
The quality of our attention affects our world. If we get knowledge from pure and good
information sources, take it in, and then act on that knowledge in the world, we will have a
pure and good world.

However, if we get information from poisoned information sources (virtually all mainstream
media, much of what is taught public schooling, neglectful parents, and dogmatic religions),
and we take the information in and then act on that knowledge in the world, we will have a
terrible world.

Everybody receives some pure and some poisoned information from both sources and takes
the knowledge gained from those sources into action, which creates our world.

142
Most information on the internet and media is just opinions. Personal experience is generally
the most accurate. The second most accurate is old books; the classics and esoteric/occult
texts, and spiritual books are generally excellent. When people deliver information, they
deliver with their own biases and beliefs, which may distort the truth. They are third-hand
sources, not truth.

Primary sources present firsthand experience of an event.


Secondary sources present the experiences of others, or they collect primary sources,
aggregate them, and present information.
Tertiary sources collect secondary sources and aggregate them to present information.
Hang out with new groups. Group with those you think could be positive, uplifting, and
intelligent. Yoga classes, Tai Chi, and qi gong classes, fraternal organizations, secret
societies, spiritualist churches, Universalist Unitarian churches, libraries, and universities are
great places to meet uplifting and intelligent people. These are not the only places. These
people and places are often filled with good energy; some of this good energy will inevitably
rub off on you. You can learn a lot from these groups.

If you want to learn something, learn it from someone who has already done it and has been
where you are. For example: if you want to learn how to get rich, hang around people with a
higher income than you, and stop hanging around people with a lower income all the time.
You don’t have to ditch your friends; just be aware of when your lower-income friends start
talking about poverty or how the economy is bad, so you can block it out.
Be open-minded and study from pure sources of information. You can find these by practicing
discernment. We need to divert our attention away from poisoned information sources and
toward pure information sources. This requires judgment, because we need to be able to
decide which information sources are pure and which are poisoned. It should be noted that
there are very few information sources that are completely pure or completely poisoned. Even
the most seemingly pure source of information probably gives some poisoned information,
even if they mean well. Because of this, we need to get our information from a variety of
sources, aggregate that information, and get then decide which information is true or not.
Each fact and statement has to be analyzed to find out whether that information is true or not,
no matter the source.
How to tell if a teacher is not worthy of listening to/reading:

 Do they lack appreciation?


 Do they still learn, or do they not because they know it all (do they have low
teachablitiy index)?
 Do they speak condescendingly and show conceit?
 Are they critical/judging/considerate of others?

143
 They believe in absolutes, and their understanding of good and bad are the only
possible viewpoints.
 They are concerned with how others think and talk about them.
 Are they concerned how others live their lives and, without being asked, obsessively
try to change others to their “correct” way of thinking and believing?
 Are they attached to body and material things?
 They have a need for prestige, power, status, acceptance, and control of others and
conditions.
 They are arrogant and vengeful.
 They have a fear of losing what they have.
 They are concerned with what they have and what is theirs.
 They are focused on thinking instead of feeling.
 They are afraid of making mistakes or being wrong.
 They are self-righteous.

The ultimate test is how you feel about them and what you experience you get from it.
Remember, the wise always learn from the fool, but the fool never learns from the wise. There
are no such thing as bad teachers. You have discernment. If you find people with the traits
above, they may be not be the best teacher..

But you ultimately listen to yourself, which is your gut feelings and personal discernment.

Are You Willing to Learn?

How willing are you to listen? You should be open-minded and listen to others. You may have
to invest time and money into attending lectures and seminars. From my experience, you
must also study books and audio recordings to gain knowledge.

Be willing to learn. What are you willing to give up to learn? This is usually old beliefs and old
habits or hobbies that no longer serve you. If you go back to an old habit, the new paradigm
you create won’t let the habit stay long enough.

You create a new paradigm when you learn helpful information and memorize it; it becomes a
part of your being. It prevents self-sabotage and keeps you on track, similar to how an
airplane’s autopilot uses trial and error to reach its target. Be willing to change. Are you willing
to do something completely different?

You will never know everything; you always learn more, and others always have knowledge
that you don’t have. Know that you don’t know everything. You are always a student, even if
you are teaching others. Be curious.

144
Have confident in yourself, and say, “I know what I know now, and I can learn more.” Don’t tell
yourself you are dumb. Nobody is dumb; you just need to change your thinking. You are the
most intelligent creature in the known universe! The brain is most complex object in the
universe! You can repeat the following statement as often as you desire, and you will feel
more intelligent, and you will become more intelligent: “I am the most intelligent form of
creation in the universe, and I possess the most advanced object in the universe, my brain!”

Know that you are intelligent, and if you think you aren’t, it could block your ability to learn just
as much as thinking you know it all.

There are three bad places to be when learning:


1. Thinking you know it all.
2. Thinking you are dumb.
3. Thinking you don’t know enough, and so you won’t apply information and therefore will
never know at a deep level what you learn, and never achieve your dreams.

Curiosity is the desire to learn; that is the most fundamental aspect to learning. A curious
person is more intelligent than anyone with a PhD who dreads learning because they will
become more intelligent. You can become interested in anything if you dig deeper into an
idea, concept, or topic. You would be surprised how fascinating the littlest things in life can be,
such as how a colony of ants operates. Did you know ants can form together and build
bridges across air and water to transport other ants? Ants are mostly seen as insignificant, but
they are very fascinating, the more you learn about them. This is true for a lot in life; you
become more interested in something the more you learn about it. Take a look at this picture.

These are those “insignificant ants.” To an entomologist, these creatures are absolutely
fascinating. To an ant, the colony is a matter of life or death; they would do anything for others
for supporting their fellow brother and sister.

145
You increase your curiosity and open-mindedness by listening to or reading an idea or piece
of information. Each time you do, your mind will make yourself more open to the information.

Many contractors and businessmen will claim to have twenty years of experience. Really,
however, they have one year of experience repeated twenty times because they didn’t grow.
Counteract this by never stopping learning.

A good mind stimulant is baroque classical music, which has been scientifically proven to
encourage study, by balancing both hemispheres of the brain and putting you into an alpha
learning state. You can listen to any music you like as well, but make sure it’s not distracting
or too upbeat; relaxing is key. Songs that have lyrics are often distracting, but for some it
helps. Definitely do not play music that has negative lyrics. You want to be empowered when
studying. The best music is always music that makes you feel relaxed and focused.

Learn from mentors who have been where you are and are where you want to be. Find a
valuable mentor before becoming an apprentice. Once you have, believe what they say, but
question it until you find it to be true. If you were to learn how to craft pottery, you would learn
from a potter if you wished to learn best. Reading a book is not enough; you have no practical
experience unless you apply what you learn. Trying to figure out life on your own is generally
not enough either; it is not efficient and is time-consuming.

Books are mentors; books have been for thousands of years. Ancient wisdom is often tried
and true, though not always (but use discernment, as always). An autobiography is often the
best form of book mentoring, because it shows how they rose to their success.

It’s always better to ask yourself questions and figure out the answers yourself rather than just
asking a mentor. You can ask someone their opinion once you are ready to get a different
viewpoint. Try to figure it out on your own before asking others. Discussion comes after you
do this. Discussion is questioning and debating with others, which is powerful.

Don’t perfectly mimic people who have what you want and have been where you are. Use
discernment; what worked for them may not work for you. Go with what resonates with you
and feels right. You are an experimenter, not a copier. Remember, you are copying where
they were when they achieved great success, not what they do now, which is different from
what they did when they started. Biographies can also help with this; you learn people’s rise
to success and their thought processes.
We must become curious. People say curiosity killed the cat, but I believe this is a mostly
toxic saying. Curiosity is the desire and love of truth-seeking. We must have this in our
character if we want to understand the truth. Curiosity is what kills ignorance. Ignorance is the
refusal to acknowledge the truth around you and the refusal to seek truth. Very few have the
excuse of being naïve because we have access to thousands of libraries of knowledge on the

146
internet, all for a low price, and often free at a library. The problem is that people don’t want to
seek the truth, and they spend their time doing wasteful activities such as watching mindless
TV entertainment, sports, gaming, etc. instead of doing activities that can be used to gain
knowledge, such a reading, watching documentaries, meditation, being in nature, and
experiencing the greatest that life has to offer.
Are you willing to give up to learn? The main thing you will have to give up is time and money.
Companies spend lots of money on research and development. How much time and money
have you been investing?
You must be willing to give up your ego or severely reduce it. A humble person is much better
at listening to others; you can then use what you learn for success. You don’t know, so they
always listen to others. The omniscience of God can speak through all. It doesn’t mean you
just accept what others say, but listen and decide what to accept and reject by using
discernment.
If you don’t read/listen to certain material because you don’t think it will be practical, you are
not teachable. This is an oversight for many people.
Being an open-minded experimenter fosters curiosity and is the subject of our next section.

Open-Minded Experimentation

Be open-minded; do not be stubborn. When your mind is closed, you reject ideas, even if they
are excellent transformational ideas. Become tolerant and receptive to new ideas. When
someone tells you of an idea, entertain the idea in your mind, no matter how bad or crazy it
sounds. Once you have entertained the idea, accept it or reject it. Accept it if it empowers you,
or reject it if it doesn’t. Expose yourself to new ideas; delve into topics that interest you and
teachers and sources that feel like the real deal. Realize that there is no good or bad
information, because it helps all you practice discernment. “Negative” information truly isn’t
negative if it’s true; you only make it negative in your mind.
Contradiction is inevitable when you compare traditions of growth. Just because two traditions
are different doesn’t mean they invalidate each other. Take each on its own, try, then compare
it later.
Newness often creates anxiety. The good news is that you can eliminate this by continuously
exposing yourself to new information and experiences. Take small steps if you have to.
Be an experimenter. Apply what you learn, and find out what does and doesn’t work. Make
sure you entertain the ideas and accept them before acting; experimenting with ideas that feel
bad and don’t serve your dreams leads to a waste of time and can even cause disaster.
Work persistently on goals and dreams, and experiment with new methods of achieving.

147
The certain way is the way you know of right now, but know that there’s always a better way
of doing something. Seek the better ways, and you will find them. You do this by focusing on
your dream and/or goals, and the ways will present themselves.
Use your synthetic imagination by combining ideas. “Pioneering don’t pay,” Andrew Carnegie
said. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel. People make money more off of others’ ideas
rather than their own. You can implement other ideas in other businesses than your own. The
idea for a self-service grocery store, for example, came from the idea of a cafeteria, where
you get your own food, buy it, and leave. Originally, you had to send a list to a store
representative, then they would give the items to you after they registered the items and you
paid for them. This greatly increased the profit of supermarkets.

The next section provides explanation for why things are the way they are in the world.

How Our Reality Is Made

Mentalism is the law of the universe. Thoughts lead to the creation of things and events.
Thoughts create our state of existence and the quality of our experience on Earth. Therefore,
we should be responsible for everything we create by being responsible for what we think.
What we think creates reality. Thoughts affect matter by creating actions and events, which
leads to our reality. Without thought, there would be nothing. It is fundamentally important to
think correctly. You can get your thinking correct by thinking about helping others and
yourself. Review chapters in this book, and go look at the recommended sources of
information at the end of the book.

Our realty is built through the trivium process. The process flows in this order:

1. Input (grammar, knowledge). In this stage, we gather information from a wide variety of
sources without immediately accepting or rejecting it. We also do not want to judge it in any
way. This answers the four W’s (who, what, when, and where).

2. Processing (logic, understanding). In this stage, we try understand the information and
decide whether the information is true or false. This answers why something happens. (What
is the reason, meaning, or purpose?)

3. Output (rhetoric, wisdom). In this stage, we use what we have learned and put the
information and the understanding of it into action or speech. This is how knowledge and
understanding are spread so that positive change may occur.

148
It is expanded in the quadrivium:

1. Available Information, also known as knowledge (or the lack of it). This is the foundation of
our reality. If you have good information, you will be able to create good decisions, but if you
lack it, you will make poor decisions. If you make poor decisions, you do poor actions, and
poor actions lead to chaos. This is any information that people can gather, process,
understand, and act upon.

2. Decision-Making Process, also known as understanding (or the lack of it). Based on the
information we receive and how we understand it, we make decisions based upon the
information. This decisions lead us to make certain actions over others in the next process.

3. Human Behavior, also known as wisdom (or the lack of it). The way people behave is
based on their decisions and their decisions are based on the quality of available information.

4. Generated Results (order or chaos). The quality of the condition that results in any society
is based upon the quality of decisions made by people within that society.

149
The scientific method is essentially the modern trivium. It is useful for finding out what causes
the effects. Using the scientific method is one of the best ways of finding out why a pattern or
event is occurring. It is quite similar to the troubleshooting process. Let’s say you are having a
problem with a computer.

Question stage: You ask, “Why is my computer slow? What is causing my computer to be
slow, and what should I do to make it faster?”

Hypothesis: “Maybe my computer is slow because I have a new USB drive in my computer.”

Experiment: “You remove the USB.”

Analyze Results: You then look at your computer and ask, “Why isn’t my computer running
faster? I need to try to find the real reason my computer is slow. My hypothesis is obviously
false,” and you conclude, “My computer is running slowly. I need to make another
hypothesis.”

New Hypothesis: “Maybe my computer is running slow because I am downloading a large


program.”

New Experiment: “I will stop downloading that large program.”

Analyze New Results: Computer starts running faster.


150
Report Final Results: You conclude that the hypothesis of “stop downloading a program” was
correct. You say, “By stopping the download of the program, I was able to make my computer
faster.”

This saves you time in the future. Since you know now that a possible solution to making your
computer faster is to stop downloading programs, you won’t need to keep removing the USB.

However, different questions require different hypotheses and experiments if you want to find
an answer. If you have the problem of needing more USB ports, if you remove the USB from
your computer, then in that case that would be the correct solution.

How to Find the Truth

You must understand the difference between truth and perception. Truth cannot be decided
by people; one plus one equals two is always true, not because someone said but it because
it’s based in reality. Truth is what happened in the past and what is going on now. It is set in
stone. Perception is how we sense things. One of our senses is sight, which many have
issues with. Some people need glasses to correctly perceive the world. Perception isn’t
reality. The world is not blurry. But that is the way a person with poor eyesight incorrectly sees
it. My job and others’ job is to put the glasses on for ourselves and to see the world for what it
really is. We must align our perceptions with the truth. How we perceive the world changes it,
but only to an extent (depending on how enlightened we are). Laws of the universe, however,
do not change based on perception.

151
When two people look at the same thing and then claim to have seen different things, it is
because of internal filters. These filters and are based on our experiences, beliefs,
understandings, rationalizations, and justifications. These internal filters take what we observe
and twist it into our understanding and perception. Some filters change things to our
detriment, and this is because we are perceiving things incorrectly. Internal filters shape our
understanding of reality, our viewpoint, and our perspective.

“The unexamined life is not worth living.”


—Socrates, Greek philosopher

Think for yourself—this is called critical thinking. Logic is necessary to understand for critical
thinking. A logical fallacy is a failure in logic, and there are many different kinds. The Master’s
List of Logical Fallacies is a great list to study.
http://utminers.utep.edu/omwilliamson/engl1311/fallacies.htm.

I will go over several fallacies and a classical historical example to show some examples. I
will mark within the example of the effect with a parenthesis and a letter corresponding with
the effect.

Bandwagon Effect (B): This is the idea that because many people are thinking or doing
something, it is good or right.

Appeasement Effect (A): This is the idea that you have to give others what they want because
they are threatening you and you have to do what they say.

Default Bias (D): Accept the way things are because you can’t change them anyway. They are
the way they are because they are right.

152
Blind Loyalty (BL): I was just following orders; I’m not responsible.

Here is the example:

Many of the worst events in history happened because of those who could not think for
themselves and decided to go with the group. They weren’t listening to themselves. By doing
so, they did harm to others and their own individual selves. An excellent example is Nazi
Germany. The reason Nazis and others murdered, enslaved, and tortured innocent people
was because they were tricked into doing it. Nazis did this for several reasons, depending on
the person in question. Some did it because they thought they were right, because the
majority were following along (B). Others felt they had to because other Nazis threatened
them with violence if they didn’t work with them (A). Young or forgetful Nazis did so because
they were lied to, and the lie became so dominant that most just said, “That’s the way things
are. You can’t change them.” Often they were too young or forgetful that Germany was not
always fascist (D). Then the Nazis lost, and most were punished for their crimes. One of the
defenses used was that they were following orders, so they can’t be blamed. The only person
at fault was the one who told them to do it. This was a famous defense in the Nuremberg
Trails (BL). The ones who got away, well, God sorted them out later. Most Nazis lived
miserable lives; they felt disempowered because they felt guilty for what they did to innocents.
One of the reasons they were tricked into doing these crimes was that they lacked critical-
thinking skills and an understanding of logical fallacies.

It is necessary to understand logical fallacies if you want to develop critical thinking and
discernment. I understand that what I say here might contradict what I said about going with
your gut. I want to emphasize that you must always question everything! Albert Einstein said,
“The intuitive mind is a sacred gift, and the rational mind is a faithful servant. We have created
a society that honors the servant and has forgotten the gift.” We wouldn’t have a reasoning
mind if we had no use for it. I am trying to help those in Western society understand this lost
knowledge of using your intuition and emotions to guide you in life. Your rationality, intuition,
and emotions are all important. They are to be used in conjunction. There are not opposition
forces. All are used to assist with your discernment skills.

Critical thinking can help you understand how not to be manipulated by people, be scammed,
or be led down paths that are not positive for you in any way. If you understand logical
fallacies, it’s difficult to be tricked. You don’t want to lack critical-thinking skills.

To be a critical thinker and think for yourself, you also would need to be able to resist negative
social pressure. Not all social pressure is bad, because people can be pressured to do great
things. For example, if someone was raised in a church group and then they became the
leader of a charity and donated a million dollars to people and aid.

153
Cognitive bias is only looking at information that confirms what you believe to be true, while
denying any other information that contradicts your biases. People are using emotions to try
to rationalize, which is not what emotions are supposed to be used for. You can’t use just your
emotions to judge whether a statement is true or not. You can only use emotions to judge if
you have cleared out a good number of your programs, but most people are burdened with
false thought patterns, which they allow to enslave their emotions. Never let negative
thoughts control your emotions. Remember, the gut is never wrong!

Let’s take the example of a psychopath, an individual who enjoys committing violence and
lying to others. The reason they feel enjoyment is because negative programs were put into
them that cause them to feel that way. A psychopath doesn’t control their emotions; their
emotions control them because they let them. That’s not right, and it is not good. Following
what feels good is only good if you have cleared out most of your negative programs;
otherwise your thoughts misdirect your emotions. A psychopath is either on drugs or has a
massive burden of false programs. Their emotional guidance system is broken.

According to Aristotle, you convince someone using one of three ways. Ethos is the first,
which is an appeal to authority or credibility. Pathos is convincing someone using emotions.
Logos is persuading someone using logic. It is helpful to know which way someone is trying to
convince you, and you can use these to convince others as well. People who present
information are aware of these methods of persuasion.

You can learn things by one of two methods. You can learn from personal experience or from
others. Learning from others is helpful. Learning material by the giants of wisdom, you get
their understanding of life that they’ve lived and understood, all in few hours instead of
decades. That’s some efficient time usage, because you didn’t have to go through any of the
struggle and hardships that they experienced in life. You can rapidly gain a lot of knowledge to
help you in any endeavor.

Sometimes it is not a good idea to learn from others. Some people will attempt to deceive you
for profit, while others do so because they are simply misguided. Make sure you always are
asking yourself, “Who do I listen to and why?”

Here is an example. It was believed for decades that smoking was great for you, and doctors
would even prescribe it to patients! However, if you noticed that every time you smoked, you
would start coughing, you should conclude that smoking is actually bad for your health and
stop smoking. This is despite what the “authorities” of the health industry said at the time, so
sometimes you have to find out the truth by personal experience. Don’t immediately accept or
reject an idea that is presented to you. You should always be open-minded but partially
skeptical about any claim you hear. We need to balance both methods of learning by personal
experience and advice/council.

154
Sometimes personal life experience can be an inefficient way of learning. The problem with
learning from personal life experience is when you do things on your own without considering
what others are saying. By doing this, you might fool yourself (unless you are a master of self-
awareness.) You might have to go through unnecessary hardship, which wouldn’t happen if
you listened to others. You should always be open to receiving advice, though that doesn’t
mean you should follow through on that advice. Some information that is proposed as advice
is actually detrimental. You should listen to others but never take orders from them.

Example: When you were a child, you could either touch the hot stove or trust your parents
when they said, “The stove is hot. Do not touch it. It will hurt.” If you didn’t listen to your
parents’ knowledge, you unnecessarily harmed yourself. If you did, you understood that there
was no real benefit in touching the stove anyway. You knew that your parents were
experienced in using stoves and you were not, so you should trust them. Additionally, you've
seen the stove cook things and think maybe if it cooks things, then it might cook my hand.
You probably thought that it really is a personal experience worth experiencing.

Learning from personal experience is also helpful. It can help you understand something to a
greater extent than if you just were learning it through a book. Reading a book on how to
repair a car is almost mandatory if you were not taught how to do so. If you just go randomly
to the tools in your garage and starting whacking things around, you probably would be
wasting your time and energy and might even create a disaster. However, if all you did was
read books on how to repair a car, that would be a mistake. You must get your hands dirty to
truly know how to repair a car. Personal experience can also be useful, because sometimes
you can’t trust the so-called experts, as I demonstrated in the smoking example.

You only learn from your personal experiences if you have self-awareness and are mindfully
paying attention to what works and what doesn’t. You do this by applying the trivium,
quadrivium, and/or the scientific method.

We can discover the truth or believe. We should discover what is true, rather than just
believing. You can believe whatever you want, but that doesn’t necessarily make it true. Belief
can’t override laws of the universe, such as the law of gravity. Here’s an example: a person is
on the edge of a cliff. This person does not believe in gravity. Does that mean he will not fall?
No, he will still fall, unfortunately. Your beliefs regarding truths such as gravity don’t matter.
You don’t have to believe in gravity; you can discover it to find out if it’s true. It is as simple as
jumping in the air and finding out you don’t fly off into space.

We have all made mistakes in life. We have all done things we regret. We have done things
that could be considered naïve. Being naïve isn’t the end of the world; in fact being naïve is
better than having your mind heavily influenced by negative thoughts and false beliefs. We
need to remove those negative thoughts and beliefs and go back to a state of naiveté
sometimes. No knowledge is better than being negatively programmed, also known as

155
brainwashed. Being naïve is not a problem, as long you are obsessively curious. Obsessive
curiosity is the desire necessary to seek the truth on a continuous basis.

I will explain some learning media in the next sections, which is a different way of soft
learning.

Getting Accurate Information from Others

Never rely on secondhand opinions, information, or spoken generalities. Most reports and
information are subjective. Always get specific data and accurate facts, detailed information,
and statistics.

The man who knows where and how to procure knowledge he needs, when he needs it, is
much more of a man with an education than the man who has the knowledge but doesn’t
know what to do with it.

Internet and smartphones have helped, but much of the real knowledge in the world is not on
the internet (MM groups, secret societies, insider information, some books, some audio, live
seminars, etc.).

Free opinions are worth as much as you pay for them. You get what you pay for. (They are
almost always worthless.) Instead, get counsel from someone with authority on the subject.

Use specifically, precisely, and exactly to get accurate information.

1. Separate facts from information.


2. Separate important facts from useless facts. Knowing how a bee colony operates is
irrelevant if you are in real estate but important if you want to be a beekeeper.

If you want to change the status quo, free yourself from group-think.

Gathering a little information about a topic is dangerous; you may form baseless opinions.
Deep of knowledge is necessary and is more important than knowing a lot about many things.

Don’t assume based on perception of situations; get the details, and use numbers, charts,
graphs, and services. Accurate thinking is useful for preventing mistakes and helps you know
when and where to apply your efforts.

Self-Knowledge

At some point, you have to stop completely relying on outside information and go within
yourself for the knowledge. You think you can learn things from others, but really never know

156
something until you discover it yourself with personal experience. Additionally, you can never
know if something is true unless you know within if it is true or not.

Knowingness is beyond feeling; it has no doubt. Belief is rooted in fear and doubt; it can falter.
Knowing and having self-awareness are the first step to enlightenment and having access to
your power in physical world.

Knowledge never comes from without, but from within. All answers are within you. Get
educated by bringing out what is within you. Some say “I need this person/loan/mentor to
succeed.” The best attitude to have is if it’s to be, it’s up to me. You don’t need anyone
because you have what it takes, and you have all the answers within.

A successful thought that changes your life always comes from cognition or epiphany within;
this is why knowledge of self is so important. A thought like this will change your life, likely
forever. You will feel like you had a light bulb moment. You may feel intense bliss. You may
feel a swirl of energy floating around your body. You may feel energized, like you got a shock
of uplifting energy.

Learning Media

Learn through several different ways, including audio, videos, books, live events, and the
etheric field. Reading, seminars, mentorship, and audio all activate different parts of the
brain, which empowers learning.

The power of live events is the amplified feelings and emotions of others, combined with
being in close proximity with others. Go to any church sermon, and you should feel this, even
if you are not religious.

The system also includes having relationships and spending time with like-minded, positive
people who you support and who support you. Plus, giving and receiving recognition.
The system makes people feel good and gets them in a receptive state.

Etheric Field

There are several ways to tap into the etheric field. Here are some:

 Righteous Living (explained in final  Sleep and napping


chapter)  Leisure
 Fasting and eating less  Prayer
 Eating a raw, organic vegan diet  Relaxing
 Meditation  Masterminds
 Rituals  Mental Masterminds
157
 Imagination  Self-awareness

You can be tapped in at all times, and there are certain things you can do be more tapped in;
it’s a spectrum.

When we pray, we are talking to God. When we have an intuitive thought, God is talking to us.

You have all knowledge available within you. You access it by practicing the above ways of
tapping into the etheric field.

Read

Reading is something many people seem to struggle with, despite its many advantages.

Books contain information not found in other places or on the internet. They contain the most
valuable information in the world, and they contain ancient wisdom as well. Most people gain
information faster from a book than any educational medium, more so than videos and audio.
Those in secret societies and occult orders (including the one I am The Great Universal
Brotherhood and Sisterhood of Light) are taught to read obsessively and extensively. Being at
a live seminar is an exception because of the astronomically amplifying power of a
mastermind.

Autobiographies and biographies are good as well. Listen to the stories of people who have
what you want and have been where you are increases confidence. If they can, you can too!
The best stories are ones where people have overcome great obstacles and insurmountable
odds (especially those with similar struggles).
The best kinds of books to read (and material in general) are:

 Specialized knowledge for your dreams and goals

 Self-help books

 Business books related to general business and your specific trade/industry

 Psychology books

 Communication books

 Spiritual books (be very selective in this field)


Reading in a book every day gets your thinking right. Even if it’s a “bad” book, it strengthens
your discernment. Transcripts are excellent as well, since they combine audio and text, which
can help you focus.

158
It’s better to read five minutes a day than two hours a week. Even a sentence a day could be
enough. It’s not so important how many books you read or how many pages you read, but
that you read every day. Read every day and then increase the amount you read if you wish.
Reading books silently is good for speed and imagination. Speed reading/skimming is always
helpful before you read any book. You will know a general outline of the book, which helps
understanding. You can also determine if you want to read the book.
It is also good for sections of the book you don’t really want or think you need to read at the
regular speed. Be dynamic in your reading speed. Slow down at some sections and reread,
unless you are speed reading. I would not speed beyond your comprehension level.
Reading a book aloud activates different parts of the brain, and it goes to the back of the brain
to remember what you read. By verbalizing it, you are plugging yourself into the ether and
downloading information. You can correct yourself better and use discernment more
effectively.
Reading physical books is better than eBooks for learning, but it’s more of a preference.
Reading eBooks has the advantage of being editable in PDF software, and PDFs are often
free. Note: Online digital books can be changed if they are on a Kindle, if the book isn’t
downloaded. It has happened. I recommend downloading all books you read.
Words written on paper have frequencies. Reading physical books, holding the books has
power. They are infused with a radiant energy. Jews keep scrolls with words on them
everywhere called mitzvahs.
Howard Berg’s Super Reading Secrets is a great book on reading. He is the world’s fastest
reader. I will briefly overview parts of this book.
When you read a book, read the covers, title page, jacket, intro, and foreword before reading.
Then speed read the book. You do this by taking your hands and pointing your pointer and
middle finger down on the page and moving your fingers over the page. Use the hand you
prefer. Move your fingers across the page and skim over the page in two seconds per page
on every page of the book until you finish the last chapter. Then read the book normally.
Howard Berg recommends practicing this daily for fifteen to thirty minutes for eight weeks.
Use books you have read before if you can.
When reading, silence the voice in your head unless you are reading aloud. Reading aloud is
good for memory, but not on a first reading. When you silence the voice, you can still have the
voice, but do not use it to read every word. Use the voice to create a schema, which is an
understanding of sentences in a few words; you are essentially creating an overview of the
material. Schema is also knowledge of the world.
Read the verbs and nouns of a paragraph. This is how you form a schema. You also want to
pay attention to the negating words, such as not, as this can distort the meaning of text if you
observe these and integrate them into your schema. Here is an example sentence:

159
America’s war for independence started near Boston, which was occupied by General Gage
of the British Army.
British Army … America’s war … independence started … Boston … occupied by General
Gage… British Army.

Pay attention to topic sentences, which are the main sentence in a paragraph. They are
usually at the beginning.
Literal—specific questions.
Implied—questions asked by the average reader.
Inferential—requires specialized training to ask; you compare material to what you know and
apply it In areas of life not intended.

An example is Nils Bohr used information about music in atomic theory. The problems you
seek to solve have more solutions if you gather information from strange comparisons and
other trades.
You can get free books from archive.org, Project Gutenberg, or on the torrent sites listed on
unblockit.com, and on my website at https://www.nextlevelthinking.net/books.
You can download Howard Berg’s free book: https://my.pcloud.com/publink/show?
code=XZjXslkZCCIhLOuOr3FCf32OAnBbkb2RcIJk

Audio
When listening to audio, it’s a good idea to close your eyes or clean the area around you.
Some prefer audio over reading. Both are good forms; it depends on what you prefer. Both
stimulate the imagination. The benefit of audio is you can listen at almost any time.

Live Seminars
Live seminars are the most likely place you will make life-changing major decisions (in
thinking or act). You get benefits from experiencing live events; they have much more
potential power than books and audio. One event can motivate and inspire you for days,
weeks, months, or even years.

When you sit up front, you receive some of the recognition given to the speaker; it radiates
from them outward. You will develop more confidence sitting up front. It increases your
chances of being called on or having your questions answered. Sit close, not just in the front
row, but as close to the speaker as possible.

I also recommend keeping a shirt with an open pocket in front with an audio recorder. When
it’s in your pants, it’s more likely to be muffled.

160
Mentorship
The lama said, “It’s good to watch how people do things you don’t know how to do yet,
because one day it might come in handy later to help someone, somewhere.” All are mentors.
For more information, review the section on steps to mastery.

Some Tips

Don’t forget: never stop learning! We are all teachers and students. You never “get it”; instead
say, “I get it so far, and I know there’s so much more to learn.”
When choosing material to focus on, choose to focus on getting rid of weakness in your
personal life. When focusing on your job, career, craft, trade, or industry, focus on improving
your strengths. Always focus on your weakness first if you have not.
An environment that has an aura of positivity gets you into a taste of receiving information.
Keep a clean and organized environment when learning. Motivational symbols and posters
can help as well.
It is not the numbers of information you go through, but the focus you put on them matters.
The amount of focus you put on material depends on how much it resonates with you.
Learning is the creation of a relationship between what you know and what is unknown. It’s
the power of examples and why I use them. Stories are particularily useful. If you can take
knowledge and create it in people’s everyday life experiences, it helps them understand new
material. Jesus said he was a fisher of men to fisherman, to explain evangelism from the
perspective of fishing. Relate what you are learning to what you know by creating examples if
none are provided.

If you have to keep thinking about stuff, it creates stress. So, write it down and free up some
of your mental RAM.
The next few sections will explain ways you can learn information at a deep level.

Speak and Write


When you say something versus just thinking it, it is a hundred times more powerful, and you
remember it more. The voice is mostly heard from within when you speak aloud. When it is
recorded, you only hear it externally. Volume is important too. When you yell, it amplifies the
emotional intensity and the memorization.

161
Writing and speaking at the same time helps with memory. If you write, it’s best to write on a
blank white piece of paper. That way you have a clear page, so you focus better. A blue ink
pen is the best color, but any writing implement will do.
Writing stimulates the brain far more than typing. Typing is simply pressing on a key; writing is
making symbols. Writing is more complex than typing and activates more of the brain. A baby
can press a button—(How many times have you see babies and toddlers on smartphones?)—
but it takes an older child to write. This is because it requires more mental capabilities to
write, which means you remember it more.

When listening to live speakers, listen to them and audio record them. Don’t write down notes;
you will likely be too focused on your notes, rather than what they are saying. When taking
notes, you miss some of what they said. When you leave the event, listen to recordings and
then take notes. Review them and rewrite them the next day while the information is still on
your mind.

Teaching

To learn, teach others. You need to know information well enough to teach it. You can’t teach
if you don’t have personal experience. Apply what you know before teaching. Don’t teach
others something you don’t know at a deep level. You risk teaching other people false
information!

You can always teach yourself. You can do this by creating a test for yourself and answering
the questions as deeply as you can. Answer, explain the answer, and also use your previous
knowledge you have learned to answer it; in other words, elaborate. If you come up with
multiple answers, explain those as well. Keep elaborating until you feel you are finished. Then
when you know, memorize by answering the questions as fast as you can. The information is
implanted into your mental fingertips. Ideally, make a written test that has only fill-in-the-blank
questions. You know someone knows material if they can answer questions well.
You can teach yourself with your imagination as well. Imagine teaching information to
imaginary students who like to ask questions. If you don’t know the answer, imagine a student
asking the question, and you’ll get the answer.
Don’t say I don’t know and ask others. Instead, first ask yourself and think deeply. This
improves deep thinking skills. You go to others for advice, not answers. All answers are within
you. You integrate the data by asking yourself questions.
Here are some tips if you teach other people, which is another way of learning information at
a deeper level. (Make sure you know deep down that the information is true first.) Educate
others by drawing what they know deep down up to their conscious awareness. If you are
giving information that others may perceive as negative, do not feed fear into it, if possible.

162
Spaced Repetition

Spaced repetition is learning in intervals and repeating information. Advertisers use spaced
repetition with commercial breaks. You can use this too. In the breaks, when you aren’t
consciously thinking about what you are learning, the subconscious is thinking of it.
This is where you learn a little each day instead of cramming. This is studying while taking
breaks. The breaks give your conscious mind a break and allow your subconscious mind to
integrate the material more, which helps with recall as well. Never force your way through a
material unless your gut is telling you to; take breaks as you need them.

Review Old Material


Whenever you read a book or listen again at a later date, you are reading in a new unit of
time. Each time you read a powerfully transformative book, listen to a recording of a seminar
or lecture, or watch a video, you will receive knowledge you didn’t hear the first time. Our
minds often become distracted when we are learning material. We sometimes hear, but we
are not actually listening. Birds are often chirping in the background in life; we hear them, but
we do not listen to them. Learning is always done with focus and relaxation. Additionally, you
are a new person each time you go over old material; you will have ideas, cognitions, and
epiphanies when reviewing.
After you take notes, rereading and rewriting them is also a good idea, because you are a
different person.

Elaborate
Articulate concepts you have learned. You must be able to understand something you learn
and then elaborate what you heard. In other words, you expand on what you know, using
what you know; it’s not just repetition. Explain what you know as well.
“You reap what you sow.”
Here is me elaborating on the previous phrase. Reaping what you sow is more than just for
agriculture; it’s for life. You must sow the seeds before you want to reap the rewards. You
have to give to get.
Rephrasing can help with memory. Say things in your own words to integrate information
better.

Discernment
A wise man always learns from the fool, but the fool never learns from the wise man.

163
Use discernment whenever you learn new information. When you think of the information,
does it make sense? It is the ability to teach yourself and create your own knowledge. Take
an active role in learning information, or you will never learn it.

Listen/read everything and use discernment. There are no completely bad information
sources, and there is good in all of them, because even the “bad” sources allow you to
practice discernment.
Challenge what you read and listen to, ask yourself questions, formulate conclusions, answer
it, and then elaborate. Repeat the process until you have no more elaborations.
When you are listening to someone, your eyes deceive you by the way they look or sound.
The setting you are in can deceive as well. A well-groomed man in a suit with an English
accent on a fancy stage is perceived as smart to many Americans, even if they speak
nonsense.
Generally, your feelings will tell you if you need to look into information. Does it resonate with
you? When something resonates with you, you feel assurance in your gut and heart. “This
feels right at the core of my being.” You might get insights, feelings in your forehead or slightly
above your head as well as the gut or core of your being. You may say in your mind “Whoa,
this teacher is on to something!” If so. It means that information will get you closer to your life
purpose. Listen to your inner voice or what some call your conscience.

Apply the Knowledge

You need to know what you are doing before doing something. Imagine a tall skyscraper in
front of you in a large city with other skyscrapers. From the ground level, you can’t see
anything but the skyscraper in front of you. If you climb to the second floor, you can see more.
Each floor you climb, you see more. If you climb to the top, you will see from a heightened
perspective. You can see what others can’t. From this heightened perspective, you can see
the skyline and other rooftops, birds, etc. that people on the ground can’t see. This is an
analogy for knowledge and opportunity. If you can’t see where you are, how do you know
where to go?

Don’t act until you know; your actions will be wasted if you do not act on true knowledge of
the information. Apply what you learn as you learn it immediately after you have used
discernment. Most people work hard all their lives and get nowhere because they do not raise
their awareness. Raise your awareness until you get to a heightened perspective.

Life is a little different from a tall skyscraper. Knowledge is an infinitely tall skyscraper,
because you will never know everything. When you are obsessed with learning, you can stop.
Remember, the best way to learn is by applying it by acting on information as soon as you
know it to be true after you use discernment. You do not need to be a professional student.

164
Knowledge is only potential power; it is only truly power when applied. You can’t use
knowledge for power in real time when you need it if you don’t have it in your mental
fingertips. Your need to know it like you know your name. You do this by memorizing the
material.
You learn the best from personal experience, not from studying material. Personal experience
only comes from applying the information and analyzing the results. You also don’t know
something if you don’t apply it; you also don’t know if it is true or not. Knowing a lot and
gathering information without doing can cause frustration and confusion (you don’t know
where to start or what works or doesn’t).

“To know and not to do is to not know at all.”


—Chinese Proverb

You don’t know it all, but you know enough to get started. It’s like learning how to ride a bike;
you’ll have to stumble to learn. Until you take off the training wheels, you’ll never learn. The
stumbles along the way aren’t bad at all; they are there to teach you.

You never really learn anything unless you can recall something immediately.

Memory
Now that you know how to learn, I’ll show you ways to train your memory. Memory is the
ability to recall information you have learned. You never forget anything; you just don’t have
the skill of memory to recall information as you need it. You haven’t learned something unless
you can recall it. Many people waste their time reading all the books of the world, but because
of their poorly trained memory, they remember nothing! It’s not so much what you learn but
what you remember that makes you wise.
Much of what you learn you can’t currently recall unless you have mastered memory. When
you improve your memory, a lot of this information goes online, and your life dramatically
improves. You begin to recall the helpful information you learned, and you can use that
information by applying it in your life. It can even happen unconsciously, without you thinking
about it when you become a master at memory.
Here is a simple way to recall that I have used. Look up and left to right with your head tilted
slightly upward. Don’t move your head, just your eyes. While doing this, say aloud, “I recall
the memory I am looking for.”
Even better, do this. Imagine yourself being a curious explorer in a desert; then you stumble
upon a treasure, you get excited, you open it up, and there is what you are looking for.
You can hand over to the force of love (aka God) what you want to remember, and it will hand
it back to you.

165
Next, I will explain the concept of mental fingertips, which explains why memory is so
important.

Mental Fingertips
Something is “at your mental fingertips” if you can recall it instantly. Once you know
something, you can never forget it. You might not recall it, but you don’t forget. You only truly
know information if you know it like you know your own name. It isn’t enough to get all the
answers right. When processing data, the mind goes through several steps.
There are five stages (steps) to recalling and processing information.
1. Think: You are thinking of what you want to remember.
2. Emote: You get your emotions involved
3. Look/search: Your mind looks for what you are searching for.
4. Create: You create a picture in your mind via imagination, drawing, writing it down, making
imaginary students, or teaching others.
5. Knowledge bank: You remember what you learn, you can recall it whenever you need to,
unconsciously. You get to this stage by practicing the first four using space repetition.
When information is at your mental fingertips, you have a tendency to think about it more.
Remember information that serves you and is worthwhile. Even if you read a “bad” book, you
gain discernment. The books that have served you going toward your dream are the ones you
should reread more than others. This is also true for the other learning media such as audio
and live events.

When you need to come up with something, your brain is going to give you a solution based
on a review of the data you know. If statistics, information, and numbers are in a computer or
on paper but not at your mental fingertips, when your brain tries to come up with a solution to
a challenge, it can’t come up with a good solution because it has nothing to review.

When you have more data at your brain’s mental fingertips, it allows you to process decisions
and come to conclusions more effectively and efficiently.

You remember by using:


1. Repetition
2. Your emotions
3. Your imagination

An excellent book to read on memory is Mega Memory by Kevin Trudeau. It is an excellent


book not only on memory but also on expanding the imagination. It’s a fun book to read.

166
Beliefs and “Know about” Knowledge

If you say you believe in something, you actually have very little to base your belief on. If you
had data supporting your belief, it would not be belief, but knowledge. You only say you
believe something because you don’t have enough facts.

Beliefs are based on very few facts; you actually secretly doubt them. You attack others who
don’t believe you. You have a deep feeling that you are wrong. You try to prove your belief is
true, but really, you are actually trying to prove your decision to believe it is the right decision
and not so much the belief. It comes from the egoic desire to be right.

When you know about something, it is when you have lots of facts and data to back up what
you say. But really, you still have inner doubts. If you studied China all your life, you could say
you know about it. If you have never gone to China, lived there, and are not a Chinese
person, you don’t know China, you only know about China.

Beliefs come from the ego. “Knowing about” comes from the ego. Knowingness comes from
self-knowledge and self-awareness.

Only the ego can dislike things, as it comes from fear. It is defensive and feels threatened or
challenged.

Be congruent in beliefs. Don’t say money can’t buy happiness and then say you get what you
pay for. Examine your beliefs and decide which you want to choose. This reduces cognitive
dissonance, which destroys your brain’s processing power and can cause confusion, doubt,
and ultimately suffering. I would recommend using the Sedona Method to release all of your
beliefs, whether you see them as good or bad.
When you fully experience anything, only then can you also have full knowingness instead of
just “knowing about” something. You are just reading about it, studying it at an academic level
if you only know about it. However, even if you did experience it, you may not have full
comprehension if you weren’t fully aware.

167
Meditations and Rituals

Introduction
This chapter skips all the explanations for meditations that were previously explained, while
adding some new ones. I recommend practicing these meditations as needed. They can help
improve aspects of your life.

What Is Meditation?
Meditation means getting the mind (not just the brain) in a state of balance. Do this with what
feels right. When meditating, don’t force yourself; allow yourself to meditate. If you get
frustrated, accept it and mentally release the emotion; then move forward or try some other
time.
A hemisphere is one side of the brain; we have two sides, which are split up but connected.
They do not work independently but in unison. In a healthy brain, they work together to
achieve optimal brain health. If one side is dominant, such as the left, then it will make the left
side of the body perform worse. They support each other and are dependent on each other.
They are partners that work better together. Almost everyone switches between being left- or
right-brain dominant at times; that is actually a good thing. Sometimes you need to use one
over the other. A healthy brain is balanced most of the time. An unhealthy brain is chronically
dominant in one hemisphere. A person who is chronically left-brained would likely be an
atheist scientist. A person who is chronically right-brained might be a dogmatic priest. Most in
Western society are left-brained.
Most people are confined by their thoughts. Silence the mind via meditation. In this state, you
can begin to tell yourself the positive messages you wish to say.
Here are some hallmarks of a chronically imbalanced person; each side has false beliefs
associated with each brain hemisphere.
Here are some left-brain traits. Take note of which traits you generally possess at most times
in your life:
 Self-centered  Language (verbal and written)
 Analytical  Reasoning
 Logical  Practical
 Mathematical  Strategic
 Sequential  Orderly

168
 Discerning  Active
 Five-sense oriented  Grounded

Here are some right-brain traits. Take note of which traits you generally possess at most times
in your life:
 Artistic  Visual
 Holistic (big-picture thinking)  Spontaneous
 Emotional  Spiritual (beyond five senses)
 Creative  Others-focused
 Imaginative  Passive
 Intuitive  Suggestive

Check each trait you have. If you have more checked traits on one side, you are more
dominant in that hemisphere. Remember, this changes through the day. Before doing
meditation, ask yourself if it is right for you. You could even check this list again and give
yourself another evaluation.
Some meditations are good for a balanced mind, which will be marked with a B. If a
meditation brings you closer to the left brain, it will be marked with an L. If a meditation brings
you closer to the right brain, it will be marked with an R.

Concentration (L)
Concentration meditation has you focus on one thing for a certain period of time. This is great
for increasing focus in life, which is most needed because the average person has an
attention span less than a goldfish (eight seconds). You can focus on your breath, a noise, an
object such as a candle’s light, a dot on the wall, a smell, a feeling, or a taste, essentially the
five senses. You can also close your eyes and repeat a prayer, mantra, verse, or poem.
Here is a good one I like to say:
Through prayer or pleasure,
In company or alone,
He who puts his mind on God
He enjoys, he enjoys, only he enjoys.

169
Contemplation (B)
This is my favorite form of meditation. It can be done anywhere and is a powerful way to
increase your imagination while simultaneous increasing your discernment skills. You will be
opening your mind; you will begin to see more opportunities in your life that you can
potentially exploit if you use your willpower. You will be more open to ideas that may be
controversial but beneficial for your enlightenment and empowerment. You simply ask
yourself questions and imagine different possibilities or outcomes. This helps you solve
problems and make decisions as well.

Daydreaming (R)
This is a fun one and stimulates the imagination. In this one, you create a world of your own.
Make it like a fictional story or a fully immersive virtual reality simulation. Get as many of your
senses involved as possible. You can get emotionally involved if you like.

Tai Chi and Qi Gong (B)


Tai Chi and qi gong are quite similar. They both deal with energy, called qi or chi.
Qi gong is an exercise that involves moving your body in slow movements. The focus is on
breathing, visualization, messaging, and slow movements. This is a powerful combination that
can heal you of many issues and fortify your strengths. You can practice qi gong quite easily,
and it can be done regardless of health conditions or age. It is very easy. I recommend yoqi qi
gong exercises on YouTube, and then if you like it, find a tai chi or qi gong instructor. Learning
from an instructor helps you feel the qi, rather than just doing the movements.
Tai chi is an exercise similar to qi gong, but it is also a martial art. Qi gong is almost always
done before going into tai chi practice. You need to get the negative energy out and good
energy flowing in before you move into tai chi. Tai chi focus more on large, slow, and more
subtle movements. Tai chi is a form of martial arts, but is slowed down to teach others how to
do it. Tai chi has more physical benefits than mental benefits, unlike qi gong.
When I do tai chi, I imagine a fighting fierce warrior, but I am relaxed and having fun in the
fight, because I know I will win. If you are feeling more relaxed, imagine moving gracefully in
the clouds like an angel. The angel meditation is also good for qi gong as well. Get
emotionally involved!
Yoga (B)
Yoga as an exercise is moving the body in certain ways to achieve different states of being as
well as increasing health. You can tap into new information about yourself while doing this.
Yoga is a practice that is best done in classes or by a mentor. I would recommend getting a
feel for it by looking up videos online of how to do it.

170
Yoga balances both brain hemispheres by using the left and right sides of the body equally,
which stimulates both hemispheres.

Rituals
Rituals are exercises that can be done to improve your distinctly human capabilities, such as
your imagination, faith, self-esteem, self-awareness, specific issues, etc. They are less
focused on balancing brain hemispheres. They are repeatable. If you have free time, you can
always do these.

Sedona Method

This is the basic technique; the more advanced techniques can be found online or in their
programs and books. In the books section of my website, nextlevelthinking.net, I have the
Sedona book online for free. When you feel a feeling you do not like, use this.

1. Focus on the feeling you would like to feel better about and allow it.

2. Ask yourself one of these questions, then move to another one:

Could I allow myself to feel this feeling?

Could I welcome this feeling?

Could I let this feeling go?

3. Then, after that, ask:

Would I, in other words, am I willing to let go?

If no, ask:

Would I rather have this feeling, or would I rather be free?

4. If you would rather have the feeling, ask:

When (would I want to be free)?

5. Repeat the previous four steps until the feeling is gone.

When you let go, you can use a visualization. I like to breathe in to allow the feeling and
imagine the feeling bathing me while placing my hands near the top of my head with my

171
palms facing my body (about six inches away). I pull my hands down my head. When I let go,
I make a small fist with my hands and pull them down, rotate my hands away from my body,
and flick the feeling out. I breathe out and imagine the feeling floating off into space, away
from my head.

You can create any visualization or body movement if you want; the best is one that you make
personal.

The Sedona Method Book: https://u.pcloud.link/publink/show?


code=XZeN7OkZP5wj7sd9zVJisDpXniMnLBdCJ2D7

Thought Field Therapy


Thought field therapy, also known as the Callahan Technique, is good for clearing out
negative thoughts. It is used in several of the other rituals, so I listed it first.
The gamut spot is an area that is between your index finger and pinky finger. It is an area
below the gap of your index finger and pinky knuckles. When doing TFT, you tap these with
your fingers on the opposite hand, but not the thumb.
To begin, you start with collarbone breathing. The collarbone point can be found by putting
your finger under your nose and following down until you reach a V-shaped groove past the
neck; then move your finger over two inches to the left or right, depending on which side you
are working with. When you press, it should feel like a tender spot.
These are five breathing positions in this exercise. When you hold it, hold for six seconds at
most or whatever makes you feel relaxed.

1. Take a deep breath in fully and hold it.


2. Let half of that breath out and hold it.
3. Let it all out and hold it.
4. Take a half-breath in and hold it.
5. Breathe normally.

These are the tapping positions:

1. Take two fingertips and touch one of the collarbone


points and tap the gamut spot on the back of that
hand while going through the five breathing positions.
Tap rapidly for each breathing position.

2. Move the same two fingertips to the other collarbone


point and repeat above.

172
3. Now, bend the same two fingers in half and touch the
knuckles to the collarbone point while tapping and going
through the five breathing positions. Tuck the
thumb in. Make sure that the elbows
are in the air when you are touching the knuckles to the
body so that only the knuckles are touching the body.

4. Move knuckles to the other collarbone point and tap


while going through the five breathing positions. Make
sure that only the knuckles are touching the body.

5. Now, take fingertips of the other hand and repeat steps


1 and 2 above.

6. Now, take the knuckles of that hand and repeat steps 3


and 4 above, making sure that only the knuckles are
touching the body.

After that, do the main TFT method: This is the main TFT method. Tap the following points for
five seconds. When tapping, think of the thought you want to get rid of, and feel it getting
better. Replace those thoughts with thoughts you feel good about. You can do this by saying
affirmations aloud of the positive thoughts you want to replace.

 Tap under eye


 Tap under arm
 Tap collarbone spot

Tap the gamut spot while doing these next nine instructions:

 Close the eyes


 Open the eyes
 Move the eyes down and to one side
 Move the eyes down and to other side
 Roll the eyes in a circle in one direction
 Roll the eyes in a circle in the opposite direction
 Hum a tune aloud with mouth closed for five seconds
 Count aloud from one to five
 Hum a tune again aloud, with mouth closed

Stop tapping the gamut and repeat the first three taps:

173
 Tap under eye
 Tap under arm
 Tap collarbone spot

Rate your feeling from 1 to 10; 10 means you are feeling absolutely awful, and 1 means you
are feeling perfectly calm. If you are not at a 1 or 2, repeat the tapping points above (not the
collarbone). Then when you feel like you are at a 1 or 2, move on to the next method.
Then do the Correct Physiological Reversal method. You do this by tapping the side of the
hand, on the side where you would do a karate chop until you feel no negativity.
Then do the rapid relaxation technique. While doing this, you want to tap the gamut spot.
Make your head level, and look as far down as you can. Move your eyes straight up; this
should be slow and take you about seven seconds. You should feel calm, once you are
thinking of the thoughts you want to have to replace the negative thoughts you were thinking.
It should be noted that the tapping sequences vary depending on the emotion you are feeling.
The previous instructions are for general negative thoughts. Go to http://tfttapping.com/ for
instructions on specific emotion.
The TapIntoNow.com YouTube channel has great videos for specific emotions.
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC0OINF2NkUzAdSJVIjL3WDQ
Here is the guided video of collarbone breathing: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=kQx1lRWG4M0&list=PLZPamCdtt70LQmgLp0Z29QExkee3EtZwH&index=10
Here is the main protocol, the reversal method, and rapid relaxation technique for trauma and
anxiety: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=zvBn3WpMltI&list=PLZPamCdtt70LQmgLp0Z29QExkee3EtZwH&index=12
Here is a picture to help you understand the tapping point.

174
Relaxation Technique
This is good if you are stressed, are feeling overwhelmed, or suffering from insomnia. Doing
this before the other rituals and meditations is helpful to get you in a relaxed state. Getting
into a relaxed state improves the ability for the ritual and meditation’s power to work.
Think about nothing, if you can’t, you can image a just a large, completely pitch-black void
and close your eyes. Get into a comfortable position in a quiet place. When you are relaxed,
you can repeat prayers, mantras, proverbs, or do self-talk. You can always say, “I feel
relaxed.” Strong lavender aromatherapy always gets me into a very relaxed mood no matter
what.
Alternatively, do the rapid relaxation technique. While doing this, you want to tap the gamut
spot. Make your head level, and look as far down as you can. Move your eyes straight up; this
should be slow and take about seven seconds. If this doesn’t work, do the all TFT methods.
Manipulating with physical objects is also a stress killer. Play with building blocks, garden,
create art, write a poem or story, or read a physical book. Gardening is likely the best of these

175
for the purposes of relaxation. The feeling of touching dirt is almost euphoric if you rarely do it.
No wonder kids love playing in the dirt. Sunbathing while having my feet firmly on the ground
and breathing in fresh air is amazing for relaxation.

Simple Self-Reiki (Ritual)

You look up and imagine a ball of white light. For each chakra, place your hand over it and
see how much is filled with white light. See light going into the chakra that removes darkness
and fills the pie with light. Go down until each chakra is filled.

You can’t make energy come to you; you instead allow it. Let it happen, and don’t force it.

If you let the darkness go, the white energy appears. Allow it in.

Spiritual Gifts (Ritual)


Hold hands out, feet away from chest, hum, then follow these steps:
Step 1: Look up.
Step 2: See God.
Step 3: See white energy come in.
If you receive gifts from spiritual dimensions, take it and put it into your chest.

Ask angels how to use your gifts when you receive them if you have questions. The more you
use your spiritual gifts, the more you will receive.

Educate the angels about what you need. I need it for life purpose, not greed! Don’t expect
gifts by begging!

Gifts may go away if you don’t use them. Also, the powers can be revoked if you violate
others.

Get Rid of Lingering Spirits

Don’t suicide, get help. Suicide is the most tragic form of death. The lost souls on Earth
(usually called ghosts) are often lingering here due to suicide.

Pray and ask angels to let the person go up if a spirit is haunting you.

Heal Others

Listen to the angels.


1. Look up.

176
2. Project consciousness above your head and see angels.
3. See dark energy leave the ears.
4. Listen; if they are not talking, ask a question.

Ask to get rid of negativity by seeing them chase down and peeling off dark energy and
replacing it with light.

When you’ve done your best with a person, sometimes moving on is the best thing you can
do.

Mindfulness
This is good for self-awareness and is an easy way to get rid of negativity. You close your
eyes in a quiet place in a comfortable position and let your thoughts pass by with no judgment
or resistance, just observe them.

Present-Moment Awareness
Present-moment awareness is being aware of the present moment and your surroundings.
This means that you end the chatter of your mind or what is often called your train of thought.
Concentrate thoughts on your environment. Did you hear that? What’s the smell? What is the
color of the clothes you are wearing? What do the clothes you are wearing feel like? I like to
look around my surroundings, especially in nature. Looking at nature is a great mood booster.
Looking far away increases benefits; it gets you out of your head. You don’t have to look at
nature; you can do it anywhere.
I recommend this meditation be done in your bedroom at least once a day. You might be
surprised to find things you have lost. You may even find disorganized piles of junk and filth to
clean. This is a good way to practice Feng Shui.
God and the angels are always sending you messages in the present, ask yourself the
meaning of things you see right now in your five-sense reality.
When doing present-moment awareness, pay attention to hearing. Distinguish each sound
you hear and where it comes from. Touch everything you can reach, and don’t forget to smell.
Look and everything you can see from where you are. Call it out and describe its color, shape,
size, etc.

Depth of Vision
This improves your ability to expand your depth of vision and ability to future-think.

177
Watch sci-fi movies, play sci-fi games, and read sci-fi books. Sci-fi books are the best
because you must exercise your imagination more. Realize all the technology that exists in
sci-fi is possible with what we have now; if not, we can use our minds to create it. Imagine
how our current world could go to this sci-fi reality.
Watch I pencil and How It’s Made videos to help you develop mental processes to see the
future of things.

Gratitude Meditations
Do passive meditation. Go to a quiet corner for five to ten minutes, and go through all the
good things in your life that helped you make all of these possible. Include people and events
as well. Thank people who provide service for you, such as mailman, dentist, etc. Don’t think,
“Oh, those people are paid to do those things; it’s not as if they would get up in the morning
and do this for me if they couldn’t get anything for it.” This thinking is missing the point; the
fact is they are taking precious and invaluable time out of their day to help you.

Do the active gratitude meditation. Be in the present and walk around, looking at and touching
objects, and be grateful for them. Think of all the things these objects have done for you. Be
grateful for the little things, such as a pen or a cup. If you can’t, you should probably get rid of
it. Be grateful for all that you have every day. I recommend doing this once a day.

When eating, think of the thousands of people who used their precious time to give you that
food (the cultivating, harvest, processing, transportation, and selling). You can do this for any
product. See depth of vision (in this section) and abundance sections (in meditations).

Self-Hypnosis
Self-hypnosis is a form of meditation. You can do this yourself by concentrating on a candle
flame for a period of time; your mind becomes more suggestible by doing so. Tell yourself
what you want to be or manifest. Imagine what you want and feeling the feelings of already
having it.
You can also put yourself in a relaxed state and then do the same process as above.
Hypnosis puts you into a hypnagogic state, which where your conscious mind can’t reject a
thought, so it makes you very vulnerable to influence.

Abundance Meditations
This is the magical checkbook ritual. For this exercise, you will need a blue pen, a black pen,
and a bank register slip. Each day, write in blue ink how much money you want to be
deposited in the bank that you believe you can get. Increase the amount each day to an

178
amount that feels good. There are no limits; the purpose is to give you the feeling of being
wealthy, so you become wealthy. When you make the deposit, visualize exactly how you are
getting the money. Is it direct deposit or cash? Who is giving you the money? Is it from a job,
book sales, a client, etc.? After you do this, be grateful to God for living in abundance. Use the
blue pen and write what you will spend the money on. What do you want to buy? How will you
buy it—in a store, online, what store, what website? How will you get to the store? When will
you get to the store? Be as specific as possible.
We live in an abundant world; this an attitude that is required for your prosperity. If you think
we live in world of lack, you will lack. You will always get what you need to feel happy and
fulfill your dreams if you believe it. If you don't think we live in an abundant world, go to as
many stores as possible. Look at all the items there and discover all the materials it took to
make the items. Imagine the time, energy, and manpower that went into it. Realize that there
are millions of these stores around the world. This is nothing short of a miracle. Look at how-
it’s-made videos. Learning how things are made helps you understand the complex process,
manpower, and machinery used to make objects, which is more proof that we live in an
abundant world.
I also like to bless money. This is when you put your initials on one of the corners of a bill with
a blue pen, then take money-drawing oil and put it on the four corners of dollar bills. After that,
take the bill, put it underneath your mouth and say, “May all who receive this bill be given
more money, as well as the one giving it (you).”
Here is an advanced money ritual. Here is what you need.
 A green unscented candle
 A money-drawing oil
 Money-drawing incense
 Rum or a cigar
 Brown paper bag or parchment
 White clothes (beige pants also work)

Dress the candle in money incense scent and oil on top of the candle in a clockwise manner.
Carve a statement of intent, then dress the candle with oil and incense. This is creating a
symbol for money; it can be anything you want it to be. Lay a small glass of rum next to
candle when you burn it.
Tear a piece off till there are no straight edges on the square paper. Write statement of intent
on the paper bag with a pencil in present tense such as, “Money comes to me in unexpected
ways” (you can also put a specific amount). Sign it. Put the paper underneath the candle with
the edges sticking out.

179
While preparing, imagine you already have the outcome. Meditate to get in a good state. Do a
ritual shower, imagine all the negativity washing away. Wear all white clothes if possible.
Imagine light entering through your feet and going through your whole body. Imagine shooting
like a laser beam in a clockwise blue circle around you where the ritual will take place. While
casting say, “I cast this in the name of the most high, the Tetragrammaton, as a space
between worlds, where all things are made possible, through mine and thy will, as above so
below, as within so without, so be it.” Walk around the circle clockwise three times, starting in
the east. Each time you pass the circle, do sign of enterer (step forward with left foot), then
sign of silence (stamp down back with left foot). Once done, declare, “Holy art thou, Lord of
the universe, holy art thou which nature hath not formed. Holy art thou, the vast and mighty
one, ruler of the light and of the darkness.” You may now light your candle and incense.
DO THIS IN HOUR OF JUPITER: Get in a comfortable, relaxed position in front of the candle.
Gaze into the candle flame. While doing so, call upon spirits of Jupiter to bless this working
and candle and offering that I make. Say the following 3 times: In the name of Jupiter, the
most benevolent, so mote it be (so mote it be essentially means it is so). Then imagine
already having the money and switching between trancing. Imagine holding the money
physically (maybe even hold the money and fold the money in the left hand or pocket.
Imagine tasting the money (don't actually do this). Direct visualizations into the candle flame;
don't force it, and just imagine the energy going in relaxed. While doing visualization, be
grateful and positive. Do this for ten to fifteen minutes or whenever you feel done. I
recommend going until the hour is done or five minutes before the hour ends.
To end the spell, stand up, thank Jupiter and the spirits, respectfully ask them to complete the
task, and return to their homes without causing mischief or harm when doing so. Walk
counterclockwise on the ritual circle, starting in the west, when once hitting east, imagine
pulling curtains shut behind you. Then close the circle; same as tracing but in an undoing
process. Imagine this being pulled up into yourself. Then say “I close this circle in the name of
the most high, the Tetragrammaton, and return to the mundane world from which I came. This
working is now complete.” Knock on a table.
Let the candle burn all the way down; it’s okay to put out the candle if you have to go. Just
recast the circle and then focus and then close the circle. Then forget about it. Do three to
four times a year.

Self-Talk
This is best done in a mirror. I used to do this the first twenty minutes after I get up and the
last twenty minutes before I fall asleep. Doing this in the car using your front mirrors pointed
toward you at traffic stops is also a great opportunity to do some positive self-talk.
Transformation vocabulary is useful in mantras and affirmations. Words recall certain
memories. These memories can trigger emotions and thought patterns. Use words that help
you recall memories and words that get you onto a positive thought pattern. This is different

180
for each person; someone may say love and experience a memory that is of a loving
relationship with others, while some may think of heartbreak. The word is not too important;
the feeling is what matters.
Words are powerful. What you say reflects what you’re thinking. Use powerful and uplifting
words. They can help focus your thoughts. The emotions you feel when saying words are
more important than the words you use. If you say, “I hate you” to a person you love with a
feeling of lightheartedness, you will both laugh. If you say “I hate you” to a person you dislike,
you will both probably be angry. Don’t say phrases that make you feel bad. People say
negative mantras out loud that they repeat over and over without paying attention, because
it’s a habit.

Don’t lie. If you lie to others, you will feel guilty; they will lie to you.

If you start saying an affirmation and it feels good, you should say it more. If you stop feeling
good when saying an affirmation, choose other affirmations. Realize it might already be self-
repeating in your unconscious mind if you enjoy an affirmation and stop enjoying it. If that is
the case, you can pick a new affirmation.

Here is an idea: instead of saying “I feel happy,” how about we boost that affirmation? Now
how about this: “I feel infinitely happy.” Happy is a limiting word for many; what people think is
happiness is based on past experiences. One person’s idea of happiness is different from
another’s. A person who has lived a dull existence is different from a person who is always
joyful. Power words can break these limits. Power worlds break all illusions that you are not
an infinite powerful being who can experience no limits. When you say a power word in a
mantra, really put emphasis on it. Power words usually work best if you are already in a
good/neutral emotional state and should only be used positively.
Here are some of my power words:
 Infinite (my favorite)  All
 Universal  Always
 Eternal  Forever
 Endless  Everlasting
 Boundless  Absolute
 Bottomless  Complete
 Perfect  Whole
 Supreme  Total
 Ultimate  Free

181
 Certain
Illuminating power words is a great idea.
Sacred languages such as Hebrew and Sanskrit have been theorized to be more powerful
than modern languages. Learning these languages can be beneficial. Words carry vibrations
that affect the world. Om or Aum is a Sanskrit word that is being constantly said by many
people all across the world. Saying this word can connect you to the etheric field with others
and give you thoughts similar to the thoughts they are thinking. Generally, those saying Aum
(or Om) are higher aware and loving souls. If you say this for five minutes, you will notice a
difference. Give it a try! If learning sacred languages feels good, learn them and say your
affirmations in them. Look online for mantras in the Hebrew, Latin, or Sanskrit languages.
Here are some affirmations and mantras you can try:
 I am so happy and grateful now that (insert dream/goal here).
 I’m doing it, that’s it, period!
 Every day in every way, I’m getting better and better.
 The journey is the reward.
 Be the change you wish to see in the world.
 Not even the armies of the world can stop me! (based off Victor Hugo quote)
 I am light, I am love, I am life.
 I’m alive, I’m alert, I feel great.
 All is well.
 Everything is perfect.
 I am perfect.
 I am complete.
 One for all, all for one.
 It’s the thought that counts.
 When the attitude is right, the facts don’t count.
 Bigger and better, bigger and better, bigger and better!
 Infinite, Infinite, Infinite!

When you speak aloud, it makes waves of motion; it makes neural pathways because the
sound travels through bone to the brain, mouth, and ears. This is the power of loud, positive

182
self-talk. Speak aloud, with energy and intense volume, and use powerful words to program
yourself for success.

You must believe in the affirmations you tell yourself, or you won’t feel good. Don’t lie to
yourself! Thankfully, you can tone down an affirmation. If you feel depressed, you can say “I
feel okay,” until you do feel okay. Once you feel okay, then you can say, “I feel great!” Then,
perhaps you can use a power word and say, “I feel perfectly great!” Use the emotional
guidance scale or create your own and move up the scale using new affirmations for each
level.
Your affirmation is ingrained in you if you know it like your know your name. This means you
can recall it at any time. If someone were to ask you what your affirmation is, you will have no
doubt, and you will respond immediately.
Speak aloud and move your body in an excited and happy way. Dancing or jumping up and
down or pumping your fist in the air is great. Jumping up from my computer chair and yelling
“I’m gonna do it, that’s it, period!” is one of my favorites. Body movements increase the power
and belief in what you are saying.

Record yourself talking about what you really want in life and play this as often as you can.
Kevin Trudeau and Norman Vincent Peale (self-help author) say that listening to audio while
sleeping can help with programming your mind. When you are sleeping, you are not
consciously resisting the information. This is almost effortless and really does work. Do this
until it is ingrained in you, and then you can choose a new affirmation.

Keys to mantras:
-Say it over and over again aloud or silently. Aloud is more powerful.
-Activate and illuminate the words. (See vocabulary section.)
-It needs to get a picture in your mind.
-It gives you a feeling.
-The mantras make you feel aligned to God, which gives you sense of allowing, flow, and
being in the zone. The best mantras are usually short and focus all one concept, so these can
be a point of focus, but there are no right or wrong mantras. If it resonates with you, feels
good, and is in alignment, use that one.

Tips for mantras:


 Having one or two mantras is better than fifty; there is more focus and therefore more
intensity of power.
 Mantra could be just one world like Aum or Love.
 You can change them or use the same one for as long as you like.
 Have pictures and accessories to help remind yourself of your mantra. A heart could
represent the mantra “I am love.”

183
In addition to this practice, you can also do what I call “speak-writing.” This is great if and
when you are writing affirmations. Speaking and listening to yourself can help embed
messages more thoroughly into your mind. Speak-write is good if you get distracted easily;
you will be focused. Speaking and writing words helps you focus.
Writing in cursive (doesn’t have to an official cursive method, but some like to start there) is
helpful. Cursive is and more natural than straight lines. You want to write without having your
pen leave the page, except between lines and words.

Guided Meditation
Guided meditation is great for beginners. I started with this meditation. They can be fun and
adventurous, and there are thousands of free ones on YouTube and other sites. They helped
me early on with OCD and stress.

Visualization
Visualization is a powerful form of meditation, if one can utilize it correctly. It is also simple to
do. You can close your eyes and visualize something, anything. Visualization is more powerful
if you:
 Get all of your five senses involved
 Experience the emotions of the imagination
 See everything in color
 Have yourself in the picture in first person
 Really feel you are there or have what you want (or are what you want to be)

One example of visualization I use to get rid of negative thoughts is the trash visualization. I
will take a thought I am having that I don’t want and throw the thought into the trash.
The reason this is so powerful is because our subconscious mind loves symbolism, which is
why many corporations have marketing teams dedicated to symbolism. They know it works
on people’s minds in ways they are not aware of, to get people to buy their products and
services.

Breathing
Close your eyes. The goal is to focus only on breathing, slow your breathing down, and make
it rhythmic. An ideal number to start with is one that is slower than your current breath count
that feels right. The best place to do this is a quiet place in nature, away from pollution.
Natural settings have excellent air quality that gives you incredible energy and relieves stress.
184
There is also alternative nose breathing. This breathing exercise helps you focus. You breathe
in for six seconds with one nostril, while you close the other with your finger. Hold your breath
for six seconds. Switch the nostril you close, and breathe out the other for six seconds.
Repeat this exercise for five minutes or as long as you desire.

Good Will File

A good will file is a file of all people you have a relationship with. This creates networks and
maintains relationships. Have information in the file such as name, kids, birthday, anniversary,
etc. This allows you to keep connections with many people. Send cards every holiday and on
their birthday. Super successful people handwrite cards and will thank fondly.

Freewriting
You can write whatever you want, how you feel, a story, etc. You are putting these thoughts
into a hard physical form. Do not correct spelling, punctuation, or grammar. Set a time limit,
word limit, or page limit if you wish, or do the writing for as long as you like. Word limit is
easier to do when typing.
You can either type or write. Writing is generally better for memory but not always for
freewriting. If you are a faster typist than writer and you are getting intuitive thoughts faster
than you can write, type it. If you type, 750words.com is a great site.
Some also like to do writing prompts. This is similar, but a person writes a prompt for you
instead of just writing on a blank slate of mind.
When you finish, review what you wrote down. It may surprise you. You may even notice
some of what you wrote you didn’t realize you wrote! This is because you were writing
unconsciously; this is one way to channel other forces and energies besides your own into
writing. This can give you incredible insight that could otherwise not be gained. It can also
increase your intuition and your creative abilities. It is phenomenal for writers and a way to
conquer writer’s block.
While writing this book, I did not encounter writer’s block, which is only created by a mind
experiencing limitation. I would recommend ridding yourself of the idea of writer’s block if you
have it.
When you’re done freewriting, read what you’ve written. Underline anything that feels
particularly intuitive or inspiring to you. Take in the messages you’ve received and take them
seriously or don’t! Analyze them to find the meaning. Sometimes I will write completely
nonsensical stories or I will have great insights; it’s fun either way and a great experience.
Freewriting is a truly powerful way to connect with spirit and your subconscious, so trust that
you’re receiving the messages you need.
185
Create Something
I want you to stop reading now, and for the next five minutes, get a blank piece of paper and a
writing implement. Create something. Come back in five minutes and read the next
paragraph.
I bet you felt creative, didn’t you? This exercise helps with creativity, something most lack.

Mindful Eating
Eating can be a form of meditation. Before you eat and during the day, be thankful for having
food. Not everyone in the world has food, especially high-quality food like most of us have
available in the Western world. Thank those who made the food before eating it. Chew slowly
and well until the food is the texture of applesauce. Doing this helps with digestion, which
means you are getting more nutrients and are putting less of a burden on your digestive
system. Eating in silence can also be beneficial, as you can fully focus on the experience of
eating. By eating a raw vegan diet, you can download information in the etheric field. My best
ideas come when I am eating.
Fast eating indicates nervousness or rushing. Slowing down how fast you eat can help you
calm your mind.

To-Do List

Shift from have-to lists to want-to-do lists. This reduces stress and increases your willpower.

Write in blue ink and on white paper your daily goals or habits you want to establish, cross
them out as you do them. Self-help lecturer Earl Nightingale says that you should have at
least six goal-achieving activities a day. Crossing out activities you do gives you a sense of
accomplishment and prevents you from thinking you didn’t do an activity when you did. We
have a strong desire to finish tasks, so by leaving these tasks unfinished, it forces our minds
to focus on it, and we gain pleasure from completing tasks. Make this list at night for the next
day, about twenty minutes before you sleep or whenever you get an idea for something you
need to do tomorrow. Twenty minutes before bed, your body enters a period when it is very
receptive of information that you or others give it. Interesting fact: Hitler gave most of his
speeches at night, because he knew that people were more receptive to information at that
time. If you’re unsure which order to complete activities, make bullet points instead. Use a
separate page or column before each day, to avoid confusing days.

Abraham Hicks says you can ask the universe (God) to assist you with tasks you have, so
you can write the tasks each day that you need help with. I call this a Universe To-Do (UTD).
God has no limits, so ask away! If there are tasks that you didn’t get done today, definitely

186
include those! Make sure you are grateful for God helping you! If you have nothing to put for
your UTD, ask God to help you get closer to him and ask how you can serve him. Serving
God will give you the maximum joy in life.

Create small daily goals to enjoy many successes each day. (This builds confidence, and you
begin to see and expect yourself to do more and more.) Make little accomplishments a
success. Daily habits breed results, and results breed success (remember the momentum
cycle). Rig the success game in your favor. You can make success as simple as getting out of
bed. You successfully got out of bed, that’s a victory; not everyone gets out of bed. The
feelings of success create more success in your life; cultivate this feeling.

If you are feeling overwhelmed with activities, turn it over to the “manager,” a person you can
imagine who, whenever you give them tasks, will always do what you say right away. Imagine
the manager commanding a team of billions to help you get things done. You can think of a
factory or a planet or a solar system or a galaxy or a universe. You get all the help you
request.

To-do lists can help you decide what to do when you don’t know; it’s not a must-do or can-do
list. To dos are great if you don't know what to do in life, it keeps you on track as well. Writing
a to-do list helps you focus on what matters and gets you out of your head thinking of what
you need to do. They help with concentration and reducing a feeling of overwhelm. You get it
out of your mind and into the paper, which frees up space in the mind that can be used for
other purposes.

Before making a to-do list, ask What do I want more than anything else? Make a to-do list and
chunk the items into categories ( The Item- go to gym, for example would go into the Health
chunk; The Item- Pay bills would go in the finances chunk). Start by looking at one chunk and
find the most important action to get results. Focus on one chunk, then find the most
important on another. List all the most important actions in order of importance. Circle the
most important, then get to work. Link to-do into sections and state reasons why for
accomplishing each chunk. What are the results you’re looking for?

If you can’t think of a good reason to do something on the to-do list, it’s probably something
you shouldn’t do, feel to find out if there is a gut reason. Mindful to-do lists get you thinking
about outcomes, rather than filling up the list with mindless or random activities. Most confuse
activity with accomplishment. Activity without purpose is the drain to your life. When you ask
what you want, always follow up with why for each item. Asking why helps to add emotional
intensity to anything; it’s not just for eliminating.

You can always wait on an item if you are indecisive. You never have to make a decision (but
be aware that not making a decision is technically making a decision).

187
When an item is completed, cross it out. You can cross out tasks that are no longer important
or are obsolete if you change your desires. If you broke an agreement with yourself or
others ,see Agreement section.

List all the most important actions in a chunk in order of importance. Circle the most
important, then get to work on that action. Complete one item, then find the most important
item on another chunk.

Be aware: You don’t need to do it all today to get the results you want.

You can also create a new to do list a day, every day is a new day. An exciting way to
experience life is to have make a new to do list everyday as your day goes on and see
everyday as completely new day, as if it was the first day in your life. Obviously, your previous
plans and scheduled events are still on your to do list. This also doesn’t mean erase your
memories, but your expectations. If someone treats you bad at work, stop expecting them to
treat you bad and observe what happens. Do this with no expectations, except perhaps that
you will have the perfect day.

Make every successfully completed item on your to do list an accomplishment, so you feel
successful. You can do this by making check marks, smiling faces, or by moving around and
saying uplifting affirmations. When you feel successful, you become successful. This is
making the rules easy for you to win.

Dream Interpretation
Dream interpretation can expand your imagination. Your dreams utilize your full imagination,
and what you experience in dreams is often incredible. Events that happen are beyond what
happens in your daily life. Reflect on what you dreamed of. I suggest keeping a dream journal
for particularly interesting dreams. Describe the dreams in as vivid detail as possible. Before
you sleep, you can say, “I will remember my dreams,” and when you wake up, say it again.
You can look up dream interpretations online; they are interpretations of the symbols,
sensations, and emotions of dreams. Remember that these interpretations are highly
subjective, which is why I recommend reading multiple dream interpretations. I would suggest
immediately dismissing an interpretation that you will encounter events in the future that you
do not desire. You create you future; don’t forget that.
You can interpret your dreams in any way, but remember, you always listen to yourself.
Dream interpretations by others are just guides. Dream symbols are unique to every
individual; they can vary slightly or widely. When reflecting on dreams, you can ask yourself
what they mean. If it feels right in your emotions and intuition, then it is right. There is no logic
to dreams; it is purely in the subconscious mind.

188
The feelings are more important than what you see in dreams. A bad event like a plane crash
sounds like a bad event. I had a dream of being in a plane crash, and I read online that it
means something is going wrong, but in the dream I was with my family, and we loved each
other as we had our last moments on Earth. We knew we would still have each other and
were ready to go. We saw each other in heaven. It was a good dream, despite the “bad”
event.
If you are experiencing nightmares, it usually is reflective if of what you’re thinking, and you
need to get your thinking right in the real world. You can do so by rereading the first chapter of
this book until it is ingrained in your mind. It could be unresolved traumas and programs in the
past you haven’t cleared up. Your subconscious mind has perfect recall; it stores all events
that happen and forgets nothing. Clear this program by reading the Programs and
Agreements chapters. I never get nightmares anymore, but when my life was going poorly,
they were constant. Nightmares mean that there is some junk to clear out in your
subconscious; the best way, from personal experience, is to go to energy healers.

Visual Autosuggestion
Visual subliminals are thought to be more effective than audio.

Draw what you really want in life. You can also make arts and crafts. This is great for
stimulating creativity.

Have pictures around the room of what you want. Make sure to add yourself to the pictures.
You can do this by cutting out pictures and putting yourself on pictures you want. You can also
use a photo-manipulation tool like Photoshop. You can put these photos on a dream board.

Have sticky notes around the places you look at most of the day; make sure that they are in
your peripheral vision. Use pictures and symbols; your peripheral vision loves symbols more
than words. Your peripherals are seen by the subconscious only, and the subconscious loves
symbols. I surround my computer with Post-it notes with positive affirmations and symbols.
Powerful symbols include the all-seeing eye, the Star of David, and the monad, flower of life.
You can tape pictures to the sides of screens and mirrors. Attaching them to a mirror is
powerful, combined with self-talk. You can make your own symbols as well; make sure you
attach a beneficial meaning to them first.

Memory Manipulation

I recommend analyzing your past daily events every day and doing this. You can recall
memories by tilting your head up slightly, looking up, and then looking left to right.

189
You can change your memories or change your feelings about them. This is great for if you
have a traumatic event or an event you felt bad about. Imagine pressing rewind on a remote
control and seeing a TV as your life. Go back to an event, and see it the way you wished it to
occur. Did someone cut you off in traffic that day and make you mad? You can simply go back
and see your trip where that didn’t happen. Maybe they cut in front of you and then the car
blew up. That will relieve some anger, and it might even make you laugh! Manipulate the
event in any way that makes you start feeling good about it. This is excellent for developing
your imagination.

You can also reflect back on a memory with a new perspective and not change it. Find the
gold in the experience, and connect it to present events. Often the worst events in our lives
bring about the greatest possible change. This can cause us to help deal with the crises in
life, because we know that everything works out for the better. This is more valuable than
changing the memory if you are working on trying to get a positive perspective in life.

You can go back to a memory you feel bad about and do Thought Field Therapy as well. See
the memory in your mind, and feel the emotions while you are doing the main method for
Thought Field Therapy. Finish when you get to the rapid relaxation response. The Sedona
Method is helpful as well.

Don’t forget, dreams are memories too! You can apply the same technique if you wake up
from a nightmare or sleep paralysis.

Forgiveness

Get into a relaxed state, go through your memories of everyone who wronged you, and write
their names down. Realize that people change. Grudges hold you back; they aren’t worth
keeping. You can forgive someone by saying “I release them to their highest good.” See them
happy, healthy, and prosperous. Write next to their name “I forgive you.”

Don’t forget to forgive yourself. Go through your past mistakes and those you have wronged.
Forgive all thoughts that were negative. Say “I forgive myself.” Then go through memories
and see yourself doing better than you did.
You can go back to a grudge you held; you can do Thought Field Therapy as well. See the
person you hold a grudge for in your mind and feel the emotions of the grudge while you are
doing the main method for Thought Field Therapy, but always start with collarbone breathing
and finish until you get to the rapid relaxation response. Replace the grudge with forgiving the
person, see them being friendly and doing well.
You can do this as well for forgiving yourself; instead look to your past decisions and feel the
emotions you feel when you make a poor decision. Replace the thought with forgiveness.

190
Obsessive and Negative Thinking

Overthinking only becomes a problem when we are resist our thoughts. Let your thoughts
pass; don’t resist them or carry the thoughts with you. Don’t judge them.

“What you resist not only persists, but will grow in size.”
—Carl Jung, psychologist and alchemist

If you are having an obsessive and negative thought, use this technique. Imagine sitting on a
park bench, reading a newspaper. Then you see someone out of the corner of your eye begin
to walk in front of you. Smile and wave, and let the thought walk past. Resisting these
obsessive, negative thoughts is like getting into an argument with the stranger who has a very
hot temper!
Ask yourself, is this thought worth obsessing over?

Distract yourself—a worthwhile dream or goal is an excellent distraction. If you become


obsessed with something else and it consumes all your thoughts, you can’t obsess about
other things. Your obsessive focusing conscious mind can only focus on one thing at a time.

Don’t identify yourself as an overthinker if you experience negative overthinking. Instead


identify yourself as an observer of your thoughts.

To reduce your compulsive acting, do this: imagine yourself sitting in a chair, letting a phone
ring. This will stop you from acting on things you know you don’t need to act on but do so
instinctively, such as obsessive thoughts.
A great visualization if you are having a random negative thought is to imagine a small ant
saying these thoughts. Encourage the ant to speak all that it has to say. They say “cancel
cancel.” Squash the bug. Replace the thought with a thought that serves you that you can
believe in.
TFT and the Sedona Method can also help.

Napping
Napping not only helps your energy levels when they are low, but it can also have other
benefits. You do no need to be tired to nap if you know how to relax. You can nap easily at
any time of day if you practice relaxation techniques to calm the mind. A comfortable bed,
pillow, blankets, good temperature, and quiet room are usually sufficient. When you nap, you
aren’t consciously resisting your desires, so you can let in what you want if you set an
intention before napping. This is very good if you can only think positively for short periods of
time, due to deep negative programs dragging you back to negative thinking. When you
program your mind for positivity and expansive thought, this is amplified when sleeping or
191
napping, because you can’t resist the thoughts you think while you are sleeping. Do this for at
least twenty minutes before you expect to fall asleep. The thoughts you think while you are
sleeping are mostly dependent on the thoughts you think while awake, especially before you
go to bed.
Be careful what you listen to while you sleep. I suggest positive programming, such as
listening to a recording of your dream or goals. It’s a bad idea to leave the TV or radio on
when you are asleep; you have no ability to resist incoming messages. Count your blessings
before bed.

Before you sleep or nap, think of a problem you want to solve, if you have one. You can ask
yourself what the best decision is when you wake up.

Channel Negativity
Negative emotion needs to be intense for it to work. Use it to get to a positive state. Avoid
chronic negative thinking; only use it to get to a state of feeling good.
In the next procedure, you can artificially channel negativity to reach massive positive
thinking. Warning: Only intensify negative emotions if you know where you want to go.
Otherwise practice the relaxation technique or use the Callahan Technique to clear it out. If
you know where you want to go, proceed.
Here are some things you say if you are experiencing comfort during pain and misery, such
as being in a “comfortable” neglectful relationship. Get as mad as possible. Use creative
language if you need to. When you have reached your peak, stop and read the next
paragraph. Say these and feel the feeling of being fed up:

 I can’t stand this!

 I’m done!

 This is bull!

 “I’M SICK AND TIRED OF BEING SICK AND TIRED.”


Imagine your ideal self. Say these until you reach peak positive emotions. Then, while
imaging your ideal future self and reality, say positive affirmations such as:
“I’m going up from here.”
“My life is getting better. This is the first day of my new awesome life.”
“I’m getting better and better.”

Window Shopping

192
This is good if you want to increase your desire and belief of getting a material object. Go and
experience touching the object. Hear it if it makes a sound; look at it from different angles.
Smell it, and taste it if appropriate. Here is an example:

If you want a car, test drive the car. Enjoy it. This increases the desire for it and the belief you
can get it. If you want to be rich, imagine yourself being rich and fondling money in your
hands.
Touch what you want to develop your desire; do this once a week or more. This keeps the fire
going. If not material, look at dream online or in your head, print a picture of the desire or what
you imagine the desire to look like. Touch the picture when you print it. Listen to audio of the
product (such as the car driving around).

Worst-Case Scenario

Here is a good way to clear doubt (as well as worry and fear) and an unhealthy obsessive
need for you dreams. This will help you manifest your desires will more joy and less struggle
and faster: A strong desire for a feeling of desperation or lack is not going to help. If you think
getting your dream will make you happy now and you aren’t happy now, then you will almost
certainly be disappointed, as the feeling of happiness will likely be short-lived.

Think of the worst-case scenario for a short time. You think about what you do not want. You
feel as if you are aren’t going to attain your desires. Feel bad so you could run it out just a few
minutes. Then after two hours, do it again. If you feel worse, observe and have the
knowingness that no matter what every will be okay, because even if the worst-case scenario
does happen, you created it, and you can get out of it. Know that you will be given more
chances, since you are source (God and All Things), you will return again in another life.

Do three to five minutes a day. It allows you to emotionally confront the worst-case scenario.
The strength you develop makes you stronger than before the journey. Think of other
problems others have dealt with that are worse. Compare to other scenarios and stories such
as concentration camp survivors and those in war-torn areas. You start to feel grateful that
things aren’t so bad, because they could be far worse.

The Great Morning


Jump out of bed and say, “It’s going to be a great day.” Pump your fist up, yell, and get
emotionally involved. A feeling of excitement and joy is excellent. Make your bed afterward. A
good morning almost always leads to a good day. A good day leads to a good week.
Eventually, you just have a good life!

193
Dream Build
This expands your imagination. You will need a blank piece of paper and preferably a blue
pen, but any writing tool will do. This exercise takes ten minutes and should be done once a
month or as often as you like. The more often you do this, the greater your capacity to dream.

Do this now: Write down everything you would do, be, or have if money were not an object, if
it were your last day, and if you could not fail. This expands your imagination, capability, and
capacity.

You don’t really have to want what you imagine in your dream building; it is just to expand the
imagination. Ludicrousness is good; it makes it more fun and really stretches your
imagination. Maybe right now you imagine getting a good parking spot at the next place you
travel. I suggest you stretch it a bit. Maybe you always get a good parking spot. Maybe you
have accomplished your definite chief aim. Maybe you own an intergalactic space station; you
can take as big or as small leaps as you want.
Dream build before setting your dream and definite chief aim (if you don’t already have one. If
you do, do this exercise and consider expanding it). A dream can never too big; it can be as
you big as you want (make sure you feel good about it). If you feel you won’t achieve it, it’s
because it’s too big. This means you need to practice this exercise more.
When you dream build, it’s easier to believe you can achieve your definite chief aim because
it’s small in comparison.

Victory List

Make of list of past victories. This makes you feel successful; do this as often as you like. If
you feel like a failure, this is particularly useful. By thinking and feeling successful, you will be
successful. This will boost your self-esteem as well, as you realize you are more capable than
you think. It can be simple things such as learning how to walk or as complex as learning how
to ride a unicycle.

Form the habit of remembering past successes and forgetting past failures; call up past
successes when beginning a new task if you think you can’t do it.

Dream Journal

A dream journal is book just for your light bulb ideas, random good thoughts, new desires, etc.
Don’t make a to-do list in the same book. Use a blue pen preferably. I recommend carrying
one on you, so if you get good thoughts, you can write them down. Thoughts can suddenly
disappear, so write them down quickly. You are writing them down to so you don’t have to
recall later, not so you can avoid forgetting! When you say, “I am writing this down so I don’t
forget,” you are forgetting more and more due to negative self-talk! You always state in the

194
positive, not in the lack of negatives. The dream journal forces you to think about what you
want. Clean up old desires that you no longer have as new desires come. Evaluate old ideas
to see if they need to be modified or removed and add new ideas.

Occasionally analyze yourself on your desires. Write down your wants and how much you
desire them and your belief that you can get them. Rate your desire and belief in one column.
Add the belief number and the desire number (Belief 10 + Desire 6 = Total Score 16). The
desire you have highest score for you should focus on first.

Your dream list is something that is never completed; you add to it each time you do the
exercise.

Sacred Objects

Physical things such as heirlooms, amulets, and talismen contain energy and attract certain
frequencies. Wealthy people were given objects such as these to help them succeed. Some
of these objects can be found online or in stores, such as crystals, mala beads, and EMF
eliminators.

Crystals and other things can amplify positive as well as negative. It is ideal to be in a good
state before using them.

Cards of Success

You can use your touch sense to get what you want. You know what something is and
everything about it when you touch it, even if you don’t see it. You will feel this every time you
reach into your pockets. When you do, it’s a good idea look at the cards till you memorize
them; then you won’t need to. You’ll unconsciously know what is on the cards. Laminate these
cards or put them in a plastic bag to protect against the environment. Update these cards as
your goals change, your imagination increases, and/or your ambitions broaden. Create your
own cards if you like.

Card 1- Make a list of your positive qualities on a card and bring it around. Also list the good
things everyone has said about you. You can ask your friends if you can’t think of anything.

Card 2- Write your dream on one side and your definite chief aim on the other.

Card 3-Write how much money you want to earn annually, how much money you want in
savings and how much for retirement.

195
The next chapter is on the media, which I consider the ultimate crusher of joy, love,
happiness, and success. Understand how it works and what you need to do to escape its
death grip on your mind.

World Peace, Love, Freedom, Well-Being, and Abundance Meditation

This is a meditation that I created for universal peace. Universal peace is only impossible if
you can’t see it in your mind. Expand your imagination by practicing this. I do not know for
absolute certain if this makes the world peaceful on an individual level, but in numbers, it
should, due to the Maharishi Effect. It makes me feel happy and gets me focused on serving
others, and that alone makes it a worthwhile meditation.

When you imagine how you want to be in the world, the world changes how it is.
I like to start out imagining that everyone is lined up across the world holding hands, and they
are dancing, singing, and hugging each other. I like to see myself doing the same while
feeling the emotions of having a blast and feeling so much joy, love, and peace. I sometimes
like to see angels, spirits, aliens, and even evil spirits joining in on this. Our enemies need
prayer and healing the most! A healed person would not think evil thoughts or commit evil
deeds. Unconditional love is the key, all beings are fundamentally an extension of God, and
some have fallen from God more than others. Ignore what the person has done or looks like,
this is based in the five-sense essentially illusionary world. Heal the core of their being, which
is pure light and love!

Here is another one: Imagine you are at the center of the universe inside a heart which
radiates love to the entire universe and all beings.

196
Media

Introduction

This chapter is on the media, which almost certainly blocks your ability to feel good and
create your desires.

Detoxing is more than just physical; there is also mental detox. You need to remove yourself
from programming that is hurting you and causing misery in your life, causing you to believe
things that aren’t true. Here are the steps to do a mental detox. It involves detaching from
various forms of media.

TV

When you see something on TV, it is recorded in your mind as if it was real; your
subconscious doesn’t understand TV isn’t real. It puts your mind into an alpha-receptive state.
It turns you into a passive person rather than an active go-getter. It is the reason why many
people don’t know what is right for their lives and why they don’t know their life purpose.

The people who control the mainstream sources of information have a sole motivation to profit
off of others (even at the expense of their rights and well-being) and to control others. They
often believe that life is a zero-sum game, and if one prospers, that means another has to be
impoverished. They themselves want to be prosperous, but they falsely believe that they must
impoverish others with lies and sometimes even direct violence for them to succeed. One of
the reasons they want to control others it that they gain pleasure from being in control and
because they have been programmed by their psychopathic genes and families to want to
continue ruling over others. It is all they have ever known.

Stop watching TV programming—TV was meant to program you. Television tells lies to your
vision. TV puts you into a passive state of mind that makes it difficult to reject what you are
being told. It puts you into a hypnotic state, unless you are actively watching by paying close
attention. You can be put into this state in less than one minute. TVs emit certain flicker rates
that put you into a hypnotized state, which is one reason why people have such short
attention spans. You can be suggested to by television via subliminal images. There can be
an effect on the mind via flashing images. TV is destroying your life; stop watching it, and you
will feel much happier and be more successful. Every self-help author I have heard
recommends not watching TV.

In a Harvard study from 1999, subjects played a computer game. Words flashed for a few
thousandths of a second, imperceptible by the conscious mind. One set of participants

197
received words such as “wise,” “astute,” “accomplished.” The other group received messages
such as “senile,” “depressed,” and “diseased.” The group that received affirming statements

won much faster than those who didn’t.

Symbolism is often used in advertisements and logos. These are often ancient symbols that
cause the brain to activate in certain ways due to the behaviors and beliefs of our ancestors.
One symbol frequently included is the sun. The sun appears in many logos and commercials,
because it was worshiped for thousands of years. We all know without the sun, we would die;
it is a powerful symbol. Other powerful symbols include pinecones, pyramids, pentagrams,
the eye of providence, the fasces, stars, planets, and many more.
TV channels use advanced occult (secret and/or hidden) symbolism that the average person
is unaware of to persuade people. You do not need to believe symbolism is real for it to have
an effect on you. Symbols are used all over in the marketing world. All major corporations
have symbols and have teams of people trying to find the best symbols and logos for their
companies, products, and services. If you use symbolism, you can get what you want from

198
someone. These symbols are rapidly flashed, so it is difficult to catch unless you slow it down.
This tactic is also used in movies as well to convey a message that the audience is unaware
of and to advertise products as well.

The messages are often sexual or suggestive. The phallic symbol is often used in
advertisements, art, and architecture. An example of phallic symbolism are obelisks, which
are tall structures with pyramids on the top. A common obelisk-like structure is skyscrapers.
These large structures make people feel insignificant and submissive, and they block out the
sun. They represent domination, since it is a phallic structure. These buildings are quite
symbolic for the domination of corporations and banks in Western society.

People often speak in symbolism today, through emojis, a modern form of symbolism. If you
think symbolism is hocus-pocus, realize that you use symbols all the time. Geometry is the
study of the mathematics of symbols. If you use emojis, you are using symbols. Writing is
ultimately symbolism, as letters are symbols. Words are unique combinations of symbols and
are used to explain something other than what they literally are (apple is a fruit not just a-p-p-
l-e).

These are documented well in the book Secret Language of Symbols and explained in detail
by Mark Passio’s “What on Earth Is Happening” podcast, episodes 47, 48, 57, 59, 61, 63, and
64.

Many of the hypnotic effects are documented in patent US6506148B2.


“Physiological effects have been observed in a human subject in response to stimulation of
the skin with weak electromagnetic fields that are pulsed with certain frequencies near ½ Hz
or 2.4 Hz, such as to excite a sensory resonance. Many computer monitors and TV tubes,
when displaying pulsed images, emit pulsed electromagnetic fields of sufficient amplitudes to
cause such excitation. It is therefore possible to manipulate the nervous system of a subject
by pulsing images displayed on a nearby computer monitor or TV set…

“For certain monitors, pulsed electromagnetic fields capable of exciting sensory resonances in
nearby subjects may be generated even as the displayed images are pulsed with subliminal
intensity...

“Certain monitors can emit electromagnetic field pulses that excite a sensory resonance in a
nearby subject, through image pulses that are so weak as to be subliminal. This is
unfortunate, since it opens a way for mischievous application of the invention, whereby
people are exposed unknowingly to manipulation of their nervous systems for someone else’s
purposes. Such application would be unethical and is of course not advocated. It is mentioned
here in order to alert the public to the possibility of covert abuse that may occur while being
online, or while watching TV, a video, or a DVD.”

199
This is not just through TV, but also phones and computer monitors. If you are not using these
devices for chasing your dream, long-term pleasure, or mindful leisure, I would not use them.

TV is mainly used to sell you products and services you do not need or even want until you
are convinced that you do. In our industrial world, producers need to sell their products and
convince people to buy them, even if they do not want or need the product. Greed, of course,
is the main reason. It is one of the reasons why your financial situation may be not optimal
right now and why no matter how much money you earn, most of it ends up going down the
drain. A poor person can be a person who earns eight dollars an hour or a thousand dollars
an hour if, they spend all of it as soon as they earn it. We must attempt to detach ourselves
from advertisements in order to achieve financial freedom. We can spend our money on
things that really matter, such as healthy food and quality books.

TV also creates a feeling of inadequacy. An example is a commercial for cosmetics. Makeup


and fashion companies convince women that they are not beautiful and that they need their
products in order to feel beautiful. This destroys the self-esteem of women and compels them
to buy a product they did not originally want so they will have self-esteem again. This is not
just done for makeup but also for many other products and services. They will convince you
that without this product, your life will be lacking and with it, your life will be abundant.

Fashion models in magazines are Photoshopped by experts who spend hours on altering just
one picture to make someone look almost completely different from what they actually look
like. People see the model and think that is the standard of beauty, but the person is not
actually a real person. People are trying to live up to an impossible standard of beauty, which
is used to sell cosmetics.

The channels also shape your worldview into what the owners of TV programs want. In 2020,
TV is owned by just five corporations that control an estimated 90 percent of what you watch.
These corporations are merging and being bought, which means in the future, there may be
even less diversity and fewer corporations that control what you watch. It also means that
these corporations could control even higher percentages of what you watch on TV. This isn’t
just for TV; the Big Five also controls what you watch in movies, newspapers, magazines, etc.

You are giving the illusion of choice, because many of these companies broadcast and
publish under subsidiaries, which many people are unaware of. The channels on TV are
owned by a few media corporations, and the subsidiaries are simply there to give an illusion
of choice. An example is Disney, Their holdings are listed here:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_assets_owned_by_The_Walt_Disney_Company

All media present essentially the same stories but with slightly different perspectives. The
intention is never to educate or spread positivity but rather to spread fear and lies. They don’t
present real problems, and if they, do they over-hype it to use as fearmongering. If they

200
mention a real problem, it’s only a blurb. Have you ever heard anything in the media about the
root causes of issues in society, or do they report symptoms?

Fearmongering is something you must know. The media uses fear created by a crisis to sell
you products or services. The more people watch TV, the more money the channels make
from ad revenue. An example is a news channel that covers a crisis such as the Ebola virus
or Coronavirus. Tragic events cause people to tune in and listen closely. This is because most
brains are attracted to loss aversion; in other words, we really do not want to lose what we
have and will do anything to prevent it. We do not want to lose our lives, even if it means
losing our sanity. Ebola had only affected eleven people in the United States, but so many
were in a constant state of fear. This hysteria causes our bodies to go into a fight-or-flight
mode, diverting our minds from critical thinking and logic to our limbs (to help us run faster in
a survival scenario, such as running away from a predator).

Fearmongering helps the media get the public to accept things they would not normally
accept if they were not in a fearful and stressed state. When you are in this state, you look to
those you trust to come up with the solution to a crisis, even if the solutions are terrible.

Fearmongering can get you to believe in nonsense, lead you astray, waste your time, waste
your energy, drain your finances, and keep you in a state of fear and stress. Fearmongering
still occurs in the media. An example is “You need to get your vaccines because of a flu or
measles outbreak,” even though thee vaccines might hurt you or actually give you the flu. The
pharmaceutical companies give large bribes to the mainstream media in order to help sell
their dangerous pills and vaccines.

This is a major problem. If we want to understand what is really going on and get good
information, we must have good discernment and judgment and get our information from a
wide variety of sources. (The best source is self-knowledge.) You are not getting your
information from a wide variety of sources when you watch TV news stations and educational
channels such as History Channel, Discovery, etc.

The mainstream media is completely biased, and it’s not benefiting you in any way by
watching it. You’re not getting the facts. It’s making you depressed. It’s making you unhealthy
mentally. TV channels put out a lot of disinformation and unhealthy worldviews. It could even
hurt you physically by making you fat and unhealthy from lack of exercise because of TV
addiction.

Sometimes the scripts and stories are presented word for word to local news stations owned
by major media corporations such as Fox and CNN. An example is a local syndicate Fox
News station will present a story the same as a local syndicate CNN station. Often this can be
word for word. Here is a brilliant video montage of this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=_fHfgU8oMSo

201
A potential technology the media could abuse is deep fakes. There’s video showing that what
news anchors are saying with their lips might not actually be what they’re saying. In the video,
they are doing it with Obama, and this was done years ago. That technology now is much
more advanced. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bE1KWpoX9Hk

There is also emerging technology that can make some say anything, even words and
sentences they have never said. Watch this audio clip of Joe Rogan saying ridiculous things
he has never said: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DWK_iYBl8cA

Another great video to prove mainstream media is fake news is staged protests done by
CNN, although it’s not just done by CNN. The way you can make a group protest look larger
than it is it to have a group of fifty people and put a camera in front of them at a certain angle
to record. It looks like a large crowd, but in reality it’s only fifty people in a street. Also it should
be noted that these crowds of people are often paid actors. Here is the video:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QuURFUyrG_A

There’s also staged reports. Here’s an example. In one media report, there are two women
speaking as if they are in different locations on a report, when in fact they’re actually in the
same parking lot. You can tell this by looking at the cars going by. They’re not that far away
from each other, possibly a couple of feet. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZGADrt5hhwM

As I’ve explained, you really can’t trust a single thing in the media at face value. You must go
within and ask if what you see is real by using self-knowledge and discernment. The media
ultimately is not truly real. It’s in the virtual world or the world of print. What you see in the
media is not real life. Real life is not on the internet or in a book. People’s understanding of
the true world is decreasing every day. People are becoming more hooked on the virtual
world; your senses in the physical world are much better methods of finding the truth than
through the media. In the media, you often hear them say that crime rates are rising and there
are terrorist attacks everywhere. The media wants you to be fearful of things that aren’t
concerning or even happening. I would be more concerned about government corruption or
police brutality. Notice, I used concerned instead of fearful. Look at news events without
emotions (positive or negative), which lacks attractive force and causes you to see events
with a certain bias. Being fearful creates more fear events in your life which proves to you that
the world should be feared! There is nothing to fear. Life is not what the media makes it out to
be.

Go out into nature and talk with your neighbors. If you go out in the world, you see people for
the most part getting along, with no crime or terrorism. The world is not a nice place at certain
times and places; that’s why I still recommend being informed on world affairs, just don’t get it
from the mainstream media. Often in the mainstream media, there are really important
problems they do not address, while they focus on minor problems and blow them up to

202
appear larger. The media often fabricates a problem where there is not one. Of course, there
are terrible things that happen, such as the starvation in Yemen that is caused by Saudi
Arabia, which you wouldn’t know if you were just to look around in your life. Personal life
experience is not enough because you don’t know what’s going on outside of your local
community.

In the Western world, most people see things through rose-colored glasses because they
don’t know how good they have it and they don’t experience the very inhumane events
occurring in the world (sometimes even within their own countries).

TV stations will use countdowns to get their viewers into a hypnotic state. This countdown is
so fast that most will not catch the numbers counting down. Counting down is a common
method of getting someone hypnotized. The TV tries to hypnotize people; that way it is
impossible to reject the information given out in the broadcast.

TV stations always widely use two colors. Blue makes people more accepting of information.
The second main color is red, which is used to get your attention. It is the color of stop signs,
alarms, stop lights, and warnings. You will see this color a lot if you’re watching a report on a
tragic event. The use of red and the tragic event draws people in and makes people
susceptible to fearmongering.

The media uses emotional mind control. Mainstream TV broadcasters will dress up nicely,
wear makeup, have fancy green-screen backgrounds, expensive audio and camera
equipment, and million-dollar budgets. This gets people to believe that because they appear
so professional, they must be telling the truth. This is a form of influencing by ethos
(authority). TV broadcasters will use soft, quiet tones and certain phrases to convince people.
This is an appeal to people’s emotions (pathos). Most people are more emotional than logical,
which isn’t necessary wrong. The issue is when people judge the truthfulness of information
based solely on feelings while still having a massive burden of negative program, which often
comes from TV programming. A TV station is not automatically truthful just because the
broadcasters look professional. A YouTube video of poor quality, with stuttering audio, low
resolution, static in the background, yelling in the microphone, made with Microsoft Paint,
could still be telling more truth than a TV station. When deciding whether a source of
information is truthful, you must not use only your emotions to judge. You must also not judge
the information based on who is presenting it or the quality of the presentation.

203
Social Media

Another form of media is social media. Social media is flooded with advertisements, many of
which are unblockable or unavoidable. The most popular social media is Facebook. Facebook
doesn’t allow you to customize your feed, because your feed will always contain ads, and
these ads can’t be blocked by browser extensions such as adblock or Ublock (extensions I
recommend to block ads). These ads are based on your searches and likes, so ads are
shown to you that you are more likely to buy into. Avoid endless scrolling, and only use
Facebook with a deliberate intention, such as contacting a friend or posting something to your
friends or social group. You can also use alternative social media such as Minds.com or
gab.com.

When you scroll through you feed on social media, you will notice (or maybe you haven’t) that
there is never an end to the feed. The social media industry calls this endless scrolling. The
purpose of endless scrolling is to increase the amount of time you spend on social media so
they can sell more products and services through advertisements. Even if you scroll through
these feeds very quickly, your mind is picking up on all the advertisements and negative
drama that is on Facebook. Because these feeds are endless, there is never a point where
the novelty ends.

204
Social media is generally filled with drama and negativity, as most are friends with people who
are negative and are posting drama in their life. Social media can be dangerous, even if your
friends are positive. Social media often makes people feel they are not living their lives to the
fullest, because their friends post only the good parts of their lives—their new raise, the
luxurious vacation, the new job, the new car, new house. You begin to think, They have it so
good. Why can’t I have it like that? The truth is that your friends struggle just like you do. They
did not post the struggle and hardship they suffered to get them to where they are now.

Facebook and Instagram are notorious for this.

The way you refresh your feed on social media on a phone is by pulling down with your
fingers. Slot machines have levers on the side to pull that will give you new combinations of
symbols, which gives you a sense of novelty and is one of the reasons why many are
addicted to gambling. This was copied from the gambling industry to increase cravings and
increase profits. It gets you hooked, and if you scanned the brain of a gambling addict who
was gambling and a cocaine addict using cocaine, the brain scans look similar. Refreshing on
social media is like a gamble; your body releases dopamine, a feel-good chemical that is
produced when you anticipate a reward. This keeps you on the social media longer, as you
will always will be searching and refreshing to find more. It is a time-waster and a dream killer.

There are alternatives to getting news rather than Facebook; they are called RSS feeds. RSS
feeds load faster, have no ads if you use the Brave browser, save you time, and best of all are
free. The one I use is Inoreader. You can use Inoreader on any device. I have an RSS at
https://www.nextlevelthinking.net/recommended-articles.

205
A great tutorial on how RSS feeds work is this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=Pp54UzrswpQ

Chamath Palihapitiya, founder and CEO of social capital and former Facebook exec, warned
about the unintended consequences of social media at Stanford Graduate School of
Business’s View from the Top talk: “I think we have created tools that are ripping apart the
social fabric of how society works… The short-term, dopamine-driven feedback loops we’ve
created are destroying how society works. No civil discourse, no cooperation; misinformation,
mistruth. You are being programmed.” (https://youtu.be/PMotykw0SIk?t=1329)

A simple solution is to quit social media; however, there are some benefits of using social
media. You can use it for your business, to inform others, talk to family etc. YouTube is the
only popular social media I recommend for daily usage. Ad blockers such as Ublock and
adblock help to reduce ads. Brave is a good browser to use to reduce ads as well.

Pornography

Pornography is also a problem for some. Pornography creates a similar problem to the
modeling industry, making people feel inadequate. Pornographic films and pictures use
extensive amounts of makeup, professional camera crews, professional sex actors, and
unrealistic sexual standards for people. This makes some people feel depressed and anxious
because they can’t live up to the standards and behaviors of those in the porn industry.

Porn addiction is real, and many suffer from it. This is because porn triggers the part of our
brain for sexual relationships. This desire is stronger than any primal desire in all human
beings except maybe for food. This why the porn industry is worth an estimated 97 billion
dollars. Porn, of course, uses pornographic advertisements as well, and many advertisements
only help to fuel people’s porn addictions. This is because porn ads are almost exclusively
show in porn sites because they are inappropriate for other sites.

Porn is potentially toxic for the mind, even if you are not addicted. When people watch porn,
they often view more women and men in an hour than our tribal ancestors did in a lifetime.
When the brain views sexual content of many models, it essentially says, “I am successfully
mating with many people. I am a successful human being because I am spreading my genes,
so I can take a break.” It is also unrealistic, as nobody in history except for the ultra-elite had
hundreds of sexual partners. Of course, you are not actually doing this, and it can cause you
to go in a downward spiral. Your brain is telling you that you are successful, when all you did
was move your fingers a bit. This conflict between your primal brain and your conscious mind
creates dissonance.

206
The solution is to quit using porn if it is problematic for you. The best way to stop thinking
about it is by occupying your mind with other thoughts and activities. Think about other
activities you like to do, do them more, and you will think about porn less and less. You can
also wean yourself off by watching porn just a little less each time you watch it or watching
less frequently, even if it’s a small amount. Another method is to quit completely, though if you
are an addict, I would recommend not doing this, as you may suffer bad withdrawal. For
others, it can be effective because if you stop watching porn, you will think about it less. Out
of sight, out of mind. You should also stop following models of the gender(s) you are attracted
to, to prevent triggering cravings.

Stop thinking about the people as a sexual object, and start thinking of them as an actual
person, this will also decrease cravings. People who watch porn may start viewing others as
objects. This, I have no doubt, causes some people to become domestic abusers, rapists,
and pedophiles, but I am not saying that all people who watch porn or have watched porn are
domestic abusers. Don’t believe me? Look at some of the titles of porn videos and popular
search terms, which include “Rape,” “Teen,” and “Gang Bang.”

Some men have reported that when they refrain from masturbation and watching porn, they
have greater personal magnetism, less social anxiety, a greater ability to focus on anything
not related to sex, and more motivation and energy. They swear that when they watch porn
and masturbate, more people gave them dirty looks and started asking what was wrong. The
mystery of sex transmutation may explain this. There is a great community of people who
frequently discuss this mystery and tips on quitting porn.

An excellent resource for quitting porn is https://www.yourbrainonporn.com/.


No fap: https://www.reddit.com/r/NoFap/

Video Games

Video game addiction is real. Video games are usually not a problem if used in moderation.
People are spending hours and hours a day on an activity that isn’t real! Video games (and
movies) do not stimulate the imagination. Older generations did not have this technology; they
had to use their imagination while playing. Yes, it can develop your hand-eye coordination,
reflexes, etc. If the people who played video games all day channeled that time and energy
toward something productive and toward helping better humanity, we would have a much
more beautiful world. You aren’t creating anything by playing video games, so I don’t think
video games can be part of anyone’s definite chief aim unless they create content for
entertainment.

According to Kevin Trudeau, video games cause your ability to cognitively think and analyze
and rationally create decisions to go down dramatically. However, board games are massively

207
beneficial and provide a similar experience to video games. They can improve your
imagination. If you are playing a game like Battleship, you have to use your imagination to
blow up the ship in your mind, whereas in a video game, the images are all presented to you.

In gaming, there is an activity called grinding, where you play the game to earn a reward. You
could be doing this in real life. Gamers often spend so much of their time and energy on
playing games just to earn the next item or level, even if they are not enjoying the game! If
you do play video games, play them in moderation and for entertainment, not just to kill time.

Video games are designed to make money, of course. They do this through ads and
sometimes through micro-transactions. They want you buy their items in the game store or
buy the game. They use devious techniques to get people hooked on their games; one is
overstimulation, such as flashing lights, vibrant colors, and fast animations. This
overstimulation causes us to feel excited to a higher degree than we would in our natural
environment. It’s easy to say that real life is not as exciting as in video games for most. We
are not out slaying dragons in real life (However, when you create a successful life, video
games pale in comparison!) This causes us to think that we are successful in life because we
are successful in the game, such as by leveling up, slaying monsters, conquering, etc. This, in
a strange way, is telling our brains that we are successfully foraging, whereas early humans
for most of history would spend their day going out looking for colorful fruits and avoiding
dangers. Our brains are basically saying, “I am a very successful forager. I do not need to
forage as much and can take a break, since I have found my food.” This can kill our
motivation to achieve greatness.

Some video games are quite violent. If you do not believe me, search for some of the most
popular games, such as Call of Duty or Grand Theft Auto.” These games are violent, and it’s
no surprise that you see violent crime in our culture. It is true that most people who watch
violent movies and play violent video games are not violent, but some do become more
violent from it. Even if we do not go and commit violent acts, we have to think about how
these violent movies and video games shape our worldview. Are we going to have a positive
and uplifting worldview if we watch violent movies and play violent video games all day?
Probably not.

Even more sinister is that certain games like Call of Duty teamed up with the US Army in
order to recruit, as if pressing buttons and seeing virtual soldiers die is not the same as killing
real live people. Personally, I would not like to be brainwashed to accept a low-paying job
where I am stripped of my freedom and could have my limbs blown off and live the rest of my
life with PTSD because I hurt innocent people. We have to be careful.

You can wean yourself off video games similarly to porn, or you can just quit entirely. I would
not recommended this method if you are an addict, as you may suffer withdrawal. Get rid of
your game consoles and delete your games and accounts if you are truly committed to

208
quitting completely. You could also make them hard to access, such as putting them in the
closet behind some other stuff and hiding them. An excellent resource for quitting games is
Gamequitters.com and https://www.reddit.com/r/StopGaming/.

Music

Many people listen to music often, some almost every waking moment. Music can be a
powerful form of art and poetry (Yes music is a form of poetry; most lyrics read like a poem).
Sadly, much of the music in our society is filled with negative lyrics. Lyrics include topics like
suicide; making as much money as possible, even at the expense of others; doing massive
amounts of drugs; not caring about anything; being reckless; caring only about yourself and
short-term pleasure; misogyny; having sex with anyone; and sometimes even rape. This
influences our minds, consciously and subconsciously. We need to listen to music that
empowers us, gets us to actually care about things that matter, and opens our minds. I have a
free music playlist on my website at https://www.nextlevelthinking.net/music.

Google

Google isn’t a form of media, but the algorithms are biased. Stop using Google. Google
deliberately hides information on subjects such as knowledge about the danger of the
pharmaceutical industry (vaccines and drugs), conspiracy theories (and conspiracy facts),
politically incorrect topics, and socially incorrect topics.

The auto-completion function for Google shows biases toward certain agendas, people, or
organizations such as Hillary Clinton during the 2016 elections.

It’s not giving you neutral search results, which most people would expect from Google. One
of the reasons you’d go to Google is because you expect neutral search results. Many people
understand that the mainstream media is not trustworthy, so they go to Google, but Google is
not trustworthy either. I recommend using an alternative search engine and also stop using
the word Google. Instead of saying “Google it,” I say “research,” “look it up,” or “search it.”
You’re breaking down the linguistic programming of society for people to use Google. You can
still use Google, but do not use it exclusively. Use other search engines in conjunction with
Google. Remember, if you are using a search engine, you get different results depending on
the search engine. One of the big issues with Google and other mainstream search engines is
confirmation bias.

209
Google doesn’t show results from the deep web; this is content on the internet that doesn’t
show up on other mainstream search engines. You don’t get the full results on Google; the
results are sanitized, and often the empowering content is buried in results, or it doesn’t show
up at all.

Good alternatives for Google include: Startpage, Duck Go, and Gibiru. Startpage and Duck
Go are similar to Google but are privacy focused. Gibiru is good if you want to explore deeper
into controversial topics or censored topics like conspiracies or the occult.

YouTube

Another popular media form that displays ads is YouTube. Many will say, “But most ads are
skippable after three seconds, so they don’t affect me,” but this isn’t true. You are still
influenced by these ads. If you weren’t, why would advertisers still use their money to pay for
these ads on YouTube videos? Thankfully, these ads are blockable with ad blockers such as
adblock or ublock. You can customize your feed on Facebook by subscribing to channels and
clicking on My Subscriptions. YouTube is actually the only social media I use on a daily basis,
because many good channels still exist that truly wish to empower humanity. Unfortunately,
YouTube has been cracking down on free speech on their platform, yet they claim to support
free speech. Recently, alternatives such as bitchute and dtube have appeared as possible
viable alternatives.

YouTube is also biased; they have removed channels because of their opinions. Popular
channels that have been removed include Alex Jones, David Icke.

If you’re on YouTube, try not to subscribe to channels that only confirm your worldview. For
example, if you’re a Christian, subscribe to channels of those who have a different religious
worldview. Remember that expanding your sources of information allows you to expand your
mind to transformational ideas that can radically change your life for the better.

Next is infotainment and rabbit holes, which is a problem some suffer from, including me in
the past. It leads to a waste of time and inaction.

Good alternatives for YouTube include Dtube, Bitchute, Lbry, and peertube.live.

Infotainment and Rabbit Holes

Another problem is rabbit holes. Google and YouTube base their searches off of what you
have searched in the past. Here is an example. Search on YouTube for flat-Earth videos.
Over time, you will almost exclusively be shown results that confirm or reject the flat-Earth
theory. You will be shown almost no other videos in your recommended videos section. If you
click videos that confirm the theory, you will get more recommended. It can get people caught

210
up in a rabbit hole, where they only research one topic. In the grand scheme of things, the
shape of the Earth doesn’t matter for the daily life of 99 percent of people on the planet.

Be wary of infotainment. This is notorious in the alternative-media platforms. Much of what is


said may be true, but is it truly relevant information? The greatest example is the Flat Earth
movement. Does the shape of the Earth matter in the grand scheme of things? Unless you
are a pilot or an astrophysicist, I would argue no. These people do not act on knowledge; they
simply absorb more. You can see the rise in infotainment with the rise of documentaries about
things such as flat Earth. Many conspiracy theories are real but are just rabbit holes to go
down, rather than valuable information that will help improve humanity. Many people who
watch these aren’t on the battlefield and would actually be good content creators, but all they
do is sit and absorb information. They will speak of tyranny and conspiracy, but the question
is, what are you going to do about it?

This is also true for mainstream media as well. What does celebrity gossip matter in the grand
scheme of things? The media becomes a form of entertainment for many. Some watch it like
they watch a thriller movie or a sitcom. The media obsessively focused on mundane
information and not important information like self-awareness.

On my website, I have a page called Recommended Media, and I have a wide variety of
media sources that I believe could help you in your journey. I try to provide as many sources
as possible that I believe are truthful, and although they’re not unanimous in what they agree
on, you can gain a wider understanding and come to your own conclusions from the different
sources. The link is http://www.nextlevelthinking.net/recm-media.

The next few chapters deal with morality, which is key to your long-term success, more than
any other.

211
Plant-Based Lifestyle

Introduction

The chapter is on a plant-based lifestyle, which is necessary for absolute success.

Plant-Based Lifestyle

A plant-based lifestyle (PBL) is a lifestyle that refuses to buy or sell animal products.
Additionally, it does not allow the murder, slaughter, rape, or torture of animals. I have coined
this term as a replacement for veganism, due to its controversy. This term is synonymous with
vegan. It clarifies that veganism is more than diet. The core philosophy of PBL is morality, not
health benefits. It allows for eating roadkill and wasted animal product leftovers. It also allows
you to wear what you want, as long as you didn’t buy it or request others to buy it. If someone
gave you an old leather jacket, you can accept it. The following benefits are from my research
on veganism as well as my experience. Do your own research, as always. Everything in this
list may not be true unless you follow a well-balanced raw, organic, vegan diet.

Personal vegan benefits:

 Less likely to choke


 Healthier skin
 Better mood
 Healthier heart
 More energy
 Maintains a healthy weight
 Digest food easier
 Prevents bloating
 Can eliminate acne
 Better mental clarity
 Improved immune function
 No headaches

Being PBL is ultimately about morals; few mention the unimaginable suffering animals must
go through. You can find studies that show the benefits of eating animal products, which are
often but not always funded by the meat industry. Have the diet that works for you, but to be a

212
truly moral person, you must be PBL. Being a moral person brings the maximum amount of
happiness, love, and joy to you.

The most important thing to know about diet is to eat vegan and to eat what makes you feel
good. Practice delayed gratification; don’t forget some foods make you feel good now but bad
later. Eat foods that make you feel good all the time.

Stop eating meat and animal products. This is the most important action you can take to help
rid your body of toxins. An alkaline body does not easily generate disease, cancers, and
sickness. All animal food is acidic. It is important to not just stop eating animal foods but also
stop buying any animal products. This section is going to be extensive because many people
have bought into the false idea we need animal products to survive. This is such a widely
done immoral practice that it is having tragic consequences. Every person needs to do this
because of the potential disastrous consequences that all of humanity has to face. If we
continue this practice, the moral and environmental consequences will be drastic. Humanity
would enter a golden age if we stopped this practice; we would see much less environmental
destruction and far more peace and prosperity among humanity and all life on Earth.

Top key points:

1. Animals are a critical part of understanding and applying the nonaggression principle.
2. The main reason to adopt a plant-based lifestyle is to reduce suffering.
3. Reducing suffering will improve your life and those who you love and care about.

“I teach one thing and one only; that is, suffering and the end of suffering.”
—Buddha, Indian spiritual teacher

“As long as Man continues to be the ruthless destroyer of lower living beings, he will never
know health or peace. For as long as men massacre animals, they will kill each other. Indeed,
he who sows the seed of murder and pain cannot reap joy and love.”
—Pythagoras, Greek philosopher and mathematician

The practice of carnism (the opposite of a PBL) is a violation of the nonaggression principle.
What is the moral issue?

213
The moral issue of abusing animals for their products and for entertainment is that it violates
the nonaggression principle of natural law. The nonaggression principle is the principle of not
doing violence to other beings. Natural laws are universal, unchangeable, eternal laws. They
are not laws such as “do not cross the street without looking both ways”; they are laws such
as gravity, which always apply everywhere for all eternity. They do not personally care or try to
stop you if you break them, but you will suffer the consequences. If you are violating this law,
you are hurting others, which you have no right to do. Not only that, but you are hurting
yourself.

Every second of every day, animals are being murdered, exploited for their products, their
habitats destroyed, and more, all for needless reasons; 5.6 billion land animals and 2.7 trillion
marine animals are killed annually, and that number is a low estimate.

You must use your empathy to see things from the animals’ point of view, see the injustice,
murder of family and friends, rape, etc. The problem is most people have not experienced this
degree of injustice, so some imagination may be required. If you do not view the situation
from the animals’ perspective, it is easy to justify any animal abuse. We are all part of the
unified field; all beings are one. When you unrightfully do harm to another, you harm yourself.
This practice of animal exploitation is ruining the etheric field of the Earth. This causes
negative programs to be inserted into the etheric field. You absorb these programs in you if
you aren’t dealing with them. Many other people are downloading these programs as well. It
affects many innocent people around the world. In other words, it is decaying all organisms on
Earth. The Earth was never meant to handle so much brutality of the three trillion animals
killed every year.
Philosophy comes from the Greek philosophia, or the love of wisdom. The only wise way to
live in the world is to live a peaceful life. Wisdom is the ability to correctly think and act using
knowledge.
It’s all about our choices. What do we decide to buy? The only question someone really
actually needs to ask is, when I purchase this item, am I helping to perpetuate suffering? If
you are purchasing meat or animal products, the answer is unquestionably yes. By doing so,
not only are you causing more harm to other beings, you are also causing more harm to
yourself, as all beings in the universe are connected. If you don’t believe me, research
quantum entanglement and read the book The Field. I will keep repeating this to get it into
your memory.

214
Do we have the right to defend ourselves against animals? Absolutely. You have the right to
kill an animal in self-defense, such as if a rabid dog attacked you. That is part of the self-
defense principle (the masculine opposite of the feminine nonaggression principle). You also
have the right to defend your property against animals, such as an ant infestation. However,
you should attempt to prevent this situation by keeping a clean house, proper hygiene, and
avoiding wild, aggressive animals.
The law of assimilation is that we spend more energy digesting (assimilating) foods that are
more complex, such as animal protein. Plant protein is simpler for our bodies to digest.
Therefore, we lose less energy digesting it. Animal proteins also come with negative energy,
because the animal had to be killed or enslaved to receive that product, and when we
consume animal products, that negative energy is put into us. The top picture is the simple
process nature uses to taking sunlight converting it to plants; it is simpler. The bottom is the
unnatural and complex process of taking sunlight, converting plants into animals into meat for
humans.

215
Look at the two assimilation systems above. Which system do you think is a more direct form
of energy (and thus would give you more energy)?
Plant proteins have no negative energy and are more direct forms of energy because the
plants covert sunlight into food for us, rather than sun to plants to animals. The fewer the
processes involved, the simpler the energy and the better it is for us. Raw and organic food
are also better because of this as well. The less processed a food, the simpler, and you
therefore gain more energy. The more processed a food, the more nutrients have been
removed from it. We get most of our energy from food, and all energy ultimately comes from
the sun, and all energy from food comes from plants.
By consuming animal products, we are feeding into our lust, carnal desires, and hedonistic
lower selves, our animal origins. By not consuming these products, we are transforming
ourselves into a more evolved being, closer to our higher selves— what we really are
supposed to be and what we were put on Earth to be.
According to Charles Leadbeater, a theosophist (a form of mystical Christianity), meat
consumption will also result in an unclean astral body. Our astral bodies are our higher selves
(who we are beyond our physical bodies, our souls), which gives us some of our spiritual gifts
and abilities. This transition from a purely physical body to an astral body will be more difficult
if our bodies are unclean or impure and filled with sin. Therefore, we should eat clean food
that involves no cruelty, while completely avoiding food that requires cruelty to be produced.
The average person generally tries to be good; however, they have blind spots. They do not
know always know how to be moral, because they weren’t taught all the aspects of morality.
They simply go on day to day thinking they are, yet they take place in the crime of carnism. It
is our individual responsibility to truly be a righteous person by ending this practice for
ourselves and by encouraging others.

Here’s an interesting experiment to try: Most people would say something is wrong with the
world or that humanity as a whole could be improved. Let’s try respecting animals. We have
not done it before; something good may come of it. I would be willing to bet that by being
peaceful with animals, we will be more at peace with our environment and each other. In other
words, fewer wars, less environmental destruction, less politics, less deception, less crime,
etc.
One of the main reasons this system continues is, of course, money. People are addicted to
eating meat and animal foods, wearing fancy clothes made of animal skins. The reason these
industries are so profitable is mostly due to advertising and multigenerational cultural
indoctrination. These are the reasons people want animal products, not because they innately
want animal products themselves. Avoiding advertisements can reduce the cravings for meat.
This can be done by getting ad blockers, avoiding social media, and not watching TV.

216
Another lesser-known reason is that greedy psychopaths run these industries. They receive
pleasure from hurting animals. They don’t want to abuse animals like dogs and go face legal
consequences. They want to legally abuse animals, so they form and join the legal animal
abuse industry.
Charles Leadbeater explains the horrors of Chicago, a major city of slaughter where many
thousands of animals are murdered every day in Vegetarianism and the Occult. I have a
summary here:
A horrible aura of death surrounds Chicago. This can be felt anywhere in the city. It is like a
gut feeling of horror. It is like when you walk around at night and something doesn’t feel right,
so you walk away.
This feeling can only be consciously felt by those who have a developed intuition. Those who
are not consciously aware are still affected by this negative energy in Chicago, but they feel ill
for reasons they do not understand. There is also a horrible smell of death in the city.
During the early 1900s, many slaughterhouses employed children. Leadbeater explains that
the only thought these children had was directed toward killing; that children would return
home from a day of work pale, sick, and unable to eat or sleep. Children said that they often
felt they would rather starve than do such horrific work. They played games of killing with
friends and knew no other games. When they thought about animals, the only thing they
thought about was killing them. These so-called Christians were receiving a daily education
on murder.
During the early 1900s, Chicago was a major city of murder, Leadbeater explains. To this day,
it is still one of the most murderous major cities in the United States. He calls Christians
hypocrites for preaching compassion yet being silent about the animal abuse industries in the
city. This is due to moral apathy and conditioning. (It’s the way it’s always been, so they get
used to it and don’t care.) He explains this cloud of death is spreading across the whole of
“civilized” humanity.
The effects of this are widespread. They is a feeling of terror in the air. Innocent children are
afraid, especially alone, for reasons they do not know. The atmosphere is charged with the
hostility of murdered creatures, and it affects all in the city. By stopping this act, we can stop
this cloud of death. We will be free from hatred and these terrors. We will evolved as a
species. We can create a paradise on Earth by allowing animals to be free. We will create a
prison if we enslave animals (which we are doing now). Individually freeing yourself from this
practice sets you free from the negative energies in the field from slaughtered animals and
animal exploitation.
Much of the crime, disease, and poverty may be due to the eating of meat and exploiting
animals. Meat is known to cause diseases, many of which plague the minds of millions,
resulting in PTSD, anxiety, violent behavior, antisocial behavior, etc. Slaughterhouse workers
have the highest rates of mental illness among all jobs.
That’s it for the core philosophy of veganism. If you wish to learn more, visit this article:

217
https://www.nextlevelthinking.net/single-post/2020/04/27/WIP-Ultimate-Article-Veganism
Read the previous article for more information regarding the following topics: the justifications
for carnism, the science of veganism, the physiological reason why we are herbivores, the
animal agriculture industry, the origins of human diet, animal product advertising, general
plant nutritional information, questions regarding if animals feel pain, animal entertainment
industry, service animals, animal research and vivisection, and environmental impacts of
veganism.
If you are on the computer and would like to learn about a specific topic, press the control key
and f at the same time. If you are on phone, when you are on the internet browser, tap the
three dots at the top right and tap “Find in page.”

What Is/Is Not PBL?


Scavenger veganism is fine from a moral standpoint. This is a term I have coined for ethical
vegans who eat roadkill or wasted leftovers. The reason this is fine from a moral perspective
is because you are not causing harm to an animal by eating an emotionless dead body. This
might socially perpetuate meat eating, though, but I will not condemn you if you are a
scavenger vegan.
Being PBL means carefully checking labels on boxes for abstract nonvegan ingredients such
as red dye. This is why going raw vegan makes life simpler. Publicly traded food companies
do not always list all the ingredients in their products, so I would avoid them at all costs; they
might be not vegan. Generally, healthier food companies will tell you if the food is vegan,
since they know that most vegans read labels. There are hundreds of nonvegan ingredients
that have complex names that you would never know were vegan. Visit the article above for
some.
Being PBL means:
 Not buying tickets and passes to the animal entertainment industry. This includes zoos,
circuses, petting zoos, aquariums, horseraces, bullfighting, and countless others.
 Not buying meat, milk, eggs, honey, or animal foods at stores or restaurants.
 Not buying pets from breeders.
 Not buying products made from leather, wool, fur, down, and feathers. The products
that contain these are usually clothing, wallets, purses, blankets, and pillows.

How to Go Plant-Based Lifestyle/Foods to Eat/What to Avoid


Adopting a PBL is easier than you think. You can use an affirmation to tell yourself it’s easy,
because it is! I went vegetarian in only two weeks and went vegan in a day. People already
eat plant foods every day such as bread, beans, rice, cereal, oatmeal, etc. You can simply
replace the meat products with more of the foods that you eat every day that are plant based.

218
It is best for most people to transfer to a PBL diet over time; this is because your body will
probably suffer from withdrawal symptoms if you immediately switch over. Some people feel
sick when they transfer to a plant-based diet because they do it too fast; this is because of
withdrawal, not because plant foods lack nutrients. You want to ease into a plant-based
lifestyle slowly and have a plan for getting all your nutrients so you can be healthy. This also
helps prevent you from reverting to your animal-based diet. That way, you don’t blame it on
the supposed lack of nutrients of plants. If you really are feeling like going PBL immediately,
do so.
Here is some excellent news: you can adjust your taste buds to like any food. Eating these
foods can become a habit. Once it’s an ingrained habit, it becomes effortless, and you will like
these foods. I believe all foods are an acquired taste. Your gut bacteria changes based on the
foods you eat and can change how you digest foods and taste things. You adjust your
digestive system by eating new foods in only one meal. In two weeks, you will have a new
digestive system that likes to digest plant foods.
Check to see if you have parasites. The main symptom of parasites is a random extreme
hunger for certain foods that may severely hinder your ability to switch to a vegan diet. Check
with a doctor if you think you have parasites. Parasite cleanses are available. Fasting is a
good way to cleanse your system of parasites. Parasites are in some meat products, so the
good news is you can sometimes get rid of them by avoiding meat.
Modern processed foods often contain addictive chemicals. According to Kevin Trudeau, this
is to make a profit off addiction! Table salt and artificial sugar are chemically addictive as well.
Unfortunately, some of these ingredients are not listed; avoid eating foods from publicly
traded corporations. A few major corporations control most of the food in the United States,
often through subsidiaries to give the illusion of choice. An example is Quaker Oatmeal is
owned by the publicly traded corporation PepsiCo. Check the labels on the back. You may
also be addicted to foods not because of the chemicals but instead because they have animal
products in them.
Be aware of the foods you eat; make sure that you are not just eating foods that make you
feel good when you eat them but ill later. Practice delayed gratification, and live for long-term
satisfaction rather than short-term pleasure.
Making smoothies and juicing are great ways to transition. It is how I personally transitioned.
It helps adopt yourself to plant foods, and they taste absolutely delicious. They take very little
time to consume and are high in nutrients. Juicing is good, but do so in moderation, and do
not juice if you have diabetes.
Some people who try to transition to a PBL don’t eat the right foods. They want to eat artificial
sugars, high-carb processed foods, etc., just because they don’t have animal products in
them. That’s not an ideal approach. This can cause you to go back to carnism. You want to
eat healthy, whole fresh fruits and vegetables, largely unmodified as nature intended. Try to
avoid eating large amounts of white bread, white rice, pastas, processed foods, and artificial

219
sugar. Refined carbohydrates and sugars can lead to unexpected health problems. Eat lots of
whole, raw, organic fruits and vegetables.
There are plant-based versions of almost all meats. Find the ones you think you would like,
and buy them. They are found in nearly all grocery stores, but especially health-food stores. If
you can’t find any near you, request that they bring in more plant-based meat alternatives.
They aren’t the healthiest foods in the world, but they can help you transition by tricking your
brain into thinking it’s eating meat when it’s not. The look and taste similar to meat. If you
don’t like plant-based meats, don’t buy them. They aren’t that healthy, but they can get you to
at least transition.
Bacon, ham, sausage, chicken, turkey, steak, tuna, hamburgers, hot dogs, milk, and cheese
can be made with soy, wheat, rice, hemp, beans, and quinoa. Plant-based foods alternative
brands include Gardein, Tofurky, Beyond Meat, So Delicious, and more.
Most restaurants have plant-based foods. If you are unsure, ask the waiter or management.
Mediterranean restaurants, Indian, and Chinese restaurants have plenty of options, and they
are my go-to.
From my experience, fasting is a great way to transition as well. You have to be careful when
fasting if you have certain diseases and disorders, but most people can do it just fine. What I
did is I made myself hungry; then I would eat plant-based foods. When you are hungry, food
tastes much better, making it easier to eat foods you don’t like. However, all foods are
essentially an acquired taste, because our taste buds and our guts can adjust to liking almost
any food. I like foods now that I didn’t like before. It requires discipline to fast, but if you have
it, fasting is a powerful way to transfer to a PBL.

How to Influence Others to a Plant-Based Lifestyle/


The Problem with Militant Plant-Based Lifestyles
Zealous and militant veganism is hurting the cause. The idea that we are going to change the
world by yelling at people and insulting them is not realistic. I understand militant vegans,
however, because what is being done to animals is a crime to the highest degree. It is
causing so much suffering to all living beings, not just animals. Just remember, you can
channel that anger into positive change by using more effective methods of communicating
information. You can be compassionate for animals and try to be emphatic and understanding
with people; doing so will help you influence people to change more effectively than yelling.
Love people for what they could be, and educate them from that perspective. If you really
wish to make change, try to understand group psychology and how to influence people.
Speak the truth no matter what, and do not back down. Speak for those innocent animals that
are being enslaved, murdered, tortured, and raped; speak as if you were those animals! Try to
be sympathetic and understand that people we are talking to have been raised since they
were young to believe in carnism. Most are willing to change if you get through the
programming enough and are persistent about educating them. Some will be easy, and some
may be too programmed to change (or at least it would take an unreasonably long time to

220
change). Don’t waste your time on these people if they are initially resistant; just drop some
information and move on if they get agitated. You can try again later if it is someone you
personally care about. Often with these people, you are planting a seed of an idea that will
grow into a tree that may cause them to change lifestyles later on, so don’t think your effort
was useless. Some people have to contemplate ideas for a while before they accept change.
Others take time, even if they are open; keep presenting information to these people.
We need to influence people if we want to change the world; it is necessary. Animal product
production and animal enslavement is ruining the Earth and the etheric field.
The numbers that PBL is at right now are not enough to drastically change the world, but each
time we convince someone, we are getting closer. That is worth celebrating. We have to take
it one person or one step at a time. Don’t get bogged down into thinking you have to convert
everyone in a day. Just try one person at a time or a small group. If you can make a good
presentation, video, song, etc. and post it online, you can easily convert millions!
You can maintain a PBL by surrounding yourself with family and friends who support your
choice. You can turn a plant-based diet into a PBL. Try to understand it as a way of living,
rather than just a dietary choice. Study ahisma and religious traditions such as Seventh-Day
Adventism.
When you try to adopt a PBL, I believe in you, no matter what your circumstances. The
universe/God will help you in trying to change in incredible ways. It will be easier than you
think. Have the desire and the faith that you will become PBL, and the way will be shown, one
step at a time.

221
Health

Introduction
This chapter is on health, sometimes an underrated value in self-help.
Having vibrant health helps to manifest your desires. It helps you focus on your energy better
and feel better, thus creating your dreams faster. In the following sections, I will explain simple
ways that vibrant health can be achieved.

Positive Thinking
Positive thinking is the key to health; everything else is secondary. Without positive thinking,
the rest is irrelevant. You can develop positive thinking by reading and listening to
motivational material. Reread the first few chapters (up to Media) of this book if you need a
refresher.
A surprising way of getting positive thinking is to get rid of your thinking by willing your
thoughts a way. You can sit I lotus position and close your eyes. When a thought appears, will
it away. Deep breathing can get rid of your thoughts as well. By getting rid of all thoughts,
whether you perceive them as good or bad, you can get divine thoughts from God which are
always utterly positive.
When you receive medical treatment, feel good about it, no matter what treatment you
receive. Feel good about the outcome of checkups when you receive them.

“Mind is the sole source of curing physical ills, the rest it to just stimulate it.”
—Andrew Carnegie

Electromagnetic Chaos
We are constantly being bombarded by electromagnetic frequencies. These include waves
from radios, satellites, and cell towers. There is a lack of science in this area as to exactly
what these waves are doing to our health, but science is emerging on the negative effects of
these waves. Even those living in the most remote parts of the world are getting attacked in
the electromagnetic smog that envelops the Earth.
Advanced military technology can be used against citizens called “targeted individuals.”
These individuals are harassed by DARPA military tech that can send negative thoughts and
elicit emotions up to the point of suicide. A signal can be sent from a remote region and target
virtually anywhere in the world. The Voice of God was a technology used to almost
telepathically give messages to terrorists to back down, by claiming that God wanted them to
surrender. It is being used against certain beliefs, sexual orientations, and individuals the

222
government doesn’t like, to shut them down. These technologies can even affect a person’s
physical body.
HAARP (High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) can affect our mind. It is a
massive remote Alaskan military research project that officially is used for communications
with submarines and for missile defense, radar, knocking out communications, which has
been alleged by some researchers such as Jerry Smith to be used to manipulate the minds of
people. It was used irradiate the battlefield prior to Kuwait in the Iraq War on combatants
unwilling to give up. Then these combatants gave up. The combatants experienced
nightmares, tremors, and sleep deprivation.

Jesse Ventura, a former governor and Navy SEAL was denied entrance into a military facility
by HAARP staff and the navy.

Dr. Nick Begich Jr. is an author, lecturer, and researcher into HAARP, especially on the
influence over the mind. He explains that it can be used to change the emotional states of
people.
HAARP is always active and could be affecting all life on Earth, even if you aren’t a targeted
individual.
Those negative thoughts you have might not be from you; this is something to consider. The
government wants you disempowered; perhaps they are sending negative messages to the
population via HAARP. Maybe some of those thoughts in the etheric field are not “the devil” or
“evil spirits” or from negative people, but military technology. Thankfully, positive thoughts
overpower negative thoughts, and EMF protection devices exist to prevent these negative
thoughts from entering your mind.
You can unplug electronics in your bedroom at night, as well as Wi-Fi; this will help you sleep,
because you are getting rid of “dirty” electricity, which you do not use when you are sleeping.
This might improve your sleep, your energy levels, and reduce stress while increasing focus.
If you wish, you can unplug any electronics you are not using in the room you are in and plug
them in when you are using them. Also get an EMF protector, such as an ependant, and wear
it at all times, except when you think you will lose it (swimming, for example).

Air Quality
We breathe constantly. Air quality is the pillar of health. A human being can’t go for more than
a few minutes without breathing. Even then, brain damage may occur. Air is the source of life
in us; it gives us our vitality in every portion of our bodies. Breath work is a large part of the
Eastern exercises and meditations, because they understand how important it is. Using
breath, you can enter alternative states of mind. This is why there is no such thing as fasting
from breath.

223
What most people don’t know is that the air inside your house is probably more toxic than
outside! This depends on where you live. You can check the air pollution at
https://waqi.information/ and https://www.airnow.gov/.
If the air quality is good, I would recommend opening your windows and letting the less
polluting air flood your house. The air in homes is recycled. Indoor air can contain pathogens,
viruses, mold, dust mites, mold spores, bacteria, allergens, odors, pet dander, smoke, and
volatile organic compounds. These can make you sick and cause respiratory problems. Most
people do not keep their windows open enough to let fresh air in. Plants can help you get
fresh air as well, if there is some reason you can’t open the windows or go outside.
Going outside is a good way to get fresh air into your lungs and is an excellent opportunity to
do some deep breathing. Your regular breaths should be about three seconds in the nose and
three seconds out the nose. If you do many more breaths than this, you are probably stressed
and should consider doing the relaxation technique. You can have someone test you by
counting your breaths while you are unaware, sometime during the day.
I would recommend getting an air purifier. Use these inside your house and especially the
room you spend the most time in.

Water Quality
Water quality is a criminally underrated aspect of health. It is more important than food for
survival. Most people can survive a month without food but only a week at most with no water.
Water can’t simply be replaced by drinking soda, juices, etc. Pure water is necessary. Most
water is not fit for drinking, especially in the United States. Certain water supplies in the US
were found to contain chemicals such as atrazine, lead, chlorine, fluoride, and other toxic
chemicals. These chemicals are in the water for several reasons. One reason is the runoff of
fertilizers and waste in the agriculture industry. Another is oil spills. Chemicals are dumped
into freshwater sources and the served back to the community. Some even suggest that the
government is putting chemicals into the water to make people dumb and sick. The water is
not purified enough to drink. Water should be tasteless; most people think their water is
tasteless because they get used to the taste, since they have drunk the same water for years
and have not drunk any water outside their local community. I encourage you to drink some
quality, distilled water and then drink some of your local water. You can taste the difference. If
water has a taste, something is up; that is why you should get a whole-house water purifier or
buy high-quality purified water. A shower filter is also a good option, and some can even be
brought traveling. It’s a good idea to avoid pools, especially public pools, hot tubs, and wet
saunas, unless they don’t use chlorine and other toxic chemicals. However, this is usually the
case, and you are absorbing these toxins in the skin. If you spend a lot of time in pools, you
will notice your skin feeling irritated; this is probably why. You absorb water through your skin,
so you can’t skimp on the shower water quality.

224
Walking
Walking is an excellent low-impact exercise for people of all ages and almost any medical
condition. It has incredible benefits, yet it requires little time and energy to do. Most people
worldwide walk several miles a day, but the average person in the Western world walks less
than one. This is likely one of the reasons why the Western world is plagued with diseases
and stress. Walking can produce a meditative state in many people, especially in secluded
environments in nature. It is an excellent time to practice deep breathing and environmental
mindfulness. Looking at faraway objects can help you get you out of your mind.
Walking is the best exercise; it is easy. It has anti-aging properties. Walking barefoot has even
more benefits because of grounding, which I will get into next.

Grounding
This practice is also called earthing. This is the practice of getting your physical body
connected to the earth. If you wear rubber-insulated shoes, you are not getting any benefits of
grounding. You can do this by standing on the physical earth (grass, sand, dirt). You can lie or
sit on the ground, walk, run; any physical contact will give the benefits. You can do gardening,
as long as you are touching plants and the dirt. Using gloves and boots will prevent you from
reaping the benefits of grounding.
Another way of grounding is to get into a pool of natural water, such as a lake, river, or ocean.
I will personally say that going to the beach and getting in the water for a bit will make any
unnecessary obsessive thinking disappear, often for weeks or months.
I would recommend that you not wear shoes in the house if you do. This is something some
people forget. Many people understand the concept of grounding; after a day of work, they
will take off their shoes and walk on the ground with bare feet and feel a sense of relief.
Earthing provides a good supply of antioxidants and electrons that destroy harmful free
radicals. Many report benefits such as improved energy and mood. There is a massive list of
reasons to try earthing, which I have in the references.
Here are some:
 Less inflammation
 Less pain
 Better sleep
 Slows down aging
 Prevents cancer
 Lowers stress
 Improves blood sugar (useful for diabetics especially)

225
 Improves healing from injuries and strength training
 Improves immune system
 Shields against harmful EMFs
 Increased energy

Sunbathing
The sun is healthy for the body. According to health advocate and insider Kevin Trudeau, the
sun does not cause cancer. What causes cancer is the million other things people do. If the
sunlight caused cancer, we would all probably be dead. Skin cancer is caused by nutritional
decencies and lack of sunshine; people do not build up their tan, and by the belief that
sunlight causes skin cancer.
Plant foods high in beta carotene can help against sunlight damage, including sweet
potatoes, carrots, butternut squash, and spinach. Toxic, nonorganic sunscreen can cause
cancer. If you are worried about getting skin cancer, just build up your tan. If you are of a
darker skin, you do not need to worry. People don’t go outside enough, and they have pale
skin. They need to build up their tan to keep from get burned. I never wear sunscreen, and I
can be out in the sunlight for hours and not get burned.
Vitamin D is a great benefit of going outside and sunbathing. This is well documented, that
vitamin D can’t adequately be absorbed through food. If you want to get adequate vitamin D,
you must go get sunshine. If for some reason you cannot, then take vitamin D3 capsules.
Vitamin D benefits:
 Promoting calcium absorption
 Strengthening bones
 Modulating chronic inflammation
 Empowering immunity
That is only the beginning of benefits of going out into the sun, however. The sun also:
 Reduces cancer risk
 Reduces risk of chronic diseases
 Promotes quick and restorative sleep
 Lowers blood pressure
 Improves bone health
 Improves brain function

226
 Improves mood
 Reduces risk of Alzheimer’s disease
 Makes skin healthier
 Helps children grow
 Can help you lose weight
 Helps with eyesight

Sunbathing feels the best, from my personal experience, if you do it around noon. It will
improve your mood and give you phenomenal energy. Sunbathing at morning or late
afternoon is great on days when it is very hot. You do not need to worry about UV rays as
long as you build your tan.

Exercise
Movement is important for health. Our ancestors moved almost any time they were not
sleeping. Sitting for hours a day is a modern concept and an unhealthy one. Even if you
exercise and go to the gym for an hour or more, if you spend the rest of the day being
sedentary, you will not be active enough. Frequency is more important than duration and
intensity. Sitting isn’t done correctly either; most people are slouched forward or back. This is
an unnatural position for the body to be in for an extended period of time, causing spine
problems.
I used to get up every thirty minutes. During this break, I do some stretches and also some
walking or jogging in place. This negates many of the problems with sitting. I notice that I
never get fatigued by doing this; usually fatigue from sitting happens every thirty minutes.
These simple exercises kill fatigue! Self-massages and qi gong are great during these breaks
as well.
Movement will make you more intelligent; athletes do better in school than sedentary students
on average. The reason we have a brain is to move. If we don’t move, the brain is not being
fully utilized. Movement stimulates certain parts of the brain that are not stimulated otherwise.
Plants don’t have brains, and they don’t move, because they don’t need to move to get their
nutrients.

Diet
I would recommend eating a raw, organic, vegan diet. Raw food is not cooked or processed
by machines. It is not food that is refrigerated or put into a box. A good example is a seed or a
nut.

227
According to Kevin Trudeau, if you eat seeds and nuts and want get the maximum amount of
nutrients, eat them unhulled and with the shell around them. When they are hulled, the nuts
are exposed, and they oxidize, which destroys much of the nutritional content, depending on
how long it takes to get from the farm to your mouth. Nuts that are hulled have been theorized
by some to be poisonous. When you are eating nuts and seeds, you do not need to eat much,
if you are eating them as they are in nature.
Diet and nutrition is complex, and doctors will argue that different diets are better. The best
diet for you, in my honest opinion, is to eat what you want, when you want, in the amount you
want. People have been healthy on all sorts of diets; diet is not one-size-fits-all because we
are all different. As long as you are aware of your eating and how you feel, not just now but
after you eat a food, you should be fine. Practice delayed gratification. This means you might
eat a cake, and it takes amazing, but later you don’t feel good for hours. It’s an exchange you
have to be willing to make, whether you should or should you not eat something.
Veganism is an absolute must, as I have stated in the vegan section, because it is a
requirement to being a moral being.

Immune System
Our world is overly sanitized; this is unnecessary and makes our immune systems weak. It
isn’t stressed, so it becomes weaker like an atrophying muscle. Bacteria, both good and bad,
help us develop our immune system, so some exposure is good. Antibiotics kill a lot of the
good bacteria in our digestive system, which can cause massive health problems, especially
relating to digestion and mental health.
I would still recommend that you clean your hands with natural antibacterial soap and
sanitizers, so you don’t get others sick (if you are going to touch them). The same for washing
dishes and having guests over. The reality is that some people have poor immune systems.
Perhaps you can encourage them to put tension on their immune systems, unless they are
very immunocompromised, of course.
Some people are hypochondriacs. This is when people think they are going to get sick all the
time. If you think this way, you will find that you are! Washing your hands too much can cause
your skin to get irritated. This is generally not true, however, if you use natural soaps and
sanitizers.
Bleach is a toxic chemical that should never be touched; use gloves if you are using bleach.
Bleach gives off a pleasing aroma to some, but this aroma is harmful for the respiratory
system. Air quality is critical. If you use bleach, I would recommend wearing a mask and using
an air purifier.

228
Most soaps, detergents, and fabric softeners are toxic as well. They should not be touched
with bare hands or breathed in. If you develop your immune system by practicing good health,
you can eliminate the need for these bacteria-annihilating solvents and use natural ones.
Bacteria is actually good for your body if you are not immunocompromised.

Ways to improve the immune system:


 Get vitamin C  Reduce stress
 Sunbathe  Get enough sleep
 Go outside  Deep breathe

Showering

You do not need to take a thorough shower every single day. Taking a shower is only
necessary to get rid of dirt and sweat. I would recommend taking a shower before social
events if you have not taken one in a day, because you do not want to be that filthy and
smelly person. You do not know what the immune health is of others is as well, so this is out
of respect. When you take a shower, you do not need to scrub your whole body each time,
only the parts that are important. You are rubbing the oil off of your skin if you scrub your
whole body each day. The most important areas are the groin, glutes, feet, and underarms.
Everything else can be scrubbed perhaps once a week or before social settings.

Circadian Rhythm

Your body operates in harmony with the time of the Earth. This happens even if you are not
exposed to the sun or the outside world. Our bodies know what time of day it is and release
certain hormones that affect us greatly. It is helpful to adjust our schedule around the release
of these hormones. These hormones are released around certain times; they are similar but
not exactly the same for all human beings, except those with circadian disorders. If we shift
our schedule to a more natural time, we can achieve greater focus, productivity, happiness,
and energy.

You do not need an alarm clock unless you have plans for early-morning activities or work.
Alarm clocks cause some people stress. If you want to use an alarm clock, use peaceful
sounds that gradually increase in volume. You can program your mind to wake up at a certain
time by telling yourself to wake up at a certain time right before you go to bed.

We are diurnal organisms. This means we operate during the daytime naturally. Our bodies
are designed to operate during daylight hours; ideally you should not be sleeping during this
time. We have color vision, which is only useful during daytime hours. We are foragers

229
without night vision, so we can’t see food during the nighttime. It isn’t ideal to be eating when
the sun starts to set. This is true for all humans being except those with specific disorders.

According to Dr. Oz, Kevin Trudeau, and Jeff Primack, a qi gong instructor, we should sleep
during the hours between 10 p.m. to 2 a.m., as our bodies release certain hormones, but only
if we are asleep, During nighttime, our bodies release melatonin, a hormone that helps sleep;
this is why many night shift workers struggle. They are working during times when sleeping
hormones are being released. The average American adult takes fourteen minutes to fall
asleep, so you probably should rest a little before ten. A schedule that has worked for me is
sleeping at 10 pm and waking up whenever my body feels like it is ready to awaken.

With that being said, take advantage of sleepless nights and keep working, or do some
relaxing activity such as meditate or read a simple book. During the night, the world is calmer,
and your intuition can be heightened.

Resolve conflicts before going to bed, or you may experience insomnia or poor sleep. A calm
mind virtually guarantees good sleep; Get your mind at rest, and cool it down.

Fasting
“When a man needs food, his imagination goes to work.”
—Andrew Carnegie

The idea of snacking (eating between meals) was invented mostly the overfed Western world
(especially America). Take a look at people you know, and notice how much they eat and how
often. Some people have twenty snacks and three meals a day and still say they are hungry. I
can eat one meal a day. I can fast for over a day and not be hungry. Get rid of snacking; it
gets your mind on hunger and bogs down digestion as well as wastes time and consumes
energy via digestion.

Energy Healing and Holistic Therapy

I believe everyone should see a Reiki practitioner and have a Reiki session. It is a profoundly
transformational experience. If you don’t believe in something beyond the five-sense physical
world now, you will after a session. I went into the session with no expectation of it working or
not working; this is to prevent the placebo and the nocebo effects. I felt a warmness and
tingling in the areas the healer was working with. I felt a lot of tingling, and I actually opened
my eyes, and I was surprised, I was not being touched by anything. She analyzed my
chakras, which basically means she was analyzing parts of my body to make sure things
were doing okay. She noticed that my throat chakra had a lot of negative energy. Each chakra
is related to different aspects of a person, not just body parts. The throat chakra is associated
with communication, expressing yourself, body language, realizing your purpose, and the
ability to put your ideas out to the world. Think expression and socializing. I had struggled

230
over the years with trying to deal with social anxiety and feeling stressed with crowds. After
this session, I felt no social anxiety with others in crowds. I felt more expressive. They are
excellent at clearing out negative programs.

I have had problems with telling others how I truly felt, but after this I didn’t. I don’t know how
it works, but this is something that is absolutely life. Positive thinking and Reiki have made me
a new person.

Before you get hypnosis, check to see if the person is legitimate. Make sure you know you
know what they will program you with. Make sure you can easily snap out of it at any time.

Other energy healing modalities are also good as well. DNA Life Activation is amazing. It got
rid of my shoulder pain and calmed my mind. I had greater focus, which I have struggled with
all my life. Any of the modern mystery schools’ healing arts are phenomenal.

The therapies I have had are:

 Emotional Cord Cutting


 DNA /Life Activation
 Unified Chakra Awakening
 ISIS Healing Modality
 Galactic/Ensofic Ray Healing
 Bioelectric Synchronization Technique
 Reiki
 Crano-sacral Therapy

Pharmaceutical Drugs
I recommend you to stop taking pharmaceutical drugs (prescription and nonprescription
drugs) and wean off of them if you have to. Pharma drugs can be addicting and can also
cause severe withdrawal symptoms if you stop suddenly. These pharma drugs do provide
some benefits, but the negatives greatly outweigh the benefits. You need to find natural
solutions to these toxic drugs. Many of these pharma drugs contain some of the toxic
ingredients in street drugs like heroin, meth, opium, and cocaine. Street drugs should be
avoided as well. They only time you should think about using pharmaceutical drugs is if you
are in a life-threatening emergency, such as being in an emergency room.

Vaccines

231
Vaccines are harmful drugs. Stanley Plotkin, the leading pro-vaccine authority, admits that
aborted fetuses are used to produce vaccines. What is this doing in our bodies?

What really made massive dramatic improvements is better diets, sanitation, and education.
People for much of history left garbage and waste everywhere, never washed their hands
after using the restroom, and lived in overcrowded spaces. This causes massive plagues
such as the Black Plague, which killed millions. Most people in human history died of easily
preventable diseases due to ignorance, not because they didn’t have vaccines.

Vaccines are being forced on people because people are becoming aware. Vaccines are
created by powerful pharmaceutical companies that have legal immunity. They can push a
vaccine on the market, and if people get hurt or die from it, they do not have to worry. The
most they will get is a gentle slap on the wrist. The government pays out most vaccine injury
claims, which means taxpayers pay the burden, not the company that produces the vaccine. If
any other corporation did this, they would cease to exist.

In the medical industry, anyone who doesn’t fall in line with the others gets their funding and
grant money cut. You could lose your job for posting information that is critical of the
mainstream industry, even if it is true and it would help people become healthy. They don’t
want people to be healthy; they want to maximize profit. Curing diseases is less profitable
than selling treatments, because you have to come back to the doctor if you just treat
diseases. Many vaccines have side effects that require other drugs; then those drugs have
side effects, so you need more drugs. It’s a never-ending cycle that makes the
pharmaceutical industry billions.

Vaccines contain ingredients that should not be in there if the purpose of vaccines was truly in
helping people develop immunity. Mercury and aluminum especially stand out; these should
only be in our bodies in trace amounts from natural foods.

According to a study in Tianjin, China, one in four children got measles from a measles
vaccine, despite the fact that 95 percent of the population was immunized. This calls into
question how effective the herd immunity theory is, as well as the efficacy of vaccines.

The vast majority of vaccine injuries never even get reported, which means these figures are
much higher in reality. Most conventional doctors don’t even know how to properly identify
vaccine injuries, and thus never report them, because the vast majority of medical schools
intentionally avoid teaching them how to do so. This is why there may not be much
information about vaccine injuries, but there is emerging evidence.

Be Young

232
Here are some tips from Peter Ragnar, the longevity sage, on how to feel healthy and young
forever:
 Love your body. It’s not a flesh prison; you are here for a good reason. Your body was
made perfectly for your life purpose.
 Vitality is gained by having a love for life.
 Don’t reinforce death with things such as retirement or hanging out with old people who
complain about health or their age.
 Plan life as if you were immortal; make long-term goals if youare elderly. It can extend
life.
 Have an attitude of refusing to die and an attitude of being immortal and perfectly
healthy.
 Don’t accept the idea that you are going to decay in life.

With that being said, never fear death or old age. Instead focus on vitality and being immortal.

233
SELF-Actualization

Introduction

This chapter is on how to be a master at life. When you are a master at life, you have
complete enlightenment. You feel pure love and bliss. You can create whatever you desire at
rapid speeds.

Master the other chapters before moving on by studying this one, then advance. Regardless,
if you feel like you are ready, you are.

Read this section even if it seems to go over your head. Seeds are being planted that will get
you toward absolute enlightenment, bliss, and love.

This chapter is written differently. Many of the concepts may be ineffable; you have to ask
yourself what some of this means by using self-knowledge. Words in quotation marks are
concepts which can hardly be explained by words.

Karma

If something doesn’t manifest while you are currently incarnated, then it is your vibrational
escrow to manifest at a later time in a later incarnation. Your life is set in motion based on the
vibrational escrow, the karma you have when you come into this life in this incarnation. Your
current life choices affect the next lives.

There is no such thing as good or bad karma; it’s how you perceive it and how you choose to
react or respond to it. You choose to make it what it is (good/bad/neutral).

Never think there is nothing I can do. You have 100 percent power to create your future.

“Bad” karma can clear away a forest fire, which cleans up the forest for new life.

Confront your karma, acknowledge it; you may have a cognition about that vibration in your
field.

My karma, my asking, desiring, wishing, and wanting has produced this book. Your good
karma is why you are reading this.

234
Negative events present themselves to your because of karma and because you create them
in your TFA (thoughts, feelings, and actions). Unless you confront them and learn the lesson,
they will continue to appear with increasing intensity, until you finally confront, then accept,
then feel good. If you don’t deal with karma, it will continue to manifest. The solution is to see
the perfection in them and learn the lesson.

You are presented with “perfect problems” to attain perfection.

Challenges help you focused and clarify your desires.


Intentions create karma more so than actions.

Before this lifetime, you were a spiritual being, an extension of God; you were also God too
(your God-being is called the SELF). Your body is an extension of you, like you are an
extension of God.

Some of the vibrations you put out now are not part of your life purpose, which creates
suffering and confusion.

True knowing comes from the core of your being, not the head.

Here are some reasons for lag time in manifesting your desires:
-There are other vibrations more intense ahead of it.
-Your new vibration is going the opposite of your current path.
-The new vibration mixes with the existing counter vibrations that delay or modify its
manifestation.

After you put out a new vibration, sometimes you also put out a new counter intention, such
as focusing on what you don’t want, or you fear not getting it or thinking in lack. This
neutralizes it, which never allows it to show up.

A person sometimes does bad things but receives good. Consider this: you do not know his
inner state. His life could be a disaster. He may have karma manifest later on; it will catch up
to him.

A good person may be a negative thinker or secretly a murderer. Karma is going until it wears
out and manifests or the person radically changes. This process may take multiple lifetimes
for some.

If someone is doing something good for one, it is doing for other all beings in the universe.

235
Some have the gift of communication; others do not. Two people may have the same
knowingness of karma, but only one can explain it in words. The other may not; if they do, it
just confuses others.

Know your current limitations. Most enlightened people talk little or not at all. They had total
knowingness but knew they couldn't communicate in words. Thus, they communicated with
vibrations and senses.

Confront events, acknowledge, and observe them.

Eliminate good or bad positive. (Feeling angry—negative, feeling happy—positive.) The more
you make it neutral, the more you burn it off for good. Karma (lives) keeps going until you
burn if off. Burn off karma, and you get closer to having a life of bliss.

Be light-hearted and not so serious. Be cheerful and lighthearted; see the bright side. Smile,
laugh, enjoy it, look for the good, be thankful, grateful, and appreciate it.

Embrace it, it’s an event that gives you good feelings. If bad, feel the feeling, then focus on
being thankful for allowing you to clarify what you want, focus on what you want, and feel the
feelings of already having it. “Bad” times allow you to enjoy “good” times more. Chaos can
even by fun and thrilling.

Do not wish it never happened if you view it as negative. Likewise, do not hope it continues if
it is positive; this is fear based and will make it stop.

Don’t be too shaken by a negative event. The less seriously you react to bad karma, the
better. Acknowledge and take responsibility; observe yourself as a character in a movie. Feel
good observing it, no matter what, like a movie, regardless of it being a thriller, drama,
romance, or comedy.

If it makes you cry, be thankful; it’s like a sad movie, and it’s a good cry. Be grateful no matter
what. Feeling good and appreciative keeps good karma going and stops bad karma.

You can burn off loads of karma by receiving an initiation from grace. Masters can awaken
energy in you that is dormant called Shakitpa or by receiving the Holy Spirit. You can also
receive grace by being in the presence of the masters, touching them, thinking about them,
looking at them or a picture of them, hugging, touching an object they touched. Masters can
be living or dead. You must have an obsession and desire to receive the grace. You must
surrender your ego by being humble and give up your old life. It is not a leaving behind, but a
leaving behind the ego and starting anew. While receiving grace, you don’t worship them like
God; bow to the divinity of the master, not the physical person.

236
You create karma with vibration. The more significant the vibration, the more you bring it in
closer to this lifetime. The significance of the vibrations you send out are dependent on:
 Intensity
 Duration
 Repetition

Each time you die, there are vibrations in the escrow that are manifested at some later point
in time.

Each lifetime, you have your life purpose, but you are always creating reality every time you
broadcast a vibration. In other words, you are always in control of your life. You can change or
modify upcoming karmic events. You can turn a negative karma event into a positive one by
changing how you think of it and/or responding in act differently. Your current karma is all the
unmanifested vibrations that are in your escrow, wanting to manifest, thus putting you on a
current path.

What you think say and do something congruent to your life purpose, the broadcast you
transmit is more intense. It gives you more creative abilities.

Magic Karma formula.


1. Take responsibility for your life.
2. KEY—Know how to respond to everything karma gives you. This will modify future karma
events and produce new, wonderful events you are creating by consciously using LOA.

When you make others feel, you will feel at some point in the future. What you do to others
will be done to you. What you think of others, you will think of yourself in the future.

Emotions you feel now will create in the future, events, people, circumstance, situations, and
conditions that make you feel it again.

When you are working out your karma, you become a wizard, guru, sage. This is self-
actualization and total awareness. This is both the ability to manifest at will and having
complete inner bliss, peace, and fulfillment.

Self-Awareness and Knowledge Extended

Consider past thoughts are projected into everything your senses interact with on the physical
plane.

The more academic a person, the harder it is to think with their heart and navel.

3 levels of understanding:

237
1. Mind analyses based on the radar screen.
2. Heart feels on and off radar screen. It picks up truth from past and current personal
experience. The heart is often enslaved and confused by programs from the Mind (typically
from childhood and cultural indoctrination). This is why people can feel good even when they
do things that are not ideal for their true being, such as harm others.
3. Navel is from nonpersonal universal knowledge. It picks up on and off the radar screen. It is
omniscient.

Focus on the navel, and allow the answer to come through. Imagine teaching students. To
help say aloud, “So, your question is.”

Truly intuitive people feel from the gut, not the heart.

Decisions Extended

Success is a decision away:


 The kind of decision is the definite and absolute commitment.
 I’m doing it, that’s it, PERIOD.
 You change your mind and clear obstacles.
 It awakens the universe and makes everything in the universe bow to your wish and go
to work to create what you want.
 You persevere regardless of obstacles.
 You stay the course no matter how long it takes and no matter the cost.
 It means you stop begging and asking the universe, because you know you are getting
what you want.
 You only ask once; the rest of the time, you expect it to manifest with complete
knowingness.
 You know it is already in the escrow and is in the process of manifesting in your
physical reality.
 There is no fear that you must choose wisely, as there are ultimately no consequences.
You may face consequences in the physical world and next lives, but not in source.
 You can never be wrong; it allows you to clarify and learn a lesson at least.

SELF-Esteem

When you truly love yourself, you never care what others think of you.

There are three main variables for getting what you want in life.
1. Self-image: how you see yourself and what the image vibrates and broadcasts 24/7
2. Vibration of your thoughts of what you want.
3. Karma (previous postulate, decisions, choices, wants, actions, vibrations, these are in
vibration escrow, but not yet manifested in physical experience).

238
When the three are in alignment, you are congruent.

If you have a desire for a Ferrari, your self-image must match the person who would be
programmed with all people who own a Ferrari. If your self-image doesn’t match, you don’t
manifest your desires.

Three possible solutions:


1. Change your subconscious programming to fix your existing self-image.
2. Change your existing self-image in a way that makes all your subconscious programming
obsolete.
3. Focus on what makes you feel good and helps with improving self-image.

Think of a trait you want while reading the following three paragraphs. If you have no trait you
want, read regardless.

You are a human form with a body, a mind/ego and personality which all combined is your
person. You have to want a new particular costume and mask, which is the body and
mind/ego that has traits. You can of course can change any of these “traits” by saying “I am
choosing now and desire to be the kind of type of person that is …” You can say, “Right now,
‘my’ decision, my command, and desire, make it absolutely so. I am the ultimate absolute
creator of “my” life and world and all “my experiences” “I” and only “I” have complete authority,
dominion, and control of everything I experience, events that occur, conditions, situations,
circumstances, and the people that manifests in my life. This “person” I have created, is that
chosen person I intend to manifest as my human person and personality. I have chosen to
experience are in fact right now already a reality in the non-phsyical world (the mind). This
“person” I have created in my thought exists now and is in fact absolute reality. This “person”
must then appear and manifest in my physical realm, right now.

Thus I am now thankful, grateful, and appreciative for this person already ‘being’ a reality is
what I am experiencing in this physical realm now. Thank you, thank you, thank you.

When I say “I am the kind of type of person that is” or “I am a person that is” you are really
saying is: I the SELF, that is pure energy, love, light, and source, that is eternal, infinite, and
all that is, has extended myself and slowed down a part of “time” to manifest a body and mind
which has a personality and created an ego. I am changing my personality and ego to be as I
(my SELF) commands it to be.

239
This “person” is my perfect creation. This person that is combination of physical body,
nonphysical mind/ego with a nonphysical personality, and is an extension of the SELF (The
real me that is pure spirit and one with everything in the universe, seen or unseen) is
something I choose to create in order to experience the entire array of feelings and
sensations for ‘my’ (the SELF) own pleasure. Thus “I” allow choosing to make this ‘person’ the
kind or type of person that is.

Your ability manifest material things is in direct relation to the image the Mind has of the
“person” you are in the physical world, is your body and mind.

Thus, when you say “I am,” you’re making a true statement, even if what you are saying
defies what you “see” in the physical world; saying “I am the kind of person that has a lots of
money.” When you don’t see money in the physical realm, it’s still true, because all
possibilities are true simultaneously. Your declaration thus makes it true in the vibrational
realm and thus manifests in the physical realm in “time.”

Whenever you want something, say, “I am the kind or type of person that is/has…” Now you
know what that truly means.

When you make your decisions and know what you want (and why), you have a BD to action
and you possess what you want. You get the qualities you need and more automatically as
you strive toward what you want.

Master Manifester

You are always in the now of constantly changing frequencies based on your thoughts,
emotions, and actions.

Anytime you say you need (or want or desire) something, you are saying you do not have it;
you are thinking in lack. Change the idea of need to choosing; creating; choose to have; intent
to create; attract; interested in making. Consider that the only reason you want anything is
because you think getting it will make you feel better than you do now (increasing your ability
to survive and thrive). Consider that the feeling of not having something comes from ego.
Consider that the self needs nothing because you already have everything and are eternal.
Nothing is missing from your life; you are one with all. Consider that it is the attachment or
need of something outside of yourself that is the cause of all suffering.

Consider this: All material wants come from the “image makers” (the media, culture, family
and friends), not from you true self.

240
You can still choose to create anything in your life and have no suffering, if you are not
attached to what you are creating. You create from the joy, not the need of getting things.
When you know all is already yours and when you are in control of the ego, suffering clears,
and bliss/peace beyond comprehension is your moment-to-moment experience. When you
are blissful, now you can create anything, knowing you need nothing, and when what you
create manifests, your state will not change. This is mastery and freedom.

Two reasons why people haven’t manifested what they want.


1. They haven’t allowed it because they are focusing on the fact they don’t have it.
2. Because the image you have of yourself will not allow it to manifest.

You can change any experience instantly by changing the thoughts you focus on (with
complete certainty). The future the change takes place in the physical world is an illusion.

You will never have contentment if you are infatuated with getting or having anything in the
external world such as money, material things, people, or anything. You don’t have to do
anything, but you can intend it. Seek joy and you will get material things plus satisfaction.

Everything can be “spiritual,” and everything can be materialistic based on our thinking, our
intention, and our perspective. Everything simply is. Thoughts, words, actions, and
possessions are spiritual; it first means you are not attached to them. They do not own you.
You aren’t afraid of losing them.

Being spiritual means coming from purity and love, giving and universal love, not “what is in it
for me.” It makes you in a receiving and allowing state, and you receive blessings from above.

Money itself—like all things—is spiritual because money is also a manifestation of the same
one consciousness in all things.

People who put money above people will always be miserable in the end.

When you have no attachment to money or any physical things, you are free, and you get
fulfillment from source. When in this state, earning money and possessing money and
material objects becomes a spiritual practice, filled with love, appreciation, and spirit of giving.

Anything you desire can be yours. You can be do and have anything you choose. Everything
is already yours, as you are an extension of the one universal substance that is an extension
of source.

People often feel bad when they are thinking about already having what they want because
they are subconsciously having doubts, which counteracts some or all of your positive
vibrations. One way to ensure what you want is to have the SELF to counteract them.

241
The SELF will be a witness and with intuition. Your SELF confronts it, acknowledges it
(without judgment or criticism), and you neutralize the vibrations. You are putting a light and
exposing negative emotions of fear, lack, and doubt for the frauds they are. Most of these
vibrations and feelings are below your level of awareness and consciousness.

If you are feeling happy or good, you reach the end. If not, there is still more to energy to be
released.

As the SELF witness in the mind, the potential future, you realize that all fears about not
attaining what you desire are baseless illusions.

Now with this new knowledge, review the Worst-Case Scenario Ritual and then come back.

You realize two things:


1. It doesn’t matter if you get it or not because your inner state of joy is always there.
2. That you can be, do, or have anything you want, so the idea of not having what you want is
an illusion.

If you see yourself as the kind of person who is poor or always struggling financially, then that
is what you will experience in life, even if you want to be rich or think about being rich all the
time.

You can only know you can achieve what you want if what you want is a vibrational match of
your self-image. If the person you imagine you are is the kind of person who can achieve
what you want, then you will know you can. You will feel right and have knowingness.

You can think of and feel good, as if you already have your desires. This is optimal.

You don’t need to lower your desires; just raise your self-image.

Do your Dharma (life purpose). Seek the Kingdom of God, and it will be added to you.

When you focus on manifesting, your oneness may fade to the background. If it does, simply
observe this with no judgment. It creates amazing phenomena and cognition.

Oneness

Surrender yourself to Source. When you do:


 You “create” yourself (the light) in all people and all things.
 You become one with everything you meet in your physical experience.

242
 That something missing is then no longer there. You found it, you have come home.
You know what you have been looking for, and you realize you have been looking for it
in all the wrong places (the physical world).

If you see others as lower, you are seeing yourself as lower. This creates lack of oneness and
suffering. The macrocosm is the microcosm and vice versa.

All objects can be seen as frozen statues in the pond. Imagine a large pond with frozen
statues; we are the frozen statues, and the pond is the field/God. We are connected to God;
we are God. Ice is just a different, more considered and restricted form of water. That is all we
are.

If you love objects, you are also loving all beings as well. The higher the being, the better.
Whether you love one being or many beings, it makes little difference. What you should love
is based on what your emotions tell you you should love. Love what feels right at the moment;
you can do both.

The people at lower levels of consciousness are just people who returned and didn’t stay in
Source, so they could help those lower-in-consciousness beings than themselves. That or
they are truly fallen from God; help them get back to God.

You are a Spiritual being (you have a soul and you are also All souls called the One or the
ALL) with a vessel called a body.

Spiritual growth is seeing more to life than yourself (your body, mind, and lower emotions)

If life gave you everything you wanted, there would be no growth. You would just be ME ME
ME. We are everything simultaneously (as not only is all connected, but everything is the
same energy/light simultaneously)

“I” the nonphysical self that is an extension and the pure expression of source, that is light
and love, eternal, infinite, omnipotent, and all that is.

You and I have the same SELF; we are one consciousness. We are both individuals having
different bodies, minds, past experiences. We have different roles, but we are the same actor.
When you go beyond the body, mind, and past experiences are a role you are playing, you
find the one SELF that you and I share.

When we think of SELF, we expand our awareness and realize our infinite selves. We stop
thinking of ourselves as small. We realize that we are all that is; we are perfect the way we
are now because we are all that is,

243
Knowing who you are changes you; you feel bliss. But most focus on small things; they major
in the minors.

Duality is experiencing yourself as a totally separate from everything and everyone else in the
universe. Oneness and duality are both great experiences. Duality allows you to feel the
unique experience of contrast and allows you to appreciate oneness more. Here is what a
dualistic thinking leads to.

 A dualistic thinker sees things as good or bad.


 They think they are right and you are wrong.
 They think if things change, they would be happier.
 This creates a blend of emotions, both positive and negative.
 With duality, outside circumstances, events, and people have a big effect on how you
feel. You are mostly at the effect of external things.
 If you fully embraced duality, desires morph into wants and needs. You think once you
get what you desire, you will then have the feeling you want that you lack right now.
However, the ultimate feeling you want is oneness.
 Good feelings don’t last long.
 Duality means you experience past, present, and future; things are linear, and one
thing follows the next.
 You experience space and separation.

Masters do not see this way. They live in oneness, and they see everything as one. They see
themselves as everyone and everything. They see everything as a manifestation of SELF.
When you get rid of duality, but rather oneness, you are at effect instead of cause, which
gives you deep inner bliss and massive manifestation abilities.

Everything is connected and the same. God is within you as you. You are God, and God is
everything.

Ego

Ego wants you to feel high, like a drug. You begin to think this high is the best you can feel. It
wants you to be limited to your physical body and brain capabilities, while tricking you into
thinking you are powerful. It wants you to be detached from God.

Your ego operates out of fear, which creates a single driving force in most, to survive.

When you forget the SELF, the mind takes over and controls you. Most people are controlled
by ego; when your SELF is controls the ego, you are free.

244
We are embodied on Earth to feel disconnected from source. So you can appreciate the
connection more.

DCA Extended

A burning desire (BD) sets up a state of allowing; that is to allow your desire to go from your
vibration escrow (where desire exists in energy) and manifest into physical form in your reality
life.

BD drives you to take pleasurable action.

Here is how to awaken your BD.


1. Get a complete understanding of your TFA (thoughts, feelings, actions) you need to have a
goal.
2. Decide with intent to do the actions necessary, and act as if you wanted to do them. As if
coming from the SELF into the physical form. Act like your physical body is a character in a
movie and your SELF is the unseen director.

If the DCA is not your true, definite purpose, you will become aware of this fact as you act as
if! Your true definite purpose will reveal itself to you. You are able to explain to others and
yourself with deep knowledge.

When you have this understanding, you will have cognition and a release of any counter-
intentions energy blocking you. The truth will set you free. Knowingness is truth.

You awaken your BD by taking the initiative.

Here is the second process:

Do the actions as if you wanted to (even though you may not want to do them, FEEL like
doing them, and remember to play the role). The lack of pleasure comes from blockages.

If you consciously with intent start to show initiative now and act as if you wanted to, it
activates your decision and definite aim. It clarifies what you want. Your definite purpose is
more specific and in alignment with who you really are.

Declarations to have what you want:


1. Decide you are going to get what you want.
2. Decide exactly what you do want.
3. You think of what you want most of your thinking day. You see yourself in possession of
what you want.
4. You know you with certainty you possess what you want; you have no doubts.

245
5. You decide to be teachable, which is having a high willingness to learn and high willingness
to accept change.

Mastery

A master:
 His thoughts come from his intention instead of feelings.
 His feelings come directly from his intention, instead of thoughts and actions.
 His actions come from intention instead of his thoughts and feelings.

Thus, he never suffers. He lives in a state of SELF; he is a witness and observer of the body
and mind.

A lot of the negative influences will no longer affect you once you become a master, but until
then, they do.

When you take control of your mind, you control the thoughts you think. Your mind is no
longer thinking the thoughts; you instead create them. When you control your intention, you
are a master.

Masters:
 Don’t experience time and space, though their body does.
 Are not affected by external events and situations, although their body might be.
 Treat being loved and hated as the same; they are neutral to both because they are
always experiencing love because they know they are love.
 Understand or may experience pain in the body, but the SELF never has to suffer.
 Know there is not one way to love; some may be upset with the way they love.
 Love everyone without exception.
 Live in the space between thoughts, called the field.
 Know there is no need to change the world or fix anything or anyone, though they often
choose to.

Don’t show off new abilities; it creates an ego trap and can stop the realization of the SELF
and perfect oneness. Your abilities may start to disappear. Using it for selfish motives and to
harm others rapidly diminishes your abilities (you may not get them back in this lifetime if you
do)

When you’re engaged in trying “know” with your mind, rather than knowingess, it makes the
mind feel happy and in control. When your mind is in control, you are in duality. Masters have
absolute knowingness; they don’t doubt for a second.

A master generally is/has/will:

246
 Fearless and confident because they know fear is an illusion.
 Blissful and spreads positivity to others. Doesn’t criticize or judge others.
 Accepts all people and all things for what they are.
 Stress free
 Allowing of others to do as they desire, they don’t just tolerate, they enjoy others
differences
 Ultimate knowingness
 No attachment to people or time.
 Little to no ego.
 Unconditional love to all people with no exception or condition.
 No attached to material possessions.
 No needs, just mild preferences.
 Uplifts others by their mere presence (or thought of them)
 Find the good in everything.
 Happy and at peace always, no matter the conditions.
 They take 100% responsibility and blame nobody.
 Not care what others think of them.
 At peace with themselves and others.
 Not care what others say about them.
 Their energy infuses all physical matter they come in contact with and their teachings.
(I am curious, are you feeling this? I am not claiming to be a master, but I know
personally that I am and have a feeling I am. The attitude of being a master is key)
 Always grateful.
 Sill growing and learning.
 Childlike in many respects.
 Let go of all resistance, thoughts/ego/mind.
 Totally forgiving.
 Love themselves.
 Love their enemies and realize they really have no enemies.
 They are thankful of others and give credit to those that taught them.
 They know they aren’t special, and they know all have divine powers.
 Give no advice unless asked or if they fell called to from the center of their being.
 They live/act/think and love others.
 They live/act/think on love rather than fear.

Thoughts, Emotions, Actions Extended

Most people think like this: you have a thought, which makes you feel a certain way, which
determiners you act.

247
For example:
You think you are going to fail, and you think of all the reasons you will. These thoughts
produce feelings that make you feel low, insecure, depressed, down, and full of fear. Then
you say, “I don’t feel like doing it or taking action.”

The feeling makes you not act. Emotions mean to create motion. Most people act based on
emotions.

Here is what “masters” do in life:


 Do not have thoughts which create feelings then actions or inaction.
 Do not let thoughts affect feelings. They have control over thoughts, feelings, and
actions. They do this by thinking with the heart.

Masters think with the heart by having awareness of the self. When you have this awareness,
you know all thoughts from the intention of the SELF.

Intention precedes thought, feelings, and actions. It comes from the SELF. It allows the mind
to create thought and thus create physical reality.

Most people have no awareness of intention, so the mind enslaves them. It ignores the
intention of the SELF. Their thoughts are not congruent with themselves.

When you change a thought, feeling, or action, you change another thought, feeling, or
action. They depend on each other. For most people, changing their actions is the easiest.
Physical actions change how you feel and think, your vibrations change, thus what you attract
in your life changes.

Vocabulary Extended

Combine words and actions to make stronger (it’s more intense and focused).

Generally, a thought alone does not have a longer duration, thus vibration is short. You can
combine with words and/or actions for more duration.

Words have a unique vibration; knowing the words in depth gives them power. Rituals
combine thoughts, words, actions, and materials. Words have vibrations attached, which
come from an original thought.

Saying words puts out physical vibrations into the physical universe.

You get more powerful results faster when you know the origins of words. Wizards unleash
the full power of words. He has the complete vibration with the complete intent and alignment.

248
Magicians repeat the words often for days or even years. Magicians use abracadabra, “I
create when I speak.” It gets the universe’s attention. They say it before they do what you
want to do.

1. First say abracadabra.


2. Say what you want in future tense, and wait a few moments.
3. Say what you want in the present tense.

Magicians match intention with the combined vibrations of each letter, every word, phrase,
and sentence (combinations of words have unique vibrations).

Their desires come in with remarkable speed.

Every word contains karma, so choose your words wisely. Most are hung by the tongue. What
you say is what you get.

Action Extended

Every action has a thought behind it. When your thought is strong enough, it becomes action.

Imagine someone else insults you; you are mad, but not much. They then insult your family,
and you lash out with words (also actions).

If you see an action, you know there is a lot of energy behind it (generally).

Actions plus words = more karma (generally).

Actions are also what you don’t do. You throw a piece of paper into a trash can but miss, then
you don’t pick it up; this creates karma.

When you say something with lots of emotions behind it (yelling at someone) with action
(slamming the door), you know the thoughts had a lot of power and created lots of karma.
Powerful thoughts always lead to action.

Be a Dream Achiever

 Have a dream, and only one.


 Make a decision that you are going to achieve your dream.
 Have a definite purpose (goal, desire, dream) that is clearly definite; you know exactly
what you want and why.
 You are obsessed (think about it all the time); you have an unbalanced life.

249
 It excites you and drives you toward actions.
 You stay up late and wake up early.
 Everything toward your goal is not a sacrifice; you love what you do.
 Your goal must be measurable; you can know when you are getting closer to attaining
it and when you have it.
 Write it out in detail, modify later if necessary; what you want you can see in your
mind’s eye.
 Make plans and take action; rewrite the plan as necessary. Like a general who makes
a plan and follows it but adjusts based on intel and the results on the battlefield.
 You do something every day toward it.
 You put in time working on and thinking about it; almost all time is sacrificed. You stop
all the non-goal-achieving activities and time-wasters such as TV, movies, etc.
 You are teachable and learn from your mistakes. You have a good memory, and you
remember what you learn and are willing to change.
 You are ambitious, motivated, and have energy.
 You have initiative.
 You are curious and ask questions.
 You get things done and finish cycles. You get things done now. You are reliable.
 You know you are a champion; you produce.
 You show leadership in yourself, others, situations, and circumstances and take
charge. You are at cause over environment rather than at effect. You motivate and
inspire others to do the “impossible.” You get people to take action. People don’t have
to even like you; they need to follow you. You need to lead. Everyone knows you are
unstoppable, completely determined, and have a plan.
 You know you will win.
 You show self-control in what you do. And in your habits, especially thinking habits.
 You have physical stamina and endurance.
 You have courage.
 You have absolute determination.
 You do whatever it takes.
 You have total confidence in yourself. You know you are a creative force with infinite
power.
 You can concentrate and focus. You can be by yourself and think, focus, plan, and
concentrate on the attainment of your desires.
 You are accurate in your thinking. You don’t make assumptions that you base your plan
on. You get real facts and accurate information.
 You are generally organized in your thoughts and actions.
 You use imagination in everything. You are creative in coming up with solutions. You
are resourceful.
 You program yourself with auto-suggestion, talking to yourself in positive ways, making
affirmations in present time (I am rich).

250
 You use powerful words with intent. You use commands, decrees, and declarations;
you give yourself and the universe these “orders.”
 You give yourself pep talks.
 You do more than what you are asked and paid for.
 You handle, deal with, and overcome all negative emotions such as: fear; betrayal;
disappointment; frustration; things not going your way; failures; setbacks; hatred and
dislike; stress; rejection; embarrassment, humiliation, and ridicule; anger; jealously and
envious; Depression; sickness; death of yourself and/or a loved one; Financial lack or
losing your material things; being fired; having spouse leave you; being alone.
 Having or dealing with these means you take responsibility for what happens in your
life. You don’t make excuses or blame others. You don’t complain. You don’t have a
victim mentality.
 You find opportunity in all adversity and turn negatives into positives.
 Your emotions (positive and negative) are intense.
 You transmute all energy into your obsession and in attaining your definite purpose.
 You associate with people who are where you want (or beyond) to be or are going in
that direction.
 You constantly are trying to get more knowledge in the area of your definite purpose;
you have “specialized knowledge”
 You sacrifice to focus on attaining your DCA. But you do not feel like you are sacrificing
at all, as you are doing what you are doing, and it feels like the right thing to do. The
sacrifice actually gives you pleasure.
 You practice delayed gratification; you may cut back or go without for a while.
 You feel no financial pressure.
 You have a mastermind or group that helps you toward your DCA; your DCA is also
theirs. You may be the leader, or you may follow a leader of a mastermind. You bring
people into your mastermind that make up for your current deficiencies.
 You get cooperation from other people outside the mastermind network. You negotiate
and make deals.
 You recharge physically, emotionally, and mentally often to get inspired and motivated.
Rested and relaxed (massage, meditation, nature walks, exercising, music, playing
with pets/children, painting, gardening, dancing, etc.) Being alone is also helpful. Being
with those who support you. It could also just be getting together to have fun with like-
minded people.
 Use learning media to recharge and get inspired again.
 You see others succeed and give public recognition for their achievements. This
means you know what you can do it now.
 You read biographies and autobiographies.
 When you do the above, you have fun and you get a burning desire. You never feel like
you are working, because you are feeling your true bliss.

251
252
The Final Chapter

Introduction

This chapter is on Natural Law. Natural law is the laws of the universe and morality. The laws
are eternal and can never be changed. They are inescapable, and if you violate them, you will
be punished by the Creator (God). Natural laws were created by forces outside of the
universe to govern the physical universe, which cannot be edited by you, even if you are a
master.

The moral principles of natural law are known as the Platinum and Golden Rules. The
platinum rules are:

 Don’t steal
 Don’t murder
 Don’t rape
 Don’t willfully lie
 Don’t trespass
 Don’t assault
 Don’t coerce

The Golden Rule is an extension of natural law and is the lesser twin of the platinum rules.
The Platinum Rules always precede the Golden Rule. The Golden Rule is treating others in
the way you want to be treated.

The Golden Rule is “Do unto others as you want them to do unto you.” In addition to that, it is:
Speak about others as you would like them to speak to you.
Think about others as you want them to think about you.
Want the best of in life for others, as you would want the best of everything in life for yourself.

The law of averages cancels out any potential loss from the application of the Platinum and
Golden Rules.

Here is a tip: going the extra mile and Golden Rule has tremendous power.

Mark Passio has an excellent presentation on natural law. His podcasts also discuss natural
law.
Mark Passio’s Natural Law Presentation: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wAJX8fy5dng
Mark Passio’s Podcast https://www.whatonearthishappening.com/podcast-in-order

The Law of Cause and Effect

253
You can believe that you can do violence, lie, and cheat others without facing negative
consequences all you want, but you will still face those negative consequences, sooner or
later.

One of the aspects of morality that some people don’t understand is the effects of their
actions. This is often referred to as karma. What you do ripples all throughout the universe. In
the Bible, it says you reap what you sow.

“What we do now echoes in eternity.” —Marcus Aurelius

Think of morality as this picture:

Morality is the same way. Morals are like physics, how everything in nature has an equal and
opposite reaction.

In other words, sometimes our actions have consequences later in time that we may not even
realize. Sometimes our actions have immeditate consequences. Sometimes we do notice the
effects of our actions. If we do, we should take a mental note of what we did and the actions
that resulted.

Even if you do a violent action and nobody catches you for your entire life, you are still going
to be punished for that action. Many people believe you can get away with doing violence as
long as you aren’t caught, but while human law (government) can be evaded, natural law
can’t be evaded. You will be punished by nature law 100 percent of the time. The same is true
for good actions. The law of give to get is also the law of cause and effect

Here is an example of this law of cause and effect, which can be for the benefit or determent
depending on your understanding of it and its application.

Positively, a person could give someone a gift that they received no benefit from, such as
money to a friend with an ambitious project. This friend needed that money in order to start a

254
business, which goes on to employ many people and delivers products or services that bring
great benefits to all of mankind. This is not an uncommon story.

Negatively, a person could rape someone and blackmail her to keep it a secret. The rapist
goes on to live his life knowing that the person will not tell others because of coercion.
However, secretly, one day the victim gets enough courage and tells others. Then the next
morning, the rapist’s door is knocked down, and he is dragged into prison for the rest of his
life. This is not an uncommon story.

The law of cause and effect and natural laws are testable. Start living the principle of natural
law in your life, and you will notice massive increase in happiness, energy, and health.

Natural Law Principles

What are principles? Principles are the most important aspects in life. A person without
principles is not a person at all. “A man who does not have something he is willing to die for is
not fit to live,” Martin Luther King Jr. once said. These are the most important principles to live
by if you wish to be successful. I do not mean successful just by mainstream society’s
standards (having a large amount of money or social status). However, by living these
principles, you will be able to gain money and social status, if that is your desire. By living
these principles, you will be able to have peace of mind, harmonious relationships, a healthy
body, a sharp mind, critical thinking skills, and much more. The following principles are
thought of in a negating sense. To be a moral person, we must not do certain actions. It is
more important what you don’t do than what you do, when it relates to obeying natural law
The reason many people are unsuccessful and unhappy in life is because of behaviors and
habits they do that are detrimental to their mind, body, and soul. The most common is
carnism, which is why I have a chapter on it. The most important action is not to be violent to
any beings.

The next natural question is, what exactly is violence? Violence is doing harm to another
being or their property when they have not harmed you or your property. Forms of harming
include theft, assault, trespass, murder, coercion, and rape.

The next question is, what is property? Property is a material object or land that someone
owns and is responsible for. They gained the property through peaceful means; in other
words, they did not steal it or use deceit to gain it. The person actively uses the property or
inhabits it frequently enough that it could considered not to be abandoned. You cannot claim
to own property that you cannot physically access, such as the sun, moon, or the entire Earth.

255
So what is a being? A being in this context is an organism (person or animal) that is capable
of feeling emotions and pain. Violence done to animals includes, for example, hunting and
animal slaughter.

Morals apply to all human beings, because our brains have the capacity of understanding
higher moral capabilities than animals, such as whether it is right or wrong to steal someone’s
property. Animals do not have this capacity, so they are not morally obligated to obey natural
law.

Every individual being has the same rights. People do not have more or fewer rights than
others. For example, police can’t break into someone’s house and arrest them for a
nonviolent crime; that is wrong no matter who does it or who they claim to be working for.
Groups of individuals can’t create more rights for others or take away rights from others. A
group of people can’t get together and say, “I have the right to rob because the majority have
decided they have the right to.” A great video on this by Larken Rose is called “I Am Allowed
to Rob You.” However, most falsely believe that if a group of people called lawmakers or
politicians get together, they can rob you. (This is called taxes.)

Look at a scenario where there’s only two people involved. If no violence is done by an action,
then that action is a right. If there is harm that results as a direct result of the action that the
first person is doing to the second, then that action is not a right; it is a wrongdoing. And that
does not change with numbers. That doesn’t change as a population grows to a thousand
people or any number. Individual actions that do not cause harm to another being are rights,
while actions that do cause harm are wrongdoings. You cannot make a right into a wrong. You
cannot make a wrong into a right. You cannot delegate rights to people. You can’t remove
rights from others if they have not violated others’ rights. These are illusions. These are belief
systems that exist to prop up this notion that government is morally legitimate.

Moral Objectivity

Morals are also objective. That means people do not get to legitimately decide what is right or
wrong. People can pretend, but that doesn’t make it right. What is wrong is what has always
been wrong throughout all times and places. Just because the murder of gays in Saudi Arabia
is legal doesn’t make it right because a group of people decide so.

Moral objectivism and natural law still allow you to make up your own rules for your own
property. However, it is never okay to steal or to assault someone, even if the property owner
says it’s okay and it’s on their property. Just because you are in someone’s house or on their
land doesn’t mean they have the right to kidnap you or do what they want with you.

256
The justification that moral relativism is okay because some countries have laws that say that
a certain action is moral and legal and others are not is a false justification. Ultimately, nations
and governments claim to own property that they do not own. They claim to own property that
isn’t theirs, when it’s actually owned by others. You must pay property taxes, or you home is
taken from you. If the government wants to at any time, they seize your property and make
you homeless by eminent domain. Any objects you own can be taken by the police as
evidence of a made-up crime using civil asset forfeiture. Governments also claim to own
territory that is owned by nobody. In order to legitimately own property under the laws of
nature, you must physically be present on that property frequently enough to be considered
yours or have others voluntarily working on your behalf (or in other words, not abandoned).

If something must be done, it must be done voluntarily. If people keep more of the product of
their labor, they will be more charitable. Agents of the state are the reason why people aren’t
charitable; they can barely afford to live under the financial and legal pressures of the
government. Plus, some forms of giving are illegal or heavily regulated into practical illegality.

If morals are not objective, then every individual or group of individuals in a society can
decide what is right and wrong. This leads to infringements on human rights, such as the right
to live, not be stolen from, and to be secure and not trespassed on. If morals are relative, then
it is perfectly okay for people to do whatever they want to you without stopping them because
what they do is moral. The concept of morals is best understood as: do not do unto others as
you would not like to have done unto you. In other words, if you do not want to be stolen from,
do not steal. Stealing is wrong because every human being knows deep down that it is wrong
and would hate for it to be done to them. Any person who says this isn’t true is lying to
themselves or has never been stolen from.

Any society that endorses dishonestly, murder, war, rape, or violence has always led to its
collapse. All empires fall. There’s a different between natural law and man’s law. Man’s law is
the law of might and the law of “We have the guns, we rule over you.” Natural law/God’s law
is “You are born a free being who can do whatever you wish as long as you don’t do violence
to others.” It is not truly man-made laws that prevent people from violating the laws of God,
but karmic consequences and emotions. If we do something wrong, we feel bad. Most human
beings know at the core of their being that they will be eventually be punished, even if we
evade man’s law. We should learn from history and decide individuality and collectively to be
peaceful in our interactions with each other, to create lasting peace, prosperity, and
happiness.

Likewise, a person who is dishonest and violent will never have a healthy mind or body. They
will never be successful in the long term. They may be able to gain large amounts of fame
and money, but they will never be happy, because their entire life was built on lies and the
suffering of others. If they seemed to be healthy and happy, they aren’t; inside they are
miserable. Everyone knows a depressed person can fake a smile, and only those who have

257
an understanding of others’ body language or can feel others can tell. Being dishonest and
violent does immense harm to a person who lives like this, not just on body and mind but the
soul and afterlife as well.

Morals are like the laws of physics. People will say that laws in the universe such as gravity
are immutable, eternal, and omnipresent, but morals are not. This is false. Think of gravity; a
child who wanders off a cliff will be affected by the laws of gravity by falling down. It doesn’t
matter if the child believed in gravity or not. If they thought gravity was not real, they still
would have fallen. Morals work in the same manner. You can believe that you can do
violence, lie, and cheat others without facing negative consequences all you want, but you will
still face those negative consequences sooner or later. Even if there was no man’s law, you
would face the wrath of God and nature. There is a word for people who are moral when it
isn’t seemingly beneficial or when they think they will be caught—it’s called integrity. You are
never alone. All actions are being judged by the Universal Lawmaker (God). Don’t be a
universal lawbreaker.

The consequences of your actions may not reveal themselves until later, possibly even after
death. You will never be able to escape the consequences of your actions. No matter how
many lifetimes it takes, you will learn that you must obey natural law and live in harmony to
reach the next level of consciousness and to ascend beyond human form. If you do not, you
will continue to live in human form in possibly an infinite number of lifetimes, or you will
devolve into a lower life form such as another animal, making the lesson of learning natural
law even harder and requiring more time. You will more suffer more as well. Obeying natural
law is the only way to alleviate pain and to bring about a happy life and a happy afterlife.
Ultimately, heaven is for you to find in this lifetime, not some theoretically lifetime in the future.

Quantum Morality

Quantum morality is the morality of a group of people, specifically all of humanity. We must
understand that everything we do does not happen in isolation. Everything in the universe is
ultimately connected, there is no such thing as separation. In the science of quantum physics
two particles can be distanced an infinite number of miles away and one particle being
changed will change the other.

An example of quantum morality is tragic world events like 9/11, which had profound effects
on the minds of millions of people who had not even heard the event but suddenly felt sorrow
and pain. A similar effect happened on Armistice Day, the end of World War I, when many
people woke up in the middle of the night, walked outside suddenly after the war ended and
starting dancing, singing, and smiling. This proves that everything we do has effects, so we
should be careful of what we do.

258
God created every individual to create a perfect world. If we all knew this and acted on it, we
would create a perfect world. We are all pieces in the puzzle, but most pieces are still the box.
Each puzzle piece that is placed gets us closer to your our ideal picture. Once a puzzle is
mostly completed, getting the extra pieces is not necessary for creating the picture we want.
All is one. Everything in the universe is connected to everything else at the quantum level.
Every atom has been quantum entangled since the beginning of the universe. According to
most scientists, the universe started as one being and still is. Interestingly, this theory was
created by a Catholic priest, Georges Lemaître. Think of your organs. They are part of your
body, yet still independent. This is true for humanity and all biological life as well (and possibly
even nonliving objects). Earth is a massive super-organism.

You are made of atoms. Atoms in your body make up cells. Cells are part of organs. Organs
are part of your body. Your body is part of the Earth. The Earth is part of solar system. The
solar system is part of the Milky Way galaxy. The Milky Way is part of the universe. It is worth
noting that uni means one. We are all part of the one.

Individuals exist, but everyone is connected. If someone is harmed, then I am harmed. If I am


harmed, so is everyone else. There is no such thing as sacrificing an individual’s rights for the
common good, because you would only hurting the community. What is good for individuals is
good for the group, and what is good for the group is good for its individuals if it doesn’t
infringe on their individual rights.

If you do something that causes someone else to suffer, you suffer. If you help someone, you
prosper. I am you, and you are me, at the fundamental level. This concept can be found in
Buddhism (Dukha, Ahisma, Karma), Christianity (1 Corinthians 12:12–27 and Galatians 6:8),
Inlakesh in the Mayan religion, and in other religions as well.

This does not mean that you should let yourself and others be accosted with violence or
coerced either. You should use enough force to stop the violence, so you can end the
suffering. Of course, it is preferable to tell the attacker to stop. But sometimes it is required if
the attacker persists after warning. Having a calm mind, loving heart, and being peaceful will
repel attackers away from you rather than attracting them.

Animals are also included. As long as people use violence against animals, the aggressors
will suffer, and so will all of humanity (because of the poisoning of the Earth’s atmosphere and
the creation of negative programs in the ether). Other people’s individual actions can affect
others negatively, which is why we must educate people into acting in harmony with natural
law. We live in a physical world, and the consequences of our physical behaviors have
physical consequences. These consequences do not come from the minds of man, but the
laws of the physical universe, which were created by forces beyond the universe. The laws of
the physical universe and morality are the same. People need to come to a level of education
and awareness such that we hunt, fish, kill or enslave animals. However, human rights are

259
more important than animals’, because we are at a higher level of consciousness and have
greater potential for positive change in the world. You can’t rightfully kill a person because
they killed an animal. Animals will never be respected until human rights are respected.

All non-animal biological life should be respected as well, however, they are not capable of
emotions. Plants and fungi can be harvested and eaten with no moral consequences.
However, actions such as fracking, extracting oil, and deforestation are harmful to Earth,
animals’ habitats, and ultimately humanity if they are done excessively. Humans have the
right to do these things, but it is not in our interest. For example, I am saying that nobody can
point a gun at you and say “Stop drilling oil, or I will hurt you” (if you didn’t harm someone or
their property by drilling the oil; some have suggested fracking may cause earthquakes,
according to Sandy Ebersole, Geological Survey of Alabama). We should not make manmade
laws against these practices, but come to a level of education and awareness that we do not
do these activities. Human rights are more important than the environment, and the
environment will never be green unless everyone respects human rights.

Some proof of humanity’s thoughts and actions affecting Earth include the effect of 9/11 on
the Earth’s electromagnetic field and computers
(https://blog.nationalgeographic.org/2011/09/06/911-and-global-consciousness/) and the
Global Consciousness Project. It is worth noting that the evidence is not overwhelming, but
there is some.

In 1960, Maharishi Mahesh Yogi predicted that 1 percent of a population practicing the
Transcendental Meditation technique would produce measurable improvements in the quality
of life for the whole population. This phenomenon was first documented in scientific research
in 1976, when it was found that when 1 percent of a community practiced, the crime rate was
reduced by 16 percent on average.

This effect has been replicated in other areas such as Washington DC.

When we change our thoughts, other thoughts of other human beings change. When a
behavior is shared by a critical mass of people (51 percent), humanity learns this behavior
immediately, even if they are far apart and have no contact. This has been studied and proven
by scientific research. It is called “the 100th monkey effect.”

There is strength in solidarity. Stop being intolerant and arguing over little things that don’t
matter, such as the clothes someone has or the way someone looks at you. We need to get
together and find out what life is really about. Disconnect from disempowering systems that
do not empower you or humanity; that is the only way to stop these system, and this is easier
to do when you have numbers.

260
“Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. We are caught in an inescapable
network of mutuality, tied in a single garment of destiny. Whatever affects one directly affects
all indirectly.”
—Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., civil rights leader

Therefore, everyone should try to be the most moral they can be. Also, they should
encourage others to be as moral as they can be. But if nothing else, do not violate other
human beings’ rights. You can’t use the power of God if you violate the rights of others. This
power can’t be passed by genes to offspring, because power is beyond genes. This power
can be used to achieve pure bliss, enlightenment, and love. With this, you can manifest all
you desire.

Peaceful Parenting

Fundamentally, the root of all good and evil in the world is how children are raised. Their
health early on is critical. The first seven years of a child’s life affect their entire life afterward.
Almost all of people’s beliefs are the same as when they were children. Most people have to
fight persistently with great effort to break this programming, which is why most don’t.

Parents, especially pregnant mothers, have a duty to be healthy when they are conceiving a
child. Pregnant mothers need to make sure they are healthy; this includes avoiding all drugs
and alcohol. Too many broken people are born because of the poor decisions of mothers
causing birth defects. A world of broken people creates a world of suffering and disobedience
to natural law. Under natural law, neglect of a fetus, baby, or child could be considered a form
of abuse and therefore violence.

Abortion is almost always a violation of the nonaggression principle if the fetus is able to feel
pain. An exception is if the birthing process would harm the mother’s health to the point that
she couldn’t bear the child or if the birthing process would cause the mother’s death. Despite
this, I do not support the government banning abortion, because that would cause law
enforcement to need increased funding and therefore, they would need to extort more citizens
using taxes. Also, the government isn’t effective at interfering with abortion cases.

261
Circumcision is always a violation of natural law. Even if the parents, doctors, or clergy agree
to it, the child’s consent is still required, which they can’t give if they are babies. A child is not
the property of a parent just because they created the child, since a person is an independent
being. In other words, creating a child is not the same as a carpenter creating a table, which
he can rightfully modify as he sees fit. Children absolutely do feel pain during circumcision.
That is why, if you have watched videos or heard it yourself, you will hear agonizing cries.
According to a multitude of studies found at the Circumcision Reference Library, this pain can
cause trauma the baby for many years or for life. We simply have no right to do this. If a
person wants to become circumcised later in life, he has that right, once he has reached a
mature age, around the age of eighteen.

Circumcision causes intense pain and potentially permanent psychological damage. It also
removes a part of the boy’s sexuality when he becomes a man. He will not be able to feel the
same pleasure as a man who has a foreskin, and he won’t be as fertile.

One justification for this is religious freedom. Religious freedoms mean that you can believe
whatever you want. However, if your actions violate the freedoms of others, then that belief is
dangerous and not included in religious freedom. This is a violation of the child’s right to be
unmolested.

Tradition doesn’t mean that it is reasonable or moral. Slavery was a brutal tradition seen as
perfectly morally and reasonable for many centuries, and still is in some parts of the word.
Many are blinded by the cultural programming of the culture we live in, and most have a
difficult time seeing our terrible traditions.

Another justification is that it prevents AIDS, but the most of the studies are done in places
with terrible sanitation, such as poor places in Africa. It is the equivalent of forcefully chopping
off a woman’s breasts to prevent breast cancer.

Also, there is a chance that if circumcision is done, the child may not be able to use his penis
anymore and therefore be unable to regularly urinate or have children.

Sometimes doctors who do this will change the gender of the child to make them the opposite
sex by reassignment surgery against their will, and they end up becoming depressed later on
as a teen or adult and end up committing suicide, all because of false propaganda of
circumcision and tradition.

Children can’t give informed consent to a vaccine because they are too young. Children do
not necessary have the capacity to understand and consent to drugs like vaccines,
pharmaceuticals, narcotics, or alcohol. Many children feel violated when they are given
vaccines; they do not consent. Parents and governments force children to vaccinate
themselves. Vaccines are drugs and are regulated by the Food and Drug Administration

262
(FDA). Vaccines are questionable on their health effects on people; review the vaccine health
section. Doctors rarely educate patients on side effects. This negligence could be an indirect
violation of the nonaggression principle.

Vaccines are forced on developing children’s immune systems. What this does is kill the
children’s immune system before it has developed. Vaccines are too strong for babies and
often for children as well. Babies have weak immune systems that need to grow before they
can be exposed much to the outdoor world. Artificial lab-made virus and bacteria strains often
don’t even mimic the correct strains and therefore make the vaccines ineffective.

Researchers from Yale School of Medicine and Penn State School of Medicine teamed up to
examine the effects vaccination has on mental health in children in the study Temporal
Association of Certain Neuropsychiatric Disorders Following Vaccination of Children and
Adolescents: A Pilot Case–Control Study conducted by researchers: Douglas L. Leslie,
Robert A. Kobre, Brian J. Richmand, Selin Aktan Guloksuz, and James F. Leckman. In the
studies, the scientists looked at the relationships between vaccines and the chances of
developing a disorder. Specifically, the team looked at cases of obsessive-compulsive
disorder, anxiety disorders, anorexia nervosa, attention deficit hyperactive disorder, bipolar
disorder, chronic tic disorder, and major depressive disorders. What they found was shocking!
Vaccinated children were more likely to experience any one of these issues. The team looked
at five years’ worth of private health insurance data for children between the ages of six and
fifteen. They found that young people vaccinated in the previous three to twelve months were
significantly more likely to be diagnosed with certain neuropsychiatric disorders than their
nonvaccinated counterparts. They lead to allergies and immunity problems because the
naturally developing immune system is being flooded with too many viruses and bacteria, far
more than in the natural world. The regular way for centuries was to let the child develop their
immune system, get a minor illness, and then recover with permanent immunity toward that
illness, then be fine.

Abusive parenting is the cause of almost all society’s ills. Good parenting is fundamental.
Parent as if your child could choose any parent in the world and would choose you. Get
feedback from children on how you are doing as a parent.

Spanking is another crime that parents are involved with. It is not necessary for disciplining
children, except if the child is doing violence to others. Discipline doesn’t come from
punishment but education. It comes from teaching children right and wrong and teaching
them how to be self-disciplined. Once they leave your hands, who will discipline them?
Probably an abusive spouse. Stephan Molyneux has great content on spanking. Research
positive discipline.

Spanking teaches children to avoid parents so they don’t get hurt. It leads to more aggression
and low self-esteem. This can lead to being an abuser or a victim in a future relationship. It

263
leads to criminality. The more the child is spanked, the more aggressive they are, which
parents use to justify more spanking. It is a vicious cycle. Parents need self-awareness,
because frustrated parents who mean well can become abusers. Try to lead by example;
children emulate their parents. In the adult world, we generally negotiate and argue with
people; we do not use violence to solve disputes and disagreements. Children didn’t choose
to be in the relationship and have no physical ability to resist; plus they can’t leave.
Considering these circumstances, spanking is absolute cruelty. Isn’t it interesting that
domestic abuse against an adult man or woman is a crime in the eyes of man‘s law, but not
against a small child?

Compartmentalization

Compartmentalization is a precursor section to the most important section in the book, Right
Livelihood.

Compartmentalization makes you unaware of the harm you might doing at your job. The way
most corporations are set up is hierarchical. That means that the people at the bottom work
for the people at the top; think of a pyramid. There are departments at the job that do not
know much about the other departments. The lower levels do not know what the higher levels
in the corporation are discussing or doing. The CEO is the tip of the pyramid and knows all
there is to know about the company, and everyone works for him or her. This structure makes
it so that those at the bottom don’t know what goes on at the higher levels. People will
continue to work for that corporation because they don’t see anything wrong with it. This is
due to lack of knowledge about what the corporation really does. If those at the lower levels
saw what the corporation was doing at all levels, most would likely quit their jobs, so the
knowledge of what really goes in in corporations is kept a secret to the lower levels. Workers
at any level only receive what they need to know to continue their job, no more. This creates
order following, since people just do what their jobs tell them to do instead of doing what is
right. They can’t do what is right because they don’t know that they are doing wrong. The
knowledge of what the corporation is truly doing is hidden from them.

This prevents knowledge of what the corporation really does from being exposed, because in
order to get the knowledge, you have to work up in the pyramid for a good amount of time.
This investment of time and energy most don’t want to waste, so they continue to work for the
corporation, even if they know something is wrong. They won’t expose their company
because they would lose their hard work and time invested. They would also lose benefits
and their wages. People don’t want to risk losing money and their lavish lifestyles. They don’t
want to lose respect from their superiors and coworkers for going against the corporation. If
the corporation is exposed, it threatens the structure because when corporations get
exposed, their profits can decrease dramatically. People stop buying their goods and
services, causing the company to dissolve.

264
This prevention of being exposed also ensures that information doesn’t go to competitors as
well. If a competitor gets information from another corporation that can help them succeed, it
threatens the corporation they stole information from. They will be able to compete more
effectively, thus threatening their profits as well. Compartmentalization is especially true for
multinational corporations such as Walmart, Apple, and Amazon. This is also true for global
government organizations, such as the World Trade Organization and the United Nations. The
larger the organization or corporation, the more compartmentalized it must be.

The basic picture here can apply to almost any corporation. You can replace the bottom of the
pyramid (banking business, military) with other terms such as grocery at location #1, grocery
at location #2. Take a grocery store, for example. There are departments: grocery, produce,
meat, dairy, pharmacy, and more. Each department has workers, who are at the lowest levels.
Each department has a manager, and the whole store has a manager. The store manager is
under a regional manager. Then there are national managers. Then the CEO and board of
directors. As you can imagine, the average worker has no idea what the CEO and board of
directors are discussing about the company or their plans. They don’t know much about what
other stores or regions are doing, yet all these regions and stores work for the same people.

Publicly traded corporations have a fiduciary responsibility to make their stockholders a profit.
If a publicly traded corporation doesn’t produce a profit, they can be sued by their
stockholders. These corporations are essentially slaves to stockholders, who only care about
money and not morality.

A corporation in this context is really any group whose main goal is to make a profit (often at
the expense of others), even if it doesn’t seem that way (such as a religious organization). A
truly sinister corporation’s primarily goal is not profit, but control (intelligence agencies,
military organizations, police agencies).

265
Right Livelihood

The overwhelming majority of people in their day-to-day lives do not engage in violence. This
gets rid of the idea that creating in a peaceful world is impossible or “Utopian.” The truth is
that we live closer to a peaceful world today than at almost any point in history. However, I do
recognize there is more coercion in the world than ever (but not direct violence).

Thanks to revolutionary thinkers and global trade, the backward myth and idea of the need for
wars to gain your neighbor’s resources have been debunked and dispelled. In this section, I
will only be going over the moral issues with this violent practices. In later on in this chapter I
will be going more into depth.

There is a major exception in the lives of billions of people who unknowingly do violence
every day. This practice is known as specism. It is using animals against their will to achieve
our ends. This includes murdering animals for food and clothing, using them in science such
as testing drugs or psychology research, using them for entertainment, and more. Whenever
you willingly fund the practice of the murdering and exploitation of animals, you are
committing violence. Animals are proven to feel pain, and that means that they can be
considered a being. Doing violence to an animal is a violation of natural law principles. Watch
videos of animal abuse and animal farming if you truly wish to understand how barbaric this
practice really is. A great documentary on the abuses of the animal industry is Earthlings.
Reread the Plant-Based Lifestyle chapter again if you need a refresher.

Outside of this, most people do not engage in violence day in and day out. Some individuals
in our society violate nature law through their behaviors as part of their job or lifestyle. In
Buddhist philosophy, there is an important tenet called right livelihood as part of the Eight-
Fold Path. A person should make an income that doesn’t involve harming others, the
environment, or animals. Here are some examples of jobs that violate natural law.

Doctors who do abortions are violent people, for reasons I stated in previous sections.

Doctors who do circumcision are violent people, for reasons I stated in previous sections.

Doctors who administer vaccines to children are violating the nonaggression principle, for
reasons I stated in previous sections.

Con artists are violent people. Violence is usually thought of as someone hurting someone
with a weapon, but violence is also committed by someone who harms a person or their
property in ways that include deceit. Con artists deprive people of information to make an
informed choice or mislead people into making decisions that they would not otherwise make.
They trick people in doing something they would not agree to if they were informed, in order

266
to profit from the victim. This is a win-lose scenario and a form of violence. Con artists include
people such as doctors, salesmen, robber barons and their cronies, racketeers, politicians,
bankers, social engineers, and many more. This is perhaps the second most common form of
violence in society, called deceit, or in other words, profiting from lying. This is what much of
our unsustainable economic system is based on.

Order followers are the people who keep the system of slavery in place. They are the ones
that lock down the matrix control grid and keep people in a lower state of consciousness
(such as in fear). They do what they are told and do not question whether they order they
follow is immoral or moral. Outside of poor parenting, order following in the source of all
suffering in the external world. This especially includes military and police.

Government has the power because of military and police, but the only reason they have
power is that they are considered legitimate.

There are many cultlike features of police and soldiers, such as uniformity, indoctrination,
isolation from family, division (us vs. citizens mentality). Police departments are secret
societies; they only have friends with those in departments, and they almost always patrol
other neighborhoods. Much of what happens on military bases is secret and heavily guarded.
Those in the military are often completely isolated from family and the community for months.

Police are violent people. They actually violate other people’s rights. They do not protect
people’s natural law rights as much as they violate. What will keep you protected from
violence is being a peaceful person and having effective means to defend yourself. Police are
policy enforcers; in other words they enforce the policies of the government even if it violates
people’s rights. Their aim is not to protect and serve, even though that’s what they claim to
do. Every government controls the minds of their law enforcers to enforce their violent
system. They did this by using cult techniques and by symbolism. A police officer would not be
a police officer if they truly followed nature law principles. Being a law enforcer means you
enforce man’s law, which changes to whatever politicians say it is. Man’s law is immoral. They
enforce victimless crimes, which are no crimes at all, and it destroys people’s freedom and
well-being. If a politician says that a person must surrender their property or a person must be
killed or assaulted, even though they did nothing wrong, the police officer must follow the
order or cease to be a police officer. This is not a virtue.

A person must always do what is right, not what is the law (man’s law). Slavery was the law.
The genocide of millions was a law in Germany, the Soviet Union, and in other places. All
police officers must quit their jobs in order to be truly a moral person. Watch videos of police
brutality if you truly wish to understand the results of order following.

Soldiers are violent people. Every government has used soldiers to conquer land and
resources. Then they occupy conquered territories. This is why soldiers exist. Another reason

267
they exist is to protect a nation from other nations and citizens in their own country from
overthrowing or abolishing the current government. As a solider, you must obey your officers,
or you will cease to be a solider. You cannot be a moral person by following the commands of
another person blindly. Millions of people have been murdered in history by soldiers, and all
wars are started on lies. These lies are so numerous that thousands of books have been
written about them. I have provided articles in the references if you wish to research this topic
more. They are called false flags. All soldiers must quit their jobs in order to become a truly
moral person. Watch war footage if you truly wish to understand the results of order following.

According to veteran turned freedom activist Adam Kokesh, one way of quitting the military is
to seek conscientious objector status or to be honorably discharged. Despite all of the
pressures on you, when you’re in the military, you can get out at any time by simply saying, “I
object. My conscience prevents me from being a part of this system any longer.”

I see only one real solution: talk to police and soldiers and convince them that their job is
immoral and ask them to quit. See them as they could be, and do it from a perspective of
loving what they could be (which is pure love). At the core of all beings is pure love; their mind
has taken over the rest of their five-sense body and caused them to fall from God. They are
simply at a different level. Raise up their consciousness! That's doesn't mean you like the
order follower’s actions, but you love them for what they could be. They will become that
person with your help, by words, actions, and sending out good positive and uplifting energy
of love. Educate them, this means you give them knowledge of how to raise their
consciousness out of a spirit of love. This is the only real solution in the long term.

However, saying this, you have a natural law right to defend yourself against anyone who
does violence to you or innocent people, regardless of what their job is or the uniform they
wear. It may have to come to forceful resistance if the police and military declare all-out war
on people and refuse to listen to peaceful people who just want to help make the world a
more peaceful and free place. This doesn’t lead to a long-term solution, but if your back is
against the wall against an enemy who refuses to listen, it may be the only solution. Always
try the first solution first.

A great presentation on this topic of order followers is Mark Passio’s “The Cult of Ultimate Evil
—Order-Followers & the Destruction of the Sacred Feminine.”

Those who do violence to animals are immoral. This includes jobs such as slaughterhouse
workers, hunters, circus trainers, etc. Animals are beings that feel pain and have rights. If an
animal hasn’t harmed you or your property, then you have no right to harm it. This is the most
largely accepted form of violence in our society. This is destroying the Earth through pollution,
deforestation, and ruining the etheric field. Watch videos of animal slaughter and exploitation
if you truly wish to understand the results of these horrific practices.

268
Don’t be an animal researcher or vivisectionist. This is a cruel and unnecessary for scientific
advancement. There are superior methods of testing such as organoids, organs-on-chips, or
human-on-a-chip, computer simulations, autopsy studies, epidemiological studies,
noninvasive imagining (such as MRI, CT scans, ultrasound, and X-rays), and microdosing.

If you work in one of these jobs, you must quit immediately. These jobs violate the natural law
and will only cause chaos and misery for you, your family, society, and humanity if you
continue to do them. You will not struggle to make ends meet if you apply the success
principles in this book. This will dramatically improve your life in the long run, as unseen
forces in the universe will love and support you for such a bold and righteous action as
quitting. Do it; you’ll see your life improve, and then you will know. Aim for an honest,
righteous improvement in humanity, and find your true bliss, which is always in not violating
the rights of others. Almost all jobs do not violate natural law.

Use the relaxation technique and then stare at yourself in the mirror. Ask these questions
every day:
 How can I be truly a moral person?
 Am I a moral person?
 Does the behavior I am performing in the daily activity of this work cause harm or loss
to others, directly or indirectly?
 Am I a good parent? (if you are a parent)
 Am I improving the lives of others or degrading them?
 Am I taking rights away?
 Am I honest with others?

I recommend watching Mark Passio’s Right Livelihood podcast episode.


Part 1: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1rmv_tW5WgM
Part 2: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qrtxhwGw3E0

Respecting the environment ensures we have a clean and safe world to live in and prosper in.

Environmental Respect

We need to respect our environment; this includes animals as well. Nature deserves respect,
because if we do not respect it, it will destroy us. We can’t live without trees, oceans, the
ozone layer, etc. The massive amount of pollution we produce is too much for nature to
handle. Nature can handle some pollution; I am not saying that we need to live as primitive
people. We can coexist with nature. We can still expand into nature, have factories, mines,
etc. We do not need to get rid of people in order to live in harmony with nature; we just need

269
people be more environmental conscious. We do not need carbon taxes or governmental
regulations. We need education and common sense.

We need to move to more green systems of energy; sadly, free-energy technology is being
suppressed, and green energy is very expensive (in the short term). Free-energy engineers
are often literally killed for making free-energy inventions that could cheaply provide energy
for all at little cost to the environment. This energy would be free and could be tapped into
from all points in the earth. Research Nikola Tesla and free energy; this science is at least a
hundred years old. Suppression of free energy technology gets people into a fear of lack.
Energy corporations, the oil industry, and governments do not want free-energy technology to
be widespread. This is another reason why we need to educate people about how
government destroys humanity’s potential for freedom and prosperity. We also need to
educate people that free energy exists and is a practical alternative to the energy systems we
have now.

The greatest way to respect the environment is to adopt a PBL (plant-based lifestyle). See the
PBL chapter if you need a refresher.

The second-best way is to throw away fewer things. Reduce, reuse, recycle is the plan.
Reducing our consumption of goods is the most effective; we don’t throw away what we don’t
have. We should live a minimalist life, which means we only have what we need.
Advertisements convince people they need certain products. We need to stay away from this
if we wish to become minimalist. Don’t watch TV or listen to radio; use an ad blocker on your
web browser (such as brave) and on YouTube as effective ways of reducing consumption. Try
to eat all your food; don’t throw it away! If you are throwing away food, then you’re probably
buying too much to begin with. That or you are storing it incorrectly. Read the labels to see
what needs to be refrigerated or frozen. Fresh fruits and vegetables last longer in fridges than
out, usually. If it is biodegradable or will be eaten by scavengers, just throw it into the yard.

Reusing is the second-best method; this means using what you already have again. This
means not using disposable cheap products; instead, buy products that last and are reusable.
Products that last means less trash and less harm to nature. Instead of throwing things away,
you can donate them or give to your neighbors and friends, sell them, or give them to a junk
collector in exchange for money. Reusing is far better than recycling because some material
can’t be recycled or it can’t be recycled efficiently.

Recycling is the least efficient method, but it is better than nothing. Recycling products is
usually easy to do; most neighborhoods have recycling services, such as Waste
Management. Check to see if you can recycle a product, if it goes into the trash, or if it can be
used to make compost.

270
Taxation

Taxation is theft. If a person doesn’t pay taxes, then they will be accosted by being thrown in
prison. http://exploreistaxationtheft.com/ is a great resource for understanding this.

Here are two videos that explain the purposes of taxes and government well:

How to Herd Your Tax Cattle: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qAJT77FSvxs


The Story of your own Enslavement: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xbp6umQT58A
We should try not to pay taxes. Taxes fund some of the most evil institutions, corporations,
and the government itself. Taxes fund the erosion of personal liberty, propaganda machines
such as the media, the surveillance state, the murderous military machine, etc.

People say that taxes go to good things such as roads, and this is true. But they also go to
murdering innocent children in the Middle East. My argument is closed there.

The court system is simply a con; there is no justice, and the game is rigged. Judges don’t
respect natural law; they punish people for victimless crimes. The police departments exist to
erode personal freedoms and steal money from innocent people for doing victimless “crimes.”
The military exists to make the military industrial complex, bankers, and politicians rich by
invading countries and stealing resources.

The government spends millions of dollars on wasteful projects. You can image any taxes you
pay going into a black hole and then out of the black hole instead of your money going to evil
institutions like the military industrial complex.

There are ways to avoid paying taxes, which all rich people do, as it reduces expenses. One
way is to move to a state that has fewer taxes. It is going to be difficult to avoid paying taxes if
you live in California, but if you live in Florida, it is much easier. You can form corporations to
avoid paying taxes. You can start a 501(c)3 organization and claim the property you own as
part of it and avoid paying property taxes. Don’t work a job that has an income tax applied;
work under the table, freelance (as long as you make $600 a year from an employer, you
don’t pay taxes), or start your own business. Some websites where you can freelance are
Craigslist, Upwork, and Fiverr. If you own stocks, sell them a minimum of a year later to avoid
capital gains tax. Sales tax can be avoided by buying items at farmer’s markets, trading on
Craigslist, yard sales, trading with neighbors, buying online from the dark net, or from
websites like Amazon that don’t apply sales tax in certain states such as Florida.
Never pay taxes out of fear or stress; the fear is the ultimate tax that the dark occultists use to
become more powerful. The money is secondary.

271
Don’t worry about taxes; it’s just something to consider. Do what you feel to be right no matter
what! No matter what, we will win, as long as you get on the battlefield for truth, love, and
freedom.

Occult Knowledge
The greatest source of information from personal experience is occult knowledge. It literally
means hidden knowledge. This is deep knowledge of the laws of the universe (physics and
the Law of Attraction) and how beings operate (psychology). This is the most empowering
information on Earth.

Most people don’t get what they want and in life and die with only a thousand dollars in the
bank, yet they spent most of their life earning money. The ones who get what they want have
occult knowledge. The dark occultists who rule the matrix know about occult knowledge and
use it to exploit the ignorant masses. They have interbred to ensure that the knowledge was
passed down genetically. They form secret societies to keep the information only among their
members for generations. They threaten to kill those who try to expose them or reveal their
secrets. They have secret societies to spread down their knowledge and private schools and
universities with strict requirements for attendance.

Much of this book freed you from the matrix. When you are out of the matrix, you are free to
bring more outside of it. The matrix is the control system of government, military police, dark
occultists, mainstream media, major food corporations, biotech corporations, intelligence
agencies etc. which keeps people in lower states of consciousness.

Several occult schools and societies include: alchemy, astrology, tarot, Hermeticism, Thelma,
Gnosticism, Spiritualism, Freemasonry, Kabbalism, theosophy, Rosicrucian, Luciferianism,

Some of the teachings in the list are distorted and used for ill, depending on how individuals
and groups use the knowledge. But at the core level, these teachings are meant to empower
humanity.

Do not be afraid to look into “dark” occult knowledge. This is “forbidden” knowledge; you will
not hear about this on TV, in churches, or in school. There is ultimately no such thing as good
or bad knowledge; it’s what you do with it. A light occultist is someone like me who wants to
empower others rather than control others. To truly be an intelligent person, we must look at
information we may think is bad or evil. The dark occult schools are simply using occult
knowledge for evil. To know yourself, you must know the enemy. If you know only one, you
will be defeated in battle.

272
From my understanding, these are some dark occult societies: Setians, Dark Atonnists, Dark
Luciferiaists, Cult of the Black Sun, Hadians, Satanists, Knights Templar, many think tank
organizations (Club of Rome, Builderberg, Trilateral Commission, Rockefeller Foundation,
Fabian School), intelligence agencies (such as the CIA, NSA, NASA, NRS, DIA, and NGI,
MSI, MI5, the five eyes), “Royal” bloodlines, big tech, the Vatican, DARPA, the Pentagon, IMF,
World Bank, Bank of International Settlements.

These societies are worth studying, so you can understand the knowledge they have, to
empower yourself and others instead of accepting the reality they push on us. When you
learn a magician’s trick, it no longer fools you.

The highest-level members of our society are:

 Those who add value to society. These are people who create for others and wish to
empower others. They are called light-workers (or builders), and at the highest level
they are called light occultists.

 Those who live off the value of others (through force and deceit). These are people
who wish to ruin others in order to profit. They believe life is a zero-sum game, and
they think that in order to be rich, others must be poor. They are called dark-workers
(or builders), and at the highest level, they are called dark occultists.

Dark-workers are often the most $ucce$$ful people in society; they have most of the money,
but they have nothing else. They are miserable and hate themselves most of the time.

For those you encounter who are dark-workers, realize that every Saul could be a Paul. Saul
was a tyrant who killed innocent Christians. He saw a vision from God and then became the
most evangelical Christian apostle. Reform dark-workers by showing them love and
compassion, to get them over the side of light. Then when they ask you for help, give them
the love and support the need to join in the light. You can also fight them out of love for God,
rather than hate for them. I am not suggesting if your back is against the wall and they won’t
listen to just give them a hug.

Dark-workers are often (but not always) in these careers: police, military, religion, banking,
medical, technology, education, media, energy corporations (coal, oil, nuclear), law, etc.

Here is the difference between the average person and a high-level dark occultist. Think of
the difference between a child and someone who has a PhD in psychology. The child
essentially has no understanding of how the brain operates, while the physiologist has many
years of study and has read hundreds or thousands of books. Let’s say that this psychologist
was a psychopath and wanted to turn a child into his slave. That child is not even be able to
comprehend the programming he/she will receive. Give that psychologist enough time, and

273
that child will have almost no way of undoing the programming she received. That child is
essentially a slave forever. Priests (especially Jesuits) and shamans known that a child
programmed early on is difficult to break. By reading this book, you are not only leveling the
playing field; you will have an advantage over the dark forces and dark occultists of the world.

Most dark occultists don’t see themselves as evil. They believe that tyranny and controlling
others is the best way to prevent chaos. They are focused on what they don’t want and
keeping what they have. They need to focus on the potential if humanity wasn’t controlled.
They have serious knowledge that could help humanity.

Many people were killed, their work destroyed and mocked because of the information they
put out that would later go on to empower humanity. Others had to hide this knowledge in
allegorical stories, or they would have been killed. That is why occult schools use stories to
tell the truth. Occult allegories get a message out in a mystical way and require intense
deciphering. This helped preserve their knowledge. This is knowledge they don’t want you to
know. Dark occultists prevented light occultists from spreading knowledge out in the open. We
should be grateful that we have access to so much knowledge in the modern age. Many
people in the past would sacrifice it all to be able to access the knowledge that the average
person in the Western world has access to. We should not squander this opportunity; we
should exploit it and be grateful for having it. We should learn as much as we can, especially
occult knowledge. Knowledge is power when we apply it in our lives. If you are reading this
book, you are reading occult knowledge as well. Congratulations for your discovery. It was no
accident!

Mark Passio is the ultimate source I have found for easy-to-understand occult knowledge. His
podcast and presentations are a must. You can send him a one-terabyte hard drive, and he
will fill it up with empowering information. The New World Order Guide is useful for a basic,
simple overview of the global conspiracy for total domination. I recommend Kevin Trudeau as
well for deep occulted (hidden) Law of Attraction success concepts.

Mark Passio ARK: https://www.whatonearthishappening.com/ark


Mark Passio Podcast: https://www.whatonearthishappening.com/podcast-in-order
Kevin Trudeau’s teachings: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?
list=PLZPamCdtt70KtbTmjHlo34ZhBCAEL1bvc
Kevin Trudeau’s The Science of Personal Mastery:
http://www.getthesecretstoo.com/TheScienceofPersonalMastery/
NWO guide: https://www.truthcontrol.com/new-world-order-guide

The Great Work

274
From my understanding, the ultimate dream for all beings is to accomplish the great work.
You will discover the ultimate dream if you expand your imagination or you tap into the etheric
field methods.

If we are striving for a dream and being the greatest version of ourselves, the rest will take
care of itself. You will not have to worry about food or your mental issues, your poor
relationships, or whatever else holds you back. They will be taken care of by God’s infinitive
love and abundance. We were put on the Earth for a purpose; life did not just occur randomly.
Our purpose is to fulfill the great work. People have different skills, talents, and passions that
help them achieve the great work. Some people are great writers, poets, artists, musicians,
scientists, engineers, or influencers. Our goal is to align our passions, talents, and skills and
use them to achieve the great work. You may ask then, what is the great work?

The great work is to achieve peace on Earth (and in the universe). This is not an unfulfillable
dream. The Earth has not always been in a state of chaos, war, poverty, and sickness. Early
on in humankind, we lived in tribes, where there was almost no war, poverty, or sickness. One
reason is that we spent time in nature, which has proven benefits of reducing stress and
making people more compassionate. People who are calm and compassionate are not going
to war. In the modern world, we are detached from nature, and rekindle ourselves with nature
can help us become more peaceful.

We did not have many wars because we didn’t have a reason to. Occasionally there was a
savage tribe or tribesman, but as a whole there was peace. The main reason wars are fought
is to take land and resources from other people. However, there was an abundance of land
and resources because there was not a class of people who tricked others into stealing from
them. There were no “elites,” those who are obsessed with controlling and profiting from
others at the expense of their rights and well-being. They are social engineers, central
bankers, military generals, technocrats, pharmaceutical executives, etc. Realize that nobody
is more powerful than you are. We all have infinite potential power.

In tribal times, society was more egalitarian. People shared like you would in a family. There
were almost no zero-sum games or profiting at the expense of others’ rights. We can
thankfully keep our technologies while still living in this state.

It is quite possible that all of our dreams are the same which is infinite love and happiness to
all beings in the universe. By doing so, we will receive this feeling this too. During a deep-
hypnosis past-life regression session, I experienced a euphoric feeling that was beyond
words. I felt a greater sense of joy and love, more so than any time in my life. The
hypnotherapist was getting me to the point of what my life was like before I was born. It was
amazing, and I recommend past-life regression. I believe we will all reach this state by
accomplishing the great work. It could be called the ultimate dream.

275
We must educate others on natural law (which is not to do violence to other beings) by using
the talents, passions, and skills we have. That is the great work. We must also not be
hypocritical teachers; we must practice what we preach. Thankfully, we do not have to go
back to the days of living as nomads. We can benefit from all the helpful technologies we
have today. If we educate others, especially at a very young age (before the age of seven),
we can raise a new generation that will be more peaceful than the previous. I mean educate
as bringing the best out of a child, not programming them. Children should be free to be
themselves and unconditionally loved; that is true education. If children seek guidance, we
should assist them.
The reason we should focus on the very young is that they have not been programmed into
false belief systems and worldviews. It is difficult to teach someone who has a rigid belief
system. Children are born with minds that are essentially blank slates; we must fill their minds
with peace, compassion, critical-thinking skills, and an understanding of natural law. We do
not have to just educate children, but it is the easiest group to influence. We ultimately need
to educate as many people as we can.

Freedom is about freeing the person underneath from programming, not making them into
something else. It’s about educating them.

The fate of the human race is in jeopardy if we do not obey and teach natural law. That is why
I obey natural law and teach it. I do not want to see humanity be enslaved by the “elites” or to
be exterminated by our lack of ignorance and our apathy. We also have been destroying our
planet, mostly for the sake of a few elites. We need to stop destroying the planet. People say
you are a produc